# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: # JH CHOI , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 # Sarah Park, 2024 # Daye Jeong, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daye Jeong, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: ko\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "재고 관리 & MRP" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" msgstr "바코드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " "product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " "connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " "by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" "**Odoo 바코드**는 사용자가 특정 제품 및 제품 카테고리에 바코드를 할당하여 바코드를 통한 재고 추적을 용이하게 할 수 있도록 " "지원합니다. 바코드 스캐너와 연결하면 바코드 스캔을 통해 특정 재고 프로세스를 트리거할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics `_" msgstr "" "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 바코드 기초 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:5 msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "일상 업무" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " "always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " "adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " "recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" " Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" "These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " "scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" "For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " "for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " "Hardware page `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 msgid "" ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " "**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " "*Inventory* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" "Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " "to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" "After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " "Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " ":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" " be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " "barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" "There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " "along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " "and a barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 msgid "" "For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " "app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" " :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 msgid "" "Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" " dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " ":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 msgid "" "To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" " Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 msgid "" "Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" " :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 msgid "" "To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " "current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " "adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 msgid "" "The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " "the quantity of that product in the adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 msgid "" "If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " "database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " "scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 msgid "" "Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 msgid "" "Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " ":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " "quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" " well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 msgid "" "In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " "was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " "`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " "units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" " by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 msgid "" "To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 msgid "" "Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " "validation of the adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 msgid "Did you know?" msgstr "알고 계셨나요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 msgid "" "Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" " features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " "printed from the home screen of the app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 msgid "" "To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " "click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " "Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" " above the scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 msgid "" "When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " "*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 msgid "" "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" " --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 msgid "" "To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " "Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 msgid "" "This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" " source location must be chosen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 msgid "" "First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " "stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " "product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " "clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " "quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " "well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 msgid "" "Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " "`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " "locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " "this inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 msgid "" "To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:8 msgid "Overview" msgstr "입출고 현황" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" " bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " "the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" "바코드 분류법은 제품을 대량으로 판매하는 POS에서와 같이 다양한 용도로 사용됩니다. 고객은 제품의 무게를 직접 측정하고 인쇄된 바코드를" " 받아 상품에 부착합니다. 이러한 바코드에는 제품의 무게가 포함되어 있어 결제 시 정확한 가격 계산이 가능합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "바코드 븐루법 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " "nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode `. To do so, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" "Odoo는 인코딩된 정보를 해석하고 매핑하는 방법을 정의하는 바코드 분류법을 지원합니다. 바코드 분류법은 :ref:`개발자 모드 " "`에서 설정할 수 있습니다. 그렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 설정 --> 바코드" " 분류법`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "거기에서 새 바코드 분류법을 만들고 한 줄을 추가하여 초기 규칙을 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" "첫 번째 단계는 소수점 3자리 무게 바코드와 같이 **규칙 이름**을 지정하고 가중치 부여 제품과 같이 바코드 분류법 유형을 선택하는 " "것입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " "be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." " The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" " simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" "바코드 패턴은 바코드 구조를 정의하는 정규식입니다. 이 경우 21은 규칙이 적용될 제품을 정의하며, 이는 제품 바코드가 시작되는 " "숫자입니다. 이어지는 5개의 \"점\"은 제품 바코드의 다음 번호이며 제품을 고유하게 식별합니다. \"N\"은 숫자를 나타내고 " "\"D\"는 소수를 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "인코딩을 통해 규칙이 적용될 바코드 인코딩을 지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" "순서에 따라 다양한 규칙을 정의하고 우선 순위를 지정할 수 있습니다. 적용된 우선순위에 따라 스캔한 바코드와 가장 먼저 일치하는 규칙이 " "적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "제품 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "제품의 바코드는 \"21\"로 시작해야 합니다;" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "5개의 “점”은 제품 바코드의 다른 숫자로, 제품을 식별할 수 있습니다;" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" "바코드에는 D 또는 N을 정의한 곳에 0이 포함되어 있어야 합니다. 이 경우 \"21.....{NNDDD}\"를 구성했기 때문에 0을 " "5개 설정해야 합니다;" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" "EAN-13에서는 마지막 숫자가 체크 번호 역할을 합니다. EAN-13 생성기를 사용하여 특정 사례에서 어떤 숫자가 필요한지 확인할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " "receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " "create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" "파스타의 무게가 1.5kg이고 2112345015002 바코드가 생성된 경우, POS에서 또는 바코드 앱에서 제품을 수령할 때 이 " "바코드를 스캔하면 Odoo는 파스타 제품에 대해 1.5kg 수량의 새 항목을 생성하라는 메시지가 표시됩니다. 또한 POS는 스캔한 수량을" " 기준으로 가격을 계산합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "규칙 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "**가격 책정된 제품**: 제품을 식별하고 가격을 설정할 수 있으며, POS에서 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " "discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " "product." msgstr "" "**할인 제품**: 할인이 적용되는 제품당 하나의 바코드를 생성할 수 있습니다. POS에서 제품을 스캔한 후 할인 바코드를 스캔하면 " "제품의 정상 가격에 할인이 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "" "**중량 제품**: 제품을 식별하고 중량을 지정할 수 있으며, POS(중량에 따라 가격이 계산되는)와 재고 관리 모두에 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "**고객**: 고객을 식별할 수 있습니다. (예: 적립 프로그램에서 사용)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "**계산원**: POS에 시스템 내에서 계산원을 식별할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "**위치**: 다중 위치가 활성화된 경우 전송 시 위치를 식별합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "**패키지**: 패키지 기능이 활성화된 경우 재고 이동 시 패키지를 식별합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "**신용 카드**: 수동 변경이 필요하지 않으며, Mercury 모듈에서 가져온 데이터를 위해 존재합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "**단위 제품**: POS 거래와 송금 모두에 사용할 제품을 식별합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "바코드 패턴에 .*가 포함되어 있으면 해당 문자는 임의의 숫자를 포함할 수 있음을 의미합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "GS1 바코드 분류법" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature `_ consolidates various product " "and supply chain data into a single barcode. Odoo takes in `unique Global " "Trade Item Numbers `_ (GTIN), " "purchased by businesses, to enable global shipping, sales, and eCommerce " "product listing." msgstr "" "`GS1 분류법 `_은 다양한 제품 및 공급망 데이터를 단일 바코드로 통합합니다. Odoo는 " "기업이 획득한 `고유한 글로벌 거래 품목 번호 `_(GTIN)를 가져와서 글로벌 배송, 판매, 이커머스 제품 리스팅을 지원합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:17 msgid "" "Configure GS1 nomenclature to scan barcodes of sealed boxes and identify " "essential product information, such as |GTIN|, lot number, quantity " "information, and more." msgstr "" "밀봉된 상자의 바코드를 스캔하여 |GTIN|, 로트 번호, 수량 정보 등과 같은 중요한 제품 세부 정보를 식별할 수 있도록 GS1 " "분류법을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "|GTINs| are unique product identification that **must** be `purchased from " "GS1 `_ to use GS1 barcodes." msgstr "" "|GTIN은 GS1 바코드를 사용하려면 반드시 `GS1 `_에서 구매해야 하는 고유한 제품 식별자입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:25 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes `_" msgstr "" "`모든 GS1 바코드 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules `" msgstr "" ":ref:`Odoo의 기본 GS1 규칙 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:27 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? `" msgstr ":ref:`바코드가 작동하지 않는 이유는 무엇인가요? `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:32 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "바코드 분류법 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:34 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " "check the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` box. Next, select " ":menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` from the " "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" "GS1 분류법을 사용하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`바코드` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`바코드 스캐너` 옵션을 선택합니다. 마지막으로 기본 바코드 분류법 설정에서 " ":menuselection:`바코드 분류법 --> 기본 GS1 분류법`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the external link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "드롭다운 메뉴에서 GS1을 선택하고 외부 링크를 클릭하면 GS1 규칙 목록을 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:43 msgid "" "The list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports by default is " "accessible by clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" "Odoo가 지원하는 기본 GS1 *규칙* 및 *바코드 패턴* 목록은 :guilabel:`➡️ (화살표)` 선택 항목의 오른쪽에 있는 " ":guilabel:`바코드 분류법` 아이콘을 클릭하여 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Nomenclature` pop-up table, view and edit the GS1 " ":guilabel:`Rule Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the " "information that can be condensed with a GS1 barcode, along with the " "corresponding :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`열기: 분류법` 표에서 Odoo에서 사용 가능한 GS1 :guilabel:`규칙 이름`을 보고 편집할 수 있습니다. " "이 표에는 GS1 바코드로 압축할 수 있는 모든 관련 정보가 해당 :guilabel:`바코드 패턴`과 함께 포함되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, the :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` settings can also be accessed by a hidden menu that's " "discoverable after enabling :ref:`developer mode `. Once " "enabled, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->" " Barcode Nomenclatures` menu and finally, select :guilabel:`Default GS1 " "Nomenclature`." msgstr "" "GS1이 바코드 분류법으로 설정되면 숨겨진 메뉴를 통해 :menuselection:`바코드 분류법` 설정에 액세스할 수 있으며, " ":ref:`개발자 모드 `을 활성화하면 표시됩니다. 활성화되면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 " "--> 환경설정 --> 바코드 분류법` 메뉴로 이동하여 :guilabel:`기본 GS1 분류법`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "Use GS1 barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "Odoo에서 GS1 바코드 사용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:62 msgid "" "For product identification using GS1 barcodes in Odoo, businesses obtain a " "`unique GTIN `_ as an " "internationally distinct product identifier purchased from GS1. This |GTIN| " "is combined with specific product details following GS1's designated " "*barcode pattern*. The barcode pattern's arrangement of numbers and letters " "must adhere to GS1 conventions for accurate interpretation by global systems" " along the supply chain." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 GS1 바코드를 사용하여 제품을 식별하려면 기업은 GS1로부터 국제적으로 인정받는 제품 식별자 역할을 하는 `고유 GTIN " "`_'를 구매해야 합니다. 이 `GTIN`은 정확한 제품 " "세부 정보와 결합되어 GS1의 지정된 *바코드 패턴*을 준수합니다. 이 패턴의 숫자와 문자 배열은 공급망 전반의 글로벌 시스템에서 정확한" " 해석을 보장하기 위해 GS1 표준을 준수해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "" "Every barcode starts with a 2-4 digit `application identifier " "`_ (A.I.). " "This required prefix universally indicates what kind of information the " "barcode contains. Odoo follows GS1 rules for identifying information, as " "detailed in the :ref:`default GS1 rules list `. Including the relevant |AI| from the list enables " "Odoo to correctly interpret GS1 barcodes. While most barcode patterns have a" " fixed length requirement, certain ones, such as lots and serial numbers, " "have flexible length." msgstr "" "모든 바코드는 2~4자리 `애플리케이션 식별자 " "`_(인공지능)로 " "시작하며, 이는 바코드에 저장된 데이터 유형을 보편적으로 나타내는 필수 접두사 역할을 합니다. Odoo는 정보 해석을 위한 GS1 " "가이드라인을 준수하며, 이는 :ref:`기본 GS1 규칙 목록 `에 자세히 설명되어 있습니다. 이 목록에 관련 |AI|를 포함하면 Odoo가 GS1 바코드를 " "정확하게 해독할 수 있습니다. 대부분의 바코드 패턴은 길이가 고정되어 있지만 특정 바코드 패턴은 유연한 길이 옵션을 제공합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "For flexible-length barcode patterns not placed at the end of the GS1 " "barcode, use the FNC1 separator (`\\\\x1D`) to end the barcode." msgstr "" "가변 길이 패턴으로 구성되고 GS1 바코드 끝에 배치되지 않은 바코드를 끝내려면 FNC1 구분 기호(`\\\\x1D`)를 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "Example: The barcode pattern for lot numbers is 20 characters long. Instead " "of creating a 20-character lot number barcode, like `LOT00000000000000001`, " "use the FNC1 separator to make it shorter: `LOT001\\x1D`." msgstr "" "예시: 로트 번호의 바코드 패턴은 20자입니다. `LOT00000000000000001`과 같이 로트 번호에 대한 20자 바코드를 " "생성하는 대신 FNC1 구분 기호를 사용하여 `LOT001\\x1D`로 압축합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:84 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list ` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " "and rules to follow. Otherwise, refer to :ref:`this GS1 usage doc " "` for specific examples of combining |GTIN| to" " product information and configuring the workflow." msgstr "" "바코드 패턴과 준수해야 할 관련 지침을 종합적으로 정리한 :ref:`GS1 분류법 목록 " "`를 참조하세요. 또는 :ref:`GS1 사용 " "문서 `를 참조하여 제품 정보에 |GTIN|을 통합하고 워크플로우를 설정하는 정확한" " 사례를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid ":ref:`Lots workflow `" msgstr ":ref:`로트 워크플로우 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:91 msgid ":ref:`Non-unit quantities workflow `" msgstr ":ref:`단위 수량이 아닌 워크플로우 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:96 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "규칙 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:98 msgid "" "GS1 rules are a specific format of information contained in the barcode, " "beginning with an |AI| and containing a defined length of characters. " "Scanning GS1 barcodes from the :ref:`default GS1 list " "` auto-fills corresponding" " data in the Odoo database." msgstr "" "GS1 규칙은 바코드에 저장된 특정 정보 형식으로, |AI|로 시작하고 미리 정해진 문자 길이로 구성됩니다. :ref:`기본 GS1 목록" " `의 GS1 바코드가 스캔되면 해당 데이터가 " "Odoo 데이터베이스에 자동으로 채워집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "Adding GS1 barcode rules in Odoo ensures accurate interpretation of unique, " "non-standard GS1 formats." msgstr "Odoo에 GS1 바코드 규칙을 통합함으로써 표준 규칙에서 벗어난 고유한 GS1 형식을 정확하게 해석할 수 있게 되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:106 msgid "" "To do so, begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode ` and " "navigating to the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. " "Then, select the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" "이렇게 하려면 먼저 :ref:`개발자 모드 `를 활성화하고 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 -->" " 설정 --> 바코드 분류법`에서 :guilabel:`바코드 분류법` 목록으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`기본 GS1 " "명명법` 목록 항목을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:110 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." " The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the " "barcode represents. The barcode :guilabel:`Types` are different " "classifications of information that can be understood by the system (e.g. " "product, quantity, best before date, package, coupon). The " ":guilabel:`Sequence` represents the priority of the rule; this means the " "smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table. Odoo follows " "the sequential order of this table and will use the first rule it matches " "based on the sequence. The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` is how the sequence " "of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information " "about the product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`기본 GS1 분류법` 페이지에서 표 하단의 :guilabel:`줄 추가`를 클릭하여 새 규칙을 생성할 수 있는 창을 " "엽니다. :guilabel:`규칙 이름` 필드는 내부적으로 바코드의 의미를 식별하는 데 사용됩니다. 바코드 :guilabel:`유형`은 " "제품, 수량, 유통기한, 패키지 또는 쿠폰과 같이 시스템이 이해할 수 있는 다양한 정보 분류를 나타냅니다. :guilabel:`순서`는 " "규칙의 우선순위를 결정하며, 값이 낮을수록 표에서 우선순위가 높음을 나타냅니다. Odoo는 이 테이블의 순차 순서를 따르며 순서에 따라 " "가장 먼저 일치하는 규칙을 사용합니다. :guilabel:`바코드 패턴`은 제품에 대한 정보가 포함된 시스템에서 인식하는 문자 또는 " "숫자의 순서를 정의합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:120 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "" "정보를 입력한 후 :guilabel:`저장 및 새로 만들기` 버튼을 클릭하여 새 규칙을 만들거나 :guilabel:`저장 및 닫기`를 " "클릭하여 규칙을 저장하고 규칙 표로 돌아갈 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:126 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "바코드 문제 해결" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "GS1 바코드에 문제가 발생하면 다음 점검을 수행하여 문제를 해결하고 제대로 작동하는지 확인하세요:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:131 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " "setup section ` for more " "details." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`바코드 분류법` 설정을 :menuselection:`기본 GS1 분류법`으로 설정해야 합니다. 자세한 내용은 " ":ref:`분류법 설정 섹션 `으을 참조하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:134 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" " :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is enabled in :ref:`Odoo's " "settings ` and :ref:`on the product " "`." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 바코드 스캔을 올바르게 사용하려면 바코드에서 스캔하는 관련 필드가 활성화되어 있는지 확인하십시오. 예를 들어 로트와 일련 " "번호가 포함된 바코드를 스캔해야 하는 경우 :ref:`Odoo 설정 ` 및 " ":ref:`제품 `에서 :guilabel:`로트 및 일련 번호`" " 기능이 활성화되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " "typically used in examples for ease of reading and should **not** be " "included in the final barcode. For more details on building GS1 barcodes, go" " to :ref:`this section `." msgstr "" "GS1 바코드를 생성할 때는 애플리케이션 식별자(A.I.)와 바코드 시퀀스 사이에 괄호 '()` 또는 대괄호 '[]`와 같은 구두점을 " "포함하지 마십시오. 명확성을 위해 예제에서는 이러한 기호를 사용할 수 있지만 실제 바코드에서는 생략해야 합니다. GS1 바코드 생성에 " "대한 자세한 내용은 :ref:`섹션 `를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." " :ref:`This section ` details how to " "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" "Odoo가 여러 개의 인코딩된 필드가 포함된 단일 바코드를 읽을 수 있도록 하려면 바코드 분류법에 해당하는 모든 규칙을 나열해야 합니다." " 바코드 분류법에 새 규칙을 추가하는 방법에 대한 지침은 :ref:`섹션 `를 참조하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:146 msgid "" "Test barcodes containing multiple encoded fields, piece by piece, to figure " "out which field is causing the issue." msgstr "" "여러 개의 인코딩된 필드가 포함된 바코드의 문제를 해결하려면 각 필드를 개별적으로 테스트하여 문제의 원인이 되는 필드를 파악합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:150 msgid "" "When testing a barcode containing the |GTIN|, lot number, and quantity, " "start by scanning the |GTIN| alone. Then, test the |GTIN| with the lot " "number, and finally, try scanning the whole barcode." msgstr "" "GTIN, 로트 번호, 수량이 포함된 바코드를 테스트할 때는 먼저 GTIN만 스캔합니다. 그런 다음 로트 번호와 함께 |GTIN|을 " "테스트하고 마지막으로 전체 바코드를 스캔합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:154 msgid "" "After diagnosing the encoded field is unknown, :ref:`add new rules " "` to Odoo's default list to recognize " "GS1 barcodes with unique specifications." msgstr "" "인코딩된 필드가 인식되지 않는다고 판단되면 :ref:`새 규칙 `을 " "Odoo의 기본 목록에 추가하여 고유한 사양의 GS1 바코드를 인식할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:159 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" " necessary to ensure the rest of the fields in the barcode are interpreted " "correctly." msgstr "" "새로 추가된 필드는 성공적으로 읽히지만 개발자 사용자 지정이 없으면 해당 필드의 정보가 Odoo의 기존 필드에 연결되지 않습니다. 그러나" " 바코드의 나머지 필드를 정확하게 해석하려면 새 규칙을 추가해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:166 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "GS1 분류법 목록" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:168 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " "`check digit `_ as the " "final character." msgstr "" "아래는 Odoo의 기본 GS1 규칙 목록을 보여주는 표입니다. 바코드 패턴은 정규 표현식을 사용하여 작성됩니다. 처음 세 개의 규칙만 " "`검사 숫자 `_를 마지막 문자로 사용해야" " 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "규칙 이름" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "Type" msgstr "유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "바코드 패턴" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "GS1 내용 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "Odoo 필드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "일련번호 배송 컨테이너 코드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Package" msgstr "패키지" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "(00)(\\\\d{18})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "식별 번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Package name" msgstr "패키지 이름" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "국제 거래 단위 번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "단위 상품" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "(01)(\\\\d{14})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "제품 양식의 :guilabel:`바코드` 필드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "포함된 거래 품목의 GTIN" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "(02)(\\\\d{14})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "포장중" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "전 세계로 배송/배달" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "목적지 위치" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(410)(\\\\d{13})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "배송 / 배송대행" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(413)(\\\\d{13})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Source location" msgstr "공급처 위치" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "물리적 위치의 ID" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 msgid "Location" msgstr "위치" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(414)(\\\\d{13})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "일괄 처리 또는 로트 번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Lot" msgstr "LOT" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "알파벳과 숫자로 이루어진 이름" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "일련번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "포장 날짜(연월일 기준)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "포장 날짜" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(13)(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Date" msgstr "날짜" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "포장일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "유통기한 (연월일)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "유효 기간" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(15)(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "유통기한" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "만료일 (연월일)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "만료일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(17)(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "만료일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "가변 항목 수" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Measure" msgstr "계산" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "UoM: 단위" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "거래 품목 수" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "컨테이너 단위 수량(AI 02)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "순 중량: 킬로그램(kg)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "수량 (kg)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "길이 (미터)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "수량 (m)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "순 용량: 리터 (L)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "수량 (L)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "순 부피: 세제곱미터(m\\ :sup:`3`)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "m\\ :sup:`3` 단위의 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "길이(인치) 단위" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "인치 단위의 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "순중량/부피: 온스 (oz)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "온스 단위의 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "순 부피: 세제곱피트(ft\\ :sup:`3`)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "ft\\ :sup:`3` 단위의 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "패키지 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "패키지 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Package type" msgstr "패키지 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode usage" msgstr "GS1 바코드 사용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:10 msgid "" "GS1 barcodes provide a standardized format that barcode scanners can " "interpret. They encode information in a :ref:`specific structure recognized " "globally `, allowing scanners to understand and " "process supply chain data consistently." msgstr "" "GS1 바코드는 바코드 스캐너가 해석할 수 있는 표준화된 형식을 제공합니다. 이 바코드는 전 세계적으로 인정되는 " "이라는 특정 구조로 정보를 인코딩하여 스캐너가 공급망 데이터를 일관되게 이해하고 처리할 수 " "있도록 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:14 msgid "" "Odoo *Barcode* interprets and prints GS1 barcodes, automating product " "identification and tracking in warehouse operations such as receiving, " "picking, and shipping." msgstr "" "Odoo *바코드*는 GS1 바코드를 해석하고 인쇄하여 입고, 피킹, 배송과 같은 창고 운영에서 제품 식별 및 추적을 자동화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:17 msgid "" "The following sections contain examples of how Odoo uses GS1 barcodes " "provided by the business to identify common warehouse items and automate " "certain warehouse workflows." msgstr "" "다음 섹션에는 Odoo가 기업에서 제공하는 GS1 바코드를 사용하여 일반적인 창고 품목을 식별하고 창고 내 특정 워크플로를 자동화하는 " "방법을 설명하는 예시를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo **does not** create GS1 barcodes. Businesses must purchase a unique " "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) from GS1. Then, they can combine their " "existing GS1 barcodes with product and supply chain information (also " "provided by GS1) to create barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" "Odoo는 GS1 바코드를 생성하지 않습니다. 기업은 GS1에서 고유한 국제 거래 단위 번호(GTIN)를 구매해야 합니다. 그런 다음 " "기존 GS1 바코드를 제품 및 공급망 정보(GS1에서 제공)와 결합하여 Odoo에서 바코드를 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:26 msgid "`Purchase GTINs `_" msgstr "`GTIN 구매 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`GS1 nomenclature `" msgstr ":ref:`GS1 분류법 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:32 msgid "Configure barcodes for product, quantity, and lots" msgstr "제품, 수량 및 로트에 대한 바코드 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:34 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains information about a product, its " "quantities, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns and " "Application Identifiers (A.I.) are used:" msgstr "" "제품, 수량, 로트 번호에 대한 정보가 포함된 GS1 바코드를 생성하기 위해 다음 바코드 패턴과 애플리케이션 식별자(A.I.)가 " "사용됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "A.I." msgstr "A.I." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "Odoo 필드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid "Product" msgstr "품목" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:203 msgid "01" msgstr "01" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:139 msgid "30" msgstr "30" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "재고 이동 양식의 :guilabel:`단위` 필드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "로트 번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:143 msgid "10" msgstr "10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "세부 작업 팝업에서 :guilabel:`로트` 표시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:54 msgid "" "First, :ref:`enable product tracking using lots " "` by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and checking " "the box for :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` under the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` heading." msgstr "" "먼저, :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`로트 및 일련 번호`의 " ":guilabel:`추적성` 제목 아래에 있는 :ref:`로트를 사용하여 제품 추적 활성화 " "`의 확인란을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " "the product. On the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, in the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field " "with the unique 14-digit `Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) " "`_, which is a universally " "recognized identifying number that is provided by GS1." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` 메뉴를 사용하여 원하는 제품 양식으로 이동합니다. 제품을" " 선택하고 제품 바코드를 설정합니다. :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭의 " ":guilabel:`바코드` 필드에 GS1에서 제공하는 범용적으로 인정되는 식별 번호인 고유한 14자리 `국제 거래 단위 번호(GTIN)" " `_를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:66 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the |AI| `01` for |GTIN| product barcode pattern, " "as it is only used to encode multiple barcodes into a single barcode that " "contains detailed information about the package contents." msgstr "" "제품 양식에서 |GTIN| 제품 바코드 패턴에 대한 애플리케이션 식별자(AI) `01`을 제외합니다. 이 AI는 일반적으로 여러 바코드를" " 패키지 내용물에 대한 자세한 정보를 포함하는 단일 바코드로 인코딩하는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:72 msgid "" "To record the GS1 barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit " "|GTIN| `20611628936004` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product " "form." msgstr "" "`후지 사과` 제품의 GS1 바코드를 등록하려면 제품 양식의 :guilabel:`바코드` 필드에 14자리 |GTIN| " "`20611628936004`을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "제품 양식의 바코드 필드에 14자리 GTIN을 입력하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:80 msgid "" "To view a list of *all* products and their corresponding barcodes in the " "Odoo database, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` heading, click on the " ":guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` button under the :guilabel:`Barcode " "Scanner` section. Enter the 14-digit |GTIN| into the :guilabel:`Barcode` " "column, then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "Odoo 데이터베이스에서 *모든* 제품 및 해당 바코드 목록을 보려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> " "설정`으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`바코드` 제목 아래의 :guilabel:`바코드 스캐너` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`제품 " "바코드 구성` 버튼을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`바코드` 열에 14자리 |GTIN|을 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 " "클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "인벤토리 설정에서 제품 바코드 페이지를 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:92 msgid "" "After activating tracking by lots and serial numbers from the settings page," " specify that this feature is to be applied on each product by navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under " ":guilabel:`Tracking`, choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" "설정 페이지에서 로트 및 일련 번호별 추적을 활성화한 후 제품 양식의 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭으로 이동하여 이 기능을 각 " "제품에 적용하도록 지정합니다. :guilabel:`추적` 아래에서 :guilabel:`로트별` 라디오 버튼을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "로트별 제품 추적을 사용하도록 설정하려면 제품 양식의 '재고' 탭으로 이동하여 해당 옵션을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:176 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "영수증에 있는 바코드 스캔하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:103 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " "manage the :ref:`receipt picking process `." msgstr "" "영수증 작업 중 제품 바코드를 스캔할 때 Odoo에서 로트 세부 정보를 정확하게 해석하려면 :menuselection:`바코드` 앱으로 " "이동하여 :ref:`영수증 피킹 프로세스 `를 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:107 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " "the list of vendor receipts to process. Receipts generated from :abbr:`POs " "(Purchase Orders)` are listed, but new receipt operations can also be " "created directly through the :menuselection:`Barcode` app using the " ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`바코드 스캔` 대시보드에서 :guilabel:`작업` 을 찾아 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`영수증` " "버튼을 클릭하면 처리해야 하는 공급업체 영수증 목록을 볼 수 있습니다. 이 목록에는 :abbr:`PO(구매 주문)`에서 생성된 영수증이 " "포함됩니다. 또한, :menuselection:`바코드` 앱에서 :guilabel:`생성` 버튼을 사용하여 새 영수증 작업을 직접 생성할" " 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:112 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " "product then appears on the list. Use the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button to " "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" "영수증 목록에서 창고 작업(`WH/IN`)을 찾아 선택합니다. 바코드 스캐너를 사용하여 제품 바코드와 로트 번호를 스캔하면 스캔한 제품이" " 목록에 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`✏️ (연필)` 아이콘을 클릭하여 창을 열고 특정 로트 번호에 대한 수량을 수동으로 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:118 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for fifty apples, navigate to " "the associated receipt in the *Barcode* app." msgstr "사과 50개에 대한 :abbr:`PO (구매 주문)`를 생성한 후 *바코드* 앱에서 관련 영수증에 액세스합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:121 msgid "" "Scan the barcode containing the |GTIN|, quantity, and lot number. For " "testing with a barcode scanner, below is an example barcode for the fifty " "Fuji apples in Lot 2." msgstr "" "GTIN|, 수량, 로트 번호가 포함된 바코드를 스캔합니다. 바코드 스캐너로 테스트할 경우, 아래는 2번 로트의 후지 사과 50개에 대한" " 바코드 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:129 msgid "50 Fuji apples in Lot0002" msgstr "Lot0002 후지 사과 50개" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:199 msgid "2D Matrix" msgstr "2D 매트릭스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "" "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 50 fuji apples with an assigned lot number." msgstr "로트 번호가 할당된 후지 사과 50개의 GS1 바코드로 구성된 2D 매트릭스." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:202 msgid "|AI| (product)" msgstr "|AI| (제품)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:204 msgid "GS1 Barcode (product)" msgstr "GS1 바코드 (품목)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:137 msgid "20611628936004" msgstr "20611628936004" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:138 msgid "|AI| (quantity)" msgstr "|AI| (수량)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:208 msgid "GS1 Barcode (quantity)" msgstr "GS1 바코드 (수량)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:141 msgid "00000050" msgstr "00000050" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:142 msgid "|AI| (lot)" msgstr "|AI| (로트)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:144 msgid "GS1 Barcode (lot #)" msgstr "GS1 바코드(로트 #)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:145 msgid "LOT0002" msgstr "LOT0002" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:210 msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "전체 GS1 바코드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 msgid "" ":ref:`If the configuration is correct `," " `50/50` :guilabel:`Units` processed will be displayed and the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button turns green. Click the :guilabel:`Validate` " "button to complete the reception." msgstr "" ":ref:`설정이 올바른 경우 `, `50/50` " ":guilabel:`단위` 처리됨이라는 상태가 표시되고 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼이 녹색으로 바뀝니다. 접수를 완료하려면 " ":guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "*바코드* 앱의 접수 피킹 페이지에서 제품의 바코드를 스캔합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:160 msgid "Configure barcode for product and non-unit quantity" msgstr "단위 수량이 아닌 제품에 대한 바코드를 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:162 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "" "킬로그램과 같이 단위가 아닌 수량으로 측정된 제품을 포함하는 GS1 바코드를 생성하려면 일반적으로 다음 바코드 패턴이 사용됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "킬로그램 단위의 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "310[0-5]" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:178 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 수량이 정확하게 해석되는지 확인하려면 *매입* 앱에서 구매하려는 제품 수량에 적합한 측정 단위 " "(:guilabel:`UoM`)를 사용하여 주문하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:183 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs `" msgstr ":ref:`UoM을 통한 공급업체 단위 전환 간소화 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:185 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment `." msgstr "" "주문이 완료되면 :menuselction:`바코드` 앱의 :ref:`공급업체 배송 수령`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:189 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode containing the |GTIN| and quantity of " "peaches in kilograms." msgstr "" "*바코드* 앱을 사용하는 경우, 영수증에 'GTIN'이 포함된 바코드와 복숭아 수량을 킬로그램 단위로 지정한 바코드를 스캔하여 복숭아 " "'52.1kg'을 주문받습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:197 msgid "52.1 kg of Peaches" msgstr "복숭아 52.1kg" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "복숭아 52.1kg의 GS1 바코드 2D 매트릭스." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:205 msgid "00614141000012" msgstr "00614141000012" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:206 msgid "|AI| (kg, 1 decimal point)" msgstr "|AI| (kg, 소수점 이하 1자리)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:207 msgid "3101" msgstr "3101" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:209 msgid "000521" msgstr "000521" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:211 msgid "0100614141000012 3101000521" msgstr "0100614141000012 3101000521" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:213 msgid "" ":ref:`If the configuration is correct `," " `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` will be displayed and the :guilabel:`Validate`" " button turns green. Finally, press :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the " "validation." msgstr "" "ref:`설정이 올바른 경우 `, `52.1 / 52.1` " ":guilabel:`kg`이 표시되고 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼이 녹색으로 바뀝니다. 프로세스를 완료하려면 " ":guilabel:`승인`을 누르세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "바코드 앱에서 바코드 화면을 스캔하여 접수 작업을 수행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:222 msgid "Verify product moves" msgstr "품목 이동 확인" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:224 msgid "" "For additional verification, the quantities of received products are also " "recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product Moves`." msgstr "" "추가 확인을 위해 :guilabel:`품목 이동` 보고서에 기록된 입고된 제품의 수량을 검토합니다. :menuselection:`재고 " "관리 앱 --> 보고 --> 품목 이동`으로 이동하여 보고서에 액세스합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:228 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" " its collapsible drop-down menu, which displays a list of *stock move lines*" " for the product. The latest stock move matches the warehouse reception " "reference number (e.g. `WH/IN/00013`) and quantity processed in the barcode " "scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were " "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`품목 이동` 보고서에서 항목은 기본적으로 제품별로 그룹화됩니다. 입고 수량을 확인하려면 품목 라인을 클릭하여 접을 수" " 있는 드롭다운 메뉴를 펼칩니다. 이 메뉴에는 특정 제품에 대한 *재고 이동 라인* 목록이 표시됩니다. 최근 재고 이동은 창고 입고 참조" " 번호(예: `WH/IN/00013`) 및 바코드 스캔에서 처리된 수량과 일치하여 *바코드* 앱에서 처리된 기록이 *재고 관리*에 " "올바르게 저장되었는지 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "복숭아 52.1kg의 입고 재고 이동 기록." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " "types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " "app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" "This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " "they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " "computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " "barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" "To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " "enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" "Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " "a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " "Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" "There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " "and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " "barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" "For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" " the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " ":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " "pages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" "To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" " a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " "quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" "From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" " menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " ":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " "quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" " to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" " on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " "navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " ":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " "select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " "barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 msgid "" "If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " "each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " "processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " "transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " "well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " "with the stock moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " "options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " "products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" " be validated at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 msgid "" "To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " "line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " "clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " "can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 msgid "" "From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " "product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" " `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " "button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " "quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 msgid "" "In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " "Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " ":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " "the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " ":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 msgid "" "Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " "to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " "can be used to add quantity, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 msgid "" "Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " "reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " "product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " "locations to choose from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " "product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " "line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " "receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " "closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 msgid "" "To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " "be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " "app --> Create` to create a new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 msgid "" "From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " ":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " ":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " "quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " "order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " "click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" " navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " ":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " "select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " "transfer screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " "transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" " options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" " products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " "should be validated at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 msgid "" "To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " "line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " "product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " "to edit that product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 msgid "" "From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " "product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" " `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " "button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " "quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 msgid "" "Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " "reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " "product itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 msgid "" "This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " "Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" " from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 msgid "" "For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " "rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " "operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " "line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " "delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" " products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " "numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" "compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" "For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " "for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " "`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 msgid "" "When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " "a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " "Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " "nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 msgid "" "To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " "**must** be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" " the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 msgid "" "To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " "transfer created, and an operation to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 msgid "" "To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " "app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " ":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " "Process` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " "navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 msgid "" "On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " "as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " "Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " "the products are being moved from, and moved to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "" "Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 msgid "" "Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " "transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " "tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " "add to the transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " "internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " "the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " "moved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " "quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" " pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 msgid "" "To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" " the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " "overview page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " "the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " "transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " "the barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 msgid "" "When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " "a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" " a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 msgid "" "Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " "scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " "products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " "moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " "specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" " screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " ":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " "operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 msgid "" "Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 msgid "" "Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" " line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " "of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " "clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 msgid "" "In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " "displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " "the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 msgid "" "In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " "`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " "`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " "form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " "Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " "transferred quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 msgid "" "Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " "to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " "to add quantity, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 msgid "" "Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " "whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," " in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" " a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " "transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" " been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " "containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 msgid "" "From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " "number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " "quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " "shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " "barcode of the lot/serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 msgid "" "In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" "created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " "transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 msgid "" "Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" " features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " "printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " "to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " "sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " "scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 msgid "" "To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " "the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " "different options is presented." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 msgid "" "From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " "scan the product barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 msgid "" "When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " "Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " "opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" " the device being used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 msgid "" "Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " "so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " "specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " "transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " "listed on the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 msgid "" "To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " "manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " "Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " "product quantities that should be transferred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " "transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " "transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "바코드 스캐너 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Follow this guide to choose and set up a barcode scanner compatible with " "Odoo's *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps." msgstr "Odoo의 *재고 관리* 및 *바코드* 앱과 호환되는 바코드 스캐너를 선택하고 구성하려면 이 가이드를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:14 msgid "An image of an example barcode scanner." msgstr "바코드 스캐너의 예시 이미지입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:17 msgid "Scanner types" msgstr "스캐너 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:19 msgid "" "Before setting up a barcode scanner, it is important to determine which " "scanner type best meets the needs of the business. There are three main " "types, each with their own benefits and use cases:" msgstr "" "바코드 스캐너를 설정하기 전에 비즈니스 요구 사항에 맞는 스캐너 유형을 결정하는 것이 중요합니다. 세 가지 주요 유형이 있으며 각각 " "고유한 장점과 사용 사례가 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" "**USB scanners** are connected to a computer, and are suitable for " "businesses that scan products at a fixed location, like at the checkout in a" " grocery store. Ensure the chosen USB scanner is compatible with the " "keyboard layout of the computer." msgstr "" "**USB 스캐너**는 컴퓨터에 연결되어 있으므로 식료품점 계산대와 같이 고정된 위치에서 제품을 스캔하는 비즈니스에 적합합니다. 선택한 " "USB 스캐너가 컴퓨터의 키보드 레이아웃과 호환되는지 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:26 msgid "" "**Bluetooth scanners** pair with a smartphone or tablet, making them an " "ideal cost-effective and portable barcode scanner option. In this scenario, " "Odoo is installed on the smartphone, allowing warehouse operators to handle " "operations, and check stock directly through their mobile devices." msgstr "" "**블루투스 스캐너**는 스마트폰이나 태블릿과 페어링할 수 있어 비용 효율적이고 휴대성이 뛰어난 이상적인 바코드 스캐너 옵션입니다. 이 " "설정에서는 Odoo가 스마트폰에 설치되어 창고 운영자가 모바일 디바이스에서 직접 작업을 관리하고 재고를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:30 msgid "" "**Mobile computer scanners** are mobile devices with a built-in barcode " "scanner. First, ensure the device can run the Odoo mobile app properly. " "Recent models that use Android OS with the Google Chrome browser, or Windows" " OS with Microsoft Edge, should work. However, testing is crucial due to the" " variety of available models and configurations." msgstr "" "**모바일 컴퓨터 스캐너**는 바코드 스캐너가 내장된 휴대용 기기입니다. 기기를 선택하기 전에 Odoo 모바일 앱을 원활하게 실행할 수 " "있는지 확인하세요. 일반적으로 구글 크롬 브라우저를 사용하는 안드로이드 OS 또는 마이크로소프트 엣지를 사용하는 윈도우 OS를 사용하는 " "최신 모델은 호환이 가능합니다. 그러나 사용 가능한 모델과 구성이 다양하기 때문에 철저한 테스트가 필수적입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:36 msgid "" "`Compatible hardware with Odoo Inventory " "`_" msgstr "`Odoo 인벤토리와 호환되는 하드웨어 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:41 msgid "" "When setting up the barcode scanner, make sure the following configurations " "are correct so the scanner can properly interpret barcodes with Odoo." msgstr "바코드 스캐너를 설정할 때 다음 구성이 올바른지 확인하여 스캐너가 Odoo에서 바코드를 올바르게 해석할 수 있도록 하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "키보드 레이아웃" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "" "When using a USB barcode scanner, match its keyboard layout with the " "operating system's layout for proper interpretation of characters. " "Generally, the scanning mode should be set to accept a USB keyboard (HID), " "with the language set based on the keyboard that is in use." msgstr "" "USB 바코드 스캐너를 사용하는 경우 문자를 정확하게 해석하려면 키보드 레이아웃을 운영 체제의 레이아웃과 일치시켜야 합니다. 일반적으로 " "스캔 모드를 USB 키보드(HID)를 허용하도록 설정하고 사용 중인 키보드에 따라 언어를 구성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:51 msgid "" "To configure the keyboard layout for a **Zebra** scanner, scan the keyboard " "wedge barcode for the desired language in the scanner's user manual." msgstr "" "**Zebra** 스캐너의 키보드 레이아웃을 설정하려면 원하는 언어의 키보드 웨지 바코드를 스캔합니다. 이 바코드는 스캐너의 사용 " "설명서에서 찾을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Example of a user manual for keyboard layout." msgstr "키보드 레이아웃에 대한 사용 설명서의 예입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "" "Examples of keyboard language settings in the Zebra scanner user manual." msgstr "Zebra 스캐너 사용 설명서의 키보드 언어 설정 예시." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "자동 운송장 반송" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:62 msgid "" "Odoo has a default 100-millisecond delay between scans to prevent accidental" " double scanning. To synchronize with the barcode scanner, set it to include" " a *carriage return* (:dfn:`character like the \"Enter\" key on a keyboard`)" " after each scan. Odoo interprets the carriage return as the end of the " "barcode input; so Odoo accepts the scan, and waits for the next one." msgstr "" "Odoo는 실수로 인한 이중 스캔을 방지하기 위해 스캔 사이에 기본 100밀리초 지연을 설정합니다. 바코드 스캐너와 동기화하려면 각 스캔" " 후에 *운송장 반송*(:dfn:`키보드의 \"엔터\" 키와 같은 문자`)을 포함하도록 바코드 스캐너를 구성하세요. Odoo는 운송장 " "반송을 바코드 입력의 끝으로 해석하여 스캔을 수락하고 다음 스캔을 기다립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:67 msgid "" "Typically, on the scanner, a carriage return is included by default. Ensure " "it is set by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual, like `CR suffix" " ON` or `Apply Enter for suffix`." msgstr "" "일반적으로 대부분의 스캐너에는 운송장 반송이 포함되어 있습니다. 사용자 설명서에 있는 특정 바코드(예: `CR 접미사 켜기` 또는 " "`접미사 입력 적용`)를 스캔하여 이 설정을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:71 msgid "Zebra scanner" msgstr "Zebra 스캐너" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:73 msgid "" "When using Zebra scanners, ensure the following keystroke configurations are" " set to prevent errors." msgstr "Zebra 스캐너를 사용할 때는 오류를 방지하기 위해 다음 키 입력 구성이 적절하게 설정되어 있는지 확인하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:75 msgid "" "Begin on the Zebra scanner's home screen, and select the " ":guilabel:`DataWedge` app (the icon for the app is a light blue barcode). On" " the :guilabel:`DataWedge Profiles` page, select the profile option to " "access the Zebra scanner's settings." msgstr "" "Zebra 스캐너의 홈 화면에서 시작하여 :guilabel:`DataWedge` 앱을 선택합니다. (하늘색 바코드의 앱 아이콘) " ":guilabel:`DataWedge 프로필` 페이지로 이동한 후 프로필 옵션을 선택하여 Zebra 스캐너의 설정에 액세스합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:79 msgid "" "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Keyboard Output` option, and ensure the " ":guilabel:`Enable/disable keystroke output` option is :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" "아래로 스크롤하여 :guilabel:`키보드 출력` 옵션으로 이동하고 :guilabel:`키 입력 출력 활성화/비활성화` 옵션이 " ":guilabel:`활성화`로 설정되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Show keystroke option in the Zebra scanner's DataWedge app." msgstr "Zebra 스캐너의 DataWedge 앱에서 키 입력 옵션을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:86 msgid "" "Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Profile` options page, and select " ":guilabel:`Key event options`. Here, ensure the :guilabel:`Send Characters " "as Events` option is checked." msgstr "" "이제 :guilabel:`프로필` 옵션 페이지로 돌아가서 :guilabel:`주요 이벤트 옵션`을 선택합니다. 여기서 " ":guilabel:`문자를 이벤트로 보내기` 옵션이 선택되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "Odoo에서 바코드 활성화" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " "attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" "바코드 스캔 기능을 활용하면 키보드, 마우스, 스캐너 사이를 전환할 필요가 없어 시간을 크게 절약할 수 있습니다. 바코드를 제품, 피킹 " "위치 등에 정확하게 할당하면 바코드 스캐너로 소프트웨어를 주로 제어할 수 있어 작업 효율성이 높아집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" "이 기능을 사용하려면 먼저 :menuselectio:`재고 관리 --> 설정 --> 바코드 스캐너`를 통해 *바코드* 기능을 활성화해야 " "합니다. 이 기능을 선택한 후 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "제품 바코드 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" "*재고 관리* 앱을 통해 다양한 제품에 손쉽게 바코드를 할당할 수 있습니다. 그러려면 :menuselection:`설정 --> 제품 " "바코드 구성`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "그런 다음 제품 양식에서 제품을 생성할 때 직접 바코드를 할당할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "품목 양식이 아닌 품목 세부사항에 직접 바코드를 추가하도록 주의하세요. 그렇지 않으면 품목을 구분할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "위치 바코드 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:51 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" " locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" "여러 위치를 효율적으로 관리하려면 각 위치에 바코드를 할당하고 해당 물리적 위치에 부착하는 것이 좋습니다. 위치 바코드는 " ":menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 설정 --> 위치`로 이동하여 구성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "*인쇄* 메뉴를 사용하여 위치에 할당된 바코드를 쉽게 인쇄할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "바코드 양식" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " "Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " "their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," " GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " "barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" "많은 리테일 제품에는 GTIN(국제거래단품식별코드)으로도 알려진 EAN-13 바코드가 사용됩니다. GTIN은 제품 및 서비스에 대한 고유" " 식별자 역할을 합니다. GTIN과 UPC는 종종 같은 의미로 사용되지만, GTIN은 바코드에 표시된 번호를 의미하고 UPC는 바코드 " "자체를 의미합니다. GTIN에 대한 자세한 정보는 GS1 웹사이트에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:73 msgid "" "In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." " This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " "and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " "it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " "license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." msgstr "" "품목에 대한 GTIN을 생성하려면 회사는 GS1 회사 접두사가 필요합니다. 각 GTIN의 시작 부분에 표시되는 이 코드는 바코드와 " "바코드가 나타내는 제품의 소유자인 회사를 식별합니다. GS1 업체 코드에 대한 자세한 내용을 확인하거나 업체 코드 라이선스를 획득하려면 " "GS1 업체 코드 페이지를 방문하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:78 msgid "" "Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " "However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " "possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." msgstr "" "Odoo 사용자는 GTIN 바코드를 사용하여 품목을 식별할 수 있습니다. 그러나 Odoo는 모든 숫자 문자열을 바코드로 사용할 수 " "있으므로 내부용으로 사용자 정의 바코드를 정의할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "재고" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" " system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " "replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." msgstr "" "Odoo *재고 관리*는 재고 애플리케이션이자 창고 관리 시스템 역할을 합니다. 이 앱을 통해 사용자는 리드 타임을 효율적으로 관리하고," " 보충을 자동화하고, 고급 경로를 구성하는 등의 창고 관리 작업을 수행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 재고 관리 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management.rst:5 msgid "Product management" msgstr "제품 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment.rst:5 msgid "Product replenishment" msgstr "제품 보충" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:3 msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)" msgstr "주문 시 보충 (MTO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:9 msgid "" "*Replenish on order*, also known as *MTO* (make to order), is a " "replenishment strategy that creates a draft order for a product every time a" " sales order is created for it. For products that are purchased from a " "vendor, a request for quotation (RFQ) is created, while a sales order for a " "product manufactured in-house triggers the creation of a manufacturing " "order. The creation of a |RFQ| or manufacturing order occurs every time a " "sales order is created, regardless of the current stock level of the product" " being ordered." msgstr "" "일반적으로 *MTO* (주문 제작)라고도 하는 *주문 시 보충*은 특정 제품에 대한 판매 주문이 생성될 때마다 해당 제품에 대한 발주서를" " 생성하는 보충 전략입니다. 공급업체에서 구매한 제품의 경우 견적 요청서 (RFQ)가 생성되며, 반대로 자체 제조한 품목의 경우 판매 " "주문이 생성되면 제조 주문이 생성됩니다. 주문한 제품의 현재 재고 수준과 관계없이 판매 주문이 생성될 때마다 |RFQ| 또는 제조 주문이" " 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:17 msgid "Unarchive the Replenish on Order (MTO) route" msgstr "주문 시 보충(MTO) 경로 보관 취소" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| " "is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. " "However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps." msgstr "" "기본적으로 Odoo는 |MTO| 경로를 *보관됨*으로 설정합니다. 이는 |MTO|가 특정 회사에서만 사용하는 다소 전문화 된 워크플로우로" " 간주되기 때문입니다. 그러나 몇 가지 간단한 단계만 거치면 경로의 보관을 해제할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:23 msgid "" "To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration" " --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the :guilabel:`Filters` " "button and select the :guilabel:`Archived` option. This shows all routes " "that are currently archived." msgstr "" "이렇게 하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 설정 --> 경로`로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`경로` 페이지에서" " :guilabel:`필터` 버튼을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`보관됨` 옵션을 선택합니다. 그러면 현재 보관된 모든 경로가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page." msgstr "경로 페이지의 보관된 필터입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:31 msgid "" "Enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click" " the :guilabel:`Action` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-" "down menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`주문 시 보충 (MTO)` 옆에 있는 확인란을 활성화한 다음 :guilabel:`작업` 버튼을 클릭하여 드롭다운 " "메뉴를 엽니다. 이 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`보관 취소`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page." msgstr "경로 페이지의 보관 취소 작업입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:38 msgid "" "Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The :guilabel:`Routes` page will now show all " "available routes, including :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is " "now selectable on the inventory tab of each product page." msgstr "" "마지막으로, :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에서 :guilabel:`보관됨` 필터를 제거합니다. 이제 각 제품 페이지의 재고 " "탭에서 선택할 수 있는 :guilabel:`주문 시 보충 (MTO)`을 포함하여 사용 가능한 모든 경로가 " ":guilabel:`Routes` 페이지에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The MTO route appears on the Routes page after unarchiving it." msgstr "MTO 경로는 보관 취소 후 경로 페이지에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:47 msgid "Configure a product to use the MTO route" msgstr "MTO 경로를 사용하도록 품목 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:49 msgid "" "With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to " "use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then select an " "existing product, or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one." msgstr "" "이제 |MTO| 경로의 보관 취소 후 주문 시 보충 전략을 활용하도록 품목을 적절하게 구성할 수 있습니다. 그렇게 하려면 " ":menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동한 다음 기존 제품을 선택하거나 :guilabel:`생성`을 " "클릭하여 새 품목을 구성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:53 msgid "" "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " "section, along with one other route." msgstr "" "품목 페이지에서 :guilabel:`재고` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`경로` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`주문 시 " "보충(MTO)` 경로를 활성화합니다. 또한 다른 경로를 하나 이상 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless " "another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to" " replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy it, manufacture " "it, etc.)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`주문 시 보충(MTO)` 경로는 다른 경로도 선택하지 않으면 **작동하지** 않습니다. 이는 주문이 들어올 때 " "(구매, 제조 등) Odoo가 제품을 보충하는 방법에 대한 정보가 필요하기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab." msgstr "재고 탭에서 MTO 경로와 두 번째 경로를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:65 msgid "" "If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill sales orders, enable " "the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so " "makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other settings tabs " "below." msgstr "" "판매 주문을 처리하기 위해 공급업체로부터 품목을 구매한 경우 품목 이름 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`구매 가능` 확인란을 " "활성화합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 아래의 다른 설정 탭과 함께 :guilabel:`구매` 탭이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the" " :guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`구매` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`공급업체`를 지정하고 해당 품목을 판매하는 :guilabel:`가격`을 " "지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "Enable \"Can be Purchased\" and specify a vendor." msgstr "\"구매 가능\"을 활성화하고 공급업체를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:76 msgid "" "If the product is manufactured, make sure that it has a bill of materials " "(BOM) configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` " "smart button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`Create` on the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product." msgstr "" "품목이 제조된 경우 해당 품목에 대한 BOM (자재 명세서)이 구성되어 있는지 확인합니다. 이렇게 하려면 화면 상단에서 " ":guilabel:`BOM` 스마트 버튼을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`BOM` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하여 " "품목에 대한 새 `BOM`을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:81 msgid "" "On the blank |BOM| form, add the components used to manufacture the product " "on the :guilabel:`Components` tab, along with the operations required for " "the manufacturing workflow on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" "빈 |BOM| 양식의 경우, 제품을 제조하는 데 사용되는 부품을 :guilabel:`부품` 탭에 추가합니다. 또한 제조 워크플로우에 " "필요한 작업을 :guilabel:`작업` 탭에 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:85 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the |BOM|." msgstr "마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 |BOM|을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:88 msgid "Fulfill a sales order using the MTO route" msgstr "MTO 경로를 사용하여 판매 주문 처리하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:90 msgid "" "After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is" " created for it every time a sales order including the product is confirmed." " The type of order created depends on the second route selected in addition " "to |MTO|." msgstr "" "제품을 |MTO| 경로를 사용하도록 구성하면 해당 제품이 포함된 판매 주문이 확인될 때마다 보충 주문이 생성됩니다. 생성되는 주문 유형은" " |MTO| 외에 선택한 두 번째 경로에 따라 달라집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:94 msgid "" "For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a purchase order " "is created upon confirmation of a sales order." msgstr "예를 들어 *구매*가 두 번째로 선택된 경로인 경우 판매 주문이 확인되면 구매 주문이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:98 msgid "" "When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is " "always created upon confirmation of a sales order. This is the case even if " "there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the sales order, " "without buying or manufacturing additional units of it." msgstr "" "제품에 대한 |MTO| 경로를 활성화하면 추가 구매나 제조 없이도 판매 주문을 처리할 수 있는 충분한 재고가 있는지 여부에 관계없이 판매" " 주문이 확인될 때마다 보충 주문이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:102 msgid "" "While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with a variety of other routes, " "the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`Create`," " which opens a blank quotation form." msgstr "" "MTO| 경로는 다양한 다른 경로와 함께 사용할 수 있지만, 이 워크플로우에서는 *구매* 경로를 예시로 사용합니다. 먼저 " ":menuselection:`판매` 앱으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하ㅎ여 새 견적 양식을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:106 msgid "" "On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`, then click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a" " product that has been configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation is turned into a sales order." msgstr "" "빈 견적 양식에 :guilabel:`고객`을 입력하여 작성합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`주문 라인` 탭에서 " ":guilabel:`제품 추가`를 클릭하고 *MTO* 및 *구매* 경로를 모두 활용하도록 구성된 제품을 입력합니다. 마지막으로 " ":guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 견적을 판매 주문으로 전환합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:110 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears in the top-right corner of " "the sales order. Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the sales " "order." msgstr "" "판매 주문이 확인되면 주문의 오른쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`구매` 스마트 버튼이 표시됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 연결된 견적 " "요청(|RFQ|)이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:113 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a " "purchase order. A green :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears at " "the top of the purchase order. Once the products are received, click " ":guilabel:`Receive Products` to register them into inventory." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`주문 확인`을 클릭하여 `RFQ`를 확인하고 구매 주문으로 전환합니다. 그러면 구매 주문 상단에 녹색 " ":guilabel:`제품 수령` 버튼이 표시됩니다. 제품을 수령하면 :guilabel:`제품 수령`을 클릭하여 재고에 항목을 기록합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:117 msgid "" "Return to the sales order by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders`, and selecting " "the sales order." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`SO` 이동 경로를 클릭하거나 :menuselection:`판매 --> 주문 --> 주문`에 액세스하여 관련 판매 " "주문을 선택하면 판매 주문으로 다시 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:120 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top-right of the" " order to be taken to the delivery order. Once the products have been " "shipped to the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery." msgstr "" "마지막으로 주문 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 배송 주문으로 이동합니다. 제품이 고객에게 배송되면" " :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 배송을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:3 msgid "Reordering rules" msgstr "재주문 규칙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:7 msgid "" "Reordering rules are used to keep forecasted stock levels above a certain " "threshold without exceeding a specified upper limit. This is accomplished by" " specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a " "maximum quantity that stock should not exceed." msgstr "" "재주문 규칙은 예측 재고 수준을 정의된 최소 임계값 이상으로 유지하면서 지정된 상한선을 초과하지 않도록 하는 데 사용됩니다. 이는 재고가" " 그 이하로 떨어지지 않아야 하는 최소 수량과 재고가 초과하지 않아야 하는 최대 수량을 지정하여 수행됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:11 msgid "" "Reordering rules can be configured for each product based on the route used " "to replenish it. If a product uses the *Buy* route, then a Request for " "Quotation (RFQ) is created when the reordering rule is triggered. If a " "product uses the *Manufacture* route, then a Manufacturing Order (MO) is " "created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment " "route." msgstr "" "제품을 보충에 사용되는 경로에 따라 각 제품에 대한 재주문 규칙을 설정할 수 있습니다. 제품이 *구매* 경로를 사용하는 경우, 재주문 " "규칙이 트리거되면 견적 요청(RFQ)이 생성됩니다. 반대로 *제조* 경로를 사용하는 경우 선택한 보충 경로에 관계없이 제조 주문(MO)이" " 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:17 msgid "Configure products for reordering rules" msgstr "재주문 규칙에 대한 제품 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:19 msgid "" "In order to use reordering rules for a product, it must first be correctly " "configured. Begin by navigating to :guilabel:`Inventory --> Products --> " "Products`, then select an existing product, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "제품에 대한 재주문 규칙을 사용하려면 먼저 제품을 올바르게 구성해야 합니다. 먼저 :guilabel:`재고 관리 --> 품목 --> " "품목`으로 이동한 다음 기존 제품을 선택하거나 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하여 새 제품 생성을 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:23 msgid "" "First, on the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, make sure that the " ":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is " "necessary because Odoo only tracks stock quantities for storable products, " "and this number is used to trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" "먼저, :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭에서 :guilabel:`제품 유형`이 :guilabel:`저장 가능 품목`으로 설정되어 있는지" " 확인합니다. 이는 Odoo가 저장 가능 품목의 재고 수량을 독점적으로 추적하고 이 정보를 활용하여 재주문 규칙을 활성화하기 때문에 매우" " 중요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Set the Product Type as Storable." msgstr "제품 유형을 저장 가능 품목으로 설정합니다," #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:31 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select one or more routes " "from the :guilabel:`Routes` section. Doing so tells Odoo which route to use " "to replenish the product." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`재고` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`경로` 섹션에서 하나 이상의 경로를 선택합니다. 이 작업은 " "Odoo가 제품을 보충하는 데 사용할 경로를 알려줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Select one or more routes on the Inventory tab." msgstr "재고 탭에서 하나 이상의 경로를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:38 msgid "" "If the product is reordered using the :guilabel:`Buy` route, confirm that " "the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox is enabled under the product name." " This makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear. Click on the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and specify at least one vendor, and the price " "that they sell the product for, so that Odoo knows which company the product" " should be purchased from." msgstr "" "제품이 :guilabel:`구매` 경로를 통해 재주문되는 경우, 제품 이름 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`구매 가능` 확인란이 " "활성화되어 있는지 확인합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 :guilabel:`구매` 탭이 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`구매` 탭으로 이동하여" " 해당 제품 가격과 함께 하나 이상의 공급업체를 지정합니다. 이 단계는 Odoo가 제품을 어느 회사에서 구매해야 하는지 알 수 있도록 " "합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Specify a vendor and price on the Purchase tab." msgstr "구매 탭에서 공급업체와 가격을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:47 msgid "" "If the product is replenished using the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route, it " "needs to have at least one Bill of Materials (BoM) associated with it. This " "is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for products " "with a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" "제품이 :guilabel:`제조` 경로를 통해 재입고되는 경우, 해당 제품이 하나 이상의 BoM (자재 명세서)에 연결되어 있어야 " "합니다. 이는 Odoo가 :abbr:`BoM (자재 명세서)`이 있는 제품에 대해서만 제조 주문을 생성하기 때문에 필요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:51 msgid "" "If a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` does not already exist for the product," " select the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " "product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" "제품에 대한 :abbr:`BoM (자재 명세서)`이 아직 없는 경우 품목 양식 상단의 :guilabel:`자재 명세서` 스마트 버튼을 " "선택한 다음 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하여 신규 :abbr:`BoM (자재 명세서)`을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product form." msgstr "품목 양식의 자재명세서 스마트 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:60 msgid "Create new reordering rules" msgstr "새 재주문 규칙 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:62 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Reordering Rules`, then click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill" " out the new line as follows:" msgstr "" "새 재주문 규칙을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 설정 --> 재주문 규칙`으로 이동하여 " ":guilabel:`생성`을 클릭한 후 다음과 같이 새 줄을 입력합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that is replenished by the rule." msgstr ":guilabel:`품목`: 규칙에 의해 보충되는 품목입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: The location where the product is stored." msgstr ":guilabel:`위치`: 품목이 저장된 위치입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: The minimum quantity that can be forecasted " "without the rule being triggered. When forecasted stock falls below this " "number, a replenishment order for the product is created." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`최소 수량`: 규칙이 트리거되기 전의 최소 예측 수량을 나타냅니다. 예상 재고가 이 수치 아래로 떨어지면 시스템에서 " "품목에 대한 보충 주문이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: The maximum quantity that stock is replenished up " "to." msgstr ":guilabel:`최대 수량`: 재고가 보충되는 최대 수량입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: Specify if the product should be replenished " "in batches of a certain quantity (e.g., a product could be replenished in " "batches of 20)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`다중 수량`: 품목을 특정 수량 단위로 보충할지 여부를 지정합니다. (예: 품목을 20개 단위로 보충할 수 있음)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: The unit of measure used for reordering the product. This " "value can simply be `Units` or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " "length, etc." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: 품목 재주문에 사용되는 측정 단위입니다. '단위'와 같은 일반적인 용어이거나 무게, 길이 등의 특정 측정 " "단위일 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule." msgstr "새로운 재주문 규칙을 만들기 위한 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:81 msgid "" "Reordering rules can also be created from each product form. To do so, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then " "select a product. Click on :menuselection:`Reordering Rules --> Create`, " "then fill out the new line as detailed above." msgstr "" "다음 단계에 따라 각 품목 양식에서 직접 재주문 규칙을 생성할 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 품목 --> " "품목`으로 이동하여 제품을 선택하고, :menuselection:`재주문 규칙 --> 생성`을 클릭한 다음 앞서 설명한 대로 새 항목을 " "작성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:85 msgid "" "Once a reordering rule has been created for a product, if its forecasted " "quantity is below the rule's minimum quantity when the scheduler runs, a " "replenishment order for the product is automatically generated. By default, " "the scheduler runs once each day." msgstr "" "품목에 대한 재주문 규칙을 설정한 후 스케줄러가 실행될 때 예상 수량이 규칙의 최소 수량 미만으로 떨어지면 해당 품목에 대한 보충 주문이" " 자동으로 생성됩니다. 기본적으로 스케줄러는 하루에 한 번 실행됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:90 msgid "" "To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, select " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, select " "the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up that appears. Be " "aware that this also triggers any other scheduled actions." msgstr "" "스케줄러가 실행되기 전에 재정렬 규칙을 수동으로 트리거하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 작업 --> 스케줄러 실행`을" " 선택합니다. 그런 다음 표시되는 팝업에서 녹색 :guilabel:`스케줄러 실행` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 이 작업은 다른 예약된 프로세스도" " 함께 트리거할 수 있음에 유의하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:94 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for " "Quotation)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> Requests " "for Quotation`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`구매` 경로를 선택하면 :abbr:`견적 요청서 (RFQ)`가 생성됩니다. :abbr:`견적 요청서 (RFQ)`에 " "액세스하고 처리하려면 :menuselection:`구매 --> 주문 --> 견적 요청`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:98 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an :abbr:`MO " "(Manufacturing Order)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`MOs " "(Manufacturing Orders)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`제조` 경로를 선택하면 :abbr:`MO (제조주문서)`가 생성됩니다. :abbr:`MO (제조주문서)`를 감독하고 " "관리하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:103 msgid "Set a preferred route for reordering" msgstr "재주문을 위한 기본 경로 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:105 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" " to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, thus enabling " "the functionality of both routes." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 각 품목 양식의 :guilabel:`재고` 탭에서 여러 경로를 선택할 수 있습니다. 즉, 단일 제품에 대해 두 경로의 " "기능을 모두 사용할 수 있도록 :guilabel:`구매`와 :guilabel:`제조`를 모두 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:109 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to if multiple are selected. " "To select a preferred route, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" "또한 Odoo에서는 사용자가 품목의 재주문 규칙에 대해 선호하는 경로를 설정할 수 있습니다. 이 경로는 규칙이 여러 개 선택된 경우 " "기본값으로 설정되는 경로입니다. 기본 경로를 지정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 재주문 규칙`으로 " "이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:113 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Preferred Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page. Enable it by selecting the :guilabel:`⋮ " "(three-dot)` option button on the right side of the page and checking the " ":guilabel:`Preferred Route` checkbox. Doing so reveals the " ":guilabel:`Preferred Route` column." msgstr "" "기본적으로 :guilabel:`선호 경로` 열은 :guilabel:`재주문 규칙` 페이지에서 숨겨져 있습니다. 표시하려면 페이지 오른쪽에" " 있는 :guilabel:`⋮ (점 3개)` 옵션 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`선호 경로` 체크박스를 선택합니다. " "이 작업을 수행하면 :guilabel:`선호 경로` 열이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:118 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " "preferred route." msgstr "" "재주문 규칙 행의 열 안쪽을 클릭하면 해당 규칙에 사용 가능한 모든 경로가 표시되는 드롭다운 메뉴가 나타납니다. 목록에서 하나를 선택하여" " 기본 경로로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "드롭다운에서 선호하는 경로를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:126 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " "that is listed first on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" "품목에 대해 여러 경로가 활성화되어 있지만 재주문 규칙에 대한 기본 경로가 설정되어 있지 않은 경우 품목 양식의 " ":guilabel:`재고` 탭에 가장 먼저 나열된 경로를 사용하여 품목을 재주문합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:3 msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "재고 폐기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " "defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " "*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " "remain accurate." msgstr "" "재고에 있는 품목이 손상되었거나 수리 또는 반품이 불가능한 결함이 있는 것으로 판단되는 경우, Odoo의 *재고 관리* 기능을 통해 " "사용자는 해당 제품을 폐기할 수 있습니다. 이를 통해 재고 수치가 사용 가능한 재고를 정확하게 반영할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:19 msgid "" "Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " "was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." msgstr "" "폐기 주문은 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 작업 --> 폐기`로 이동합니다. 표시되는 각 폐기 주문에는 생성 날짜 및 " "시간과 같은 세부 정보와 함께 폐기된 제품 및 수량에 대한 정보가 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:14 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " ":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " "virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " "location." msgstr "" "폐기된 각 항목의 총 수량을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고관리 --> 환경설정 --> 위치`로 이동합니다. " ":guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에서 :guilabel:`내부` 필터를 제거한 다음 :guilabel:`가상 위치/스크랩` 위치를 " "클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " "places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " "location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " "is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." msgstr "" "기본적으로 품목이 폐기되면 실제 재고에서 제거되어 *가상 위치/폐기물*이라는 가상 위치로 재배치됩니다. 가상 위치는 물리적 공간을 " "나타내는 것이 아니라 실제 재고에서 제거된 품목을 추적하는 데 사용되는 Odoo 내의 공간입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 msgid "Learn more" msgstr "추가 정보" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations `." msgstr "" "가상 위치에 대한 자세한 내용은 다양한 유형의 :ref:`위치 `에 대한 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:29 msgid "Scrap from stock" msgstr "재고에서 폐기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:31 msgid "" "To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" " Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." msgstr "" "재고 내 제품을 폐기하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 작업 --> 폐기`로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`폐기" " 주문` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`생성`을 선택하여 새 폐기 주문을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:35 msgid "" "On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " "location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " "defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " "changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " "menus." msgstr "" "폐기 주문의 :guilabel:`품목` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 폐기할 제품을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`수량` 필드에 수량을 " "입력합니다. :guilabel:`출처 위치`의 기본 설정은 품목의 저장 위치이며, :guilabel:`폐기 위치`는 기본적으로 " ":guilabel:`가상 위치/폐기`로 설정됩니다. 그러나 각각의 드롭다운 메뉴에서 대체 위치를 선택하여 수정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "A new scrap order." msgstr "새 폐기 주문." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:45 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " "inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " "quantity." msgstr "" "마지막으로 :guilabel:`검증`을 선택하여 제품의 폐기 프로세스를 완료합니다. 승인이 완료되면 폐기된 제품의 보유 재고 수량이 " "차감된 수량을 반영하도록 조정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:49 msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" msgstr "입고, 이동 또는 배송에서 폐기하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:51 msgid "" "It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " "delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " "defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " "location to another, or preparing them for delivery." msgstr "" "입고, 이동 및 배송 작업 중에 품목을 폐기할 수도 있습니다. 이는 품목을 재고로 입고하거나, 다른 장소로 옮기거나, 배송을 준비하는 " "과정에서 결함이 있는 품목이 발견될 경우 필요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:55 msgid "" "To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " "begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " ":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" " :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " ":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " "product is being scrapped from." msgstr "" "입고, 이동 또는 배송 작업 중에 품목을 폐기하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고` 앱에 액세스합니다. " ":guilabel:`현황` 페이지에서 품목을 폐기하려는 작업 유형에 따라 :guilabel:`입고`, :guilabel:`내부 이동` " "또는 :guilabel:`배송 주문` 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`# 처리할 항목` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:61 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " ":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " "to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱 내의 :menuselection:`현황` 페이지에 :guilabel:`내부 이동` 카드를 " "표시하려면 :guilabel:`저장 위치` 설정을 활성화해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> " "설정`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`창고` 섹션 아래의 :guilabel:`저장 위치` 옆 확인란을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" "Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" " viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " "Transfers`." msgstr "" "또는 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 작업 --> 이동`으로 이동하여 모든 배송 주문, 입고 및 이동 목록을 볼 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:69 msgid "" "Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " "page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" " page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" "해당 페이지에서 배송 주문, 입고 또는 이동을 선택하여 클릭하여 엽니다. 페이지 상단에 :guilabel:`폐기` 버튼이 표시되면 이 " "버튼을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`폐기` 팝업 창을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." msgstr "재고 관리 앱에 폐기 팝업이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " "validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " "they have been entered into inventory." msgstr "" "Odoo는 품목이 재고에 입력된 후에만 제품 폐기를 허용하므로 입고가 승인 완료된 후 :guilabel:`폐기` 버튼이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:81 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " "from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" " :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`폐기` 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`품목` 드롭다운 메뉴를 통해 폐기할 품목을 선택합니다. 이어서 " ":guilabel:`수량` 필드에 수량을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:84 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " "is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" " Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " "different location from their respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`기존 위치`는 기본적으로 품목이 저장된 위치로 설정되며, :guilabel:`폐기 위치`는 :guilabel:`가상 " "위치/폐기`로 설정됩니다. 그러나 각 드롭다운 메뉴에서 다른 위치를 선택하여 이러한 위치를 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:88 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " "button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " "scrap orders created from that operation." msgstr "" "마지막으로 :guilabel:`완료`를 클릭하여 품목 폐기 프로세스를 완료합니다. 그러면 :guilabel:`폐기` 팝업 창이 닫히고 " "페이지 오른쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`폐기` 스마트 버튼이 표시됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 특정 작업에서 생성된 모든 폐기 주문에 " "액세스하고 검토할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "The Scraps smart button." msgstr "폐기 스마트 버튼" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "보충 전략 선택" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:10 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " "*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " "strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " "the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " "use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." msgstr "" "Odoo에는 재고를 자동으로 보충하는 두 가지 전략이 있습니다: 바로 *재주문 규칙*과 *주문 후 생산(MTO)* 경로입니다. 이두 가지" " 전략은 조금씩 다르지만, 둘 다 |PO| 또는 |MO|의 생성을 트리거한다는 점이 비슷합니다. 어떤 전략을 사용할지 결정하는 것은 " "비즈니스의 제조 및 배송 프로세스의 복잡성에 따라 달라집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "용어" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:56 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "보충 보고 및 재주문 규칙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." msgstr "보충 보고서는 예측 수량이 마이너스인 모든 품목의 목록입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" "*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " "product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" "*재주문 규칙*은 품목의 최소 재고 수준을 유지하여 제조 공정을 원활하게 하거나 판매 주문을 이행하기 위한 목적으로 사용됩니다. 품목의 " "재고 수준이 최소 값에 도달하면 Odoo는 최대 재고 수준에 도달하는 데 필요한 수량을 조달하기 위해 자동으로 발주서를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" "Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " "from the product form." msgstr "재주문 규칙은 보충 보고서 또는 품목 양식에서 생성하고 관리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:33 msgid "Make to order" msgstr "주문 제작" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:35 msgid "" "*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " "order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " "**regardless of the current stock level**." msgstr "" "*주문 생산 (MTO)*은 **품목의 현재 재고 수준**을 고려하지 않고 판매 주문이 확정될 때마다 발주서 (또는 제조 주문서) 초안이 " "생성되는 조달 경로를 의미합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:38 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" " the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" "재주문 규칙을 통해 보충되는 품목과 달리 Odoo는 판매 주문을 |MTO| 경로를 통해 생성된 |PO| 또는 |MO|와 자동으로 " "연결합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:41 msgid "" "Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " "generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" " reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " "forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" "재주문 규칙과 |MTO|의 또 다른 차이점은 작동 타이밍입니다. |MTO|의 경우, Odoo는 |SO|가 확정된 직후에 즉시 |PO| " "또는 |MO| 초안을 생성합니다. 반대로, 재주문 규칙의 경우, 품목의 예상 재고가 설정된 최소 수량 아래로 떨어질 때 Odoo가 발주서" " 초안 |PO| 또는 |MO|를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:45 msgid "" "In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " "forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "또한, Odoo는 예측이 확정되지 않은 경우 예측 변경에 따라 수량 조정을 |PO| 또는 |MO|에 자동으로 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:48 msgid "" "The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " "customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "|MTO| 경로는 맞춤형 제품 및/또는 보유 재고가 없는 제품에 가장 적합한 보충 전략입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:58 msgid "" "To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Operations --> Replenishment.`" msgstr "보충 보고서에 액세스하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 작업 --> 보충`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " "needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " "Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" " are both `0.00`" msgstr "" "기본적으로 보충 보고서 대시보드에는 수동 재주문이 필요한 모든 품목이 표시됩니다. 품목에 대한 특정 규칙이 없는 경우 Odoo는 " ":guilabel:`최소 수량` 및 :guilabel:`최대 수량` 재고가 모두 `0.00`인 것으로 가정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:66 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " "forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" "Odoo에 설정된 재주문 규칙이 없는 품목은 확인된 판매 주문, 배송 및 입고 수량을 기준으로 예측을 계산합니다. 그러나 정의된 재주문 " "규칙이 있는 제품의 경우 Odoo는 일반적인 방식으로 예측을 계산하지만 구매/제조 리드 타임과 보안 리드 타임을 추가로 고려합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:72 msgid "" "Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " "or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " "product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " "the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " "found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " "form." msgstr "" "새 재주문 규칙을 시작하기 전에 해당 품목에 지정된 *공급업체*가 있거나 품목 양식에 *자재명세서*가 설정되어 있는지 확인하세요. 이를 " "확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하여 품목을 선택하고 해당 품목 양식을 엽니다. " "구성된 공급업체는 :guilabel:`구매` 탭 아래에 나열되며, 자재명세서는 구성된 경우 양식 상단에 있는 " ":guilabel:`자재명세서` 스마트 버튼에서 찾을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" " tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " "By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " "tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " "replenishment report." msgstr "" "품목 양식의 :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭에 있는 :guilabel:`제품 유형`은 반드시 :guilabel:`저장 가능 품목`으로" " 설정해야 합니다. 소모품은 재고 수준이 추적되지 않기 때문에 Odoo는 소모품을 보충 보고서에 포함할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " "current needs." msgstr "현재 요구 사항을 충족하기 위해 구매해야 하는 모든 품목을 나열하는 보충 보고서입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:87 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " ":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " "in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " "and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " "columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" "보충 보고서에서 새 재주문 규칙을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 작업 --> 보충`으로 이동하여 " ":guilabel:`생성`을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`품목` 열의 드롭다운 메뉴에서 원하는 품목을 선택합니다. 필요한 경우 " ":guilabel:`보충` 보고서 페이지의 해당 열에서 :guilabel:`최소 수량` 및 :guilabel:`최대 수량`을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:93 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " "product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " "smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" "제품 양식에서 새 재주문 규칙을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동한 다음 품목을 " "선택하여 해당 양식에 액세스합니다. :guilabel:`재주문 규칙` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`생성`을 선택하고 필수 " "필드를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:98 msgid "Replenishment report fields" msgstr "보충 보고서 필드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:100 msgid "" "The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " "these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " "icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " "field to make it visible." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`보충` 보고서에는 다음 필드가 포함됩니다. 이러한 필드가 표시되지 않는 경우 보고서 맨 오른쪽에 있는 " ":guilabel:`⋮(추가 옵션)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 필드 옆의 확인란을 선택하여 해당 필드가 표시되도록 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." msgstr ":guilabel:`품목`: 보충이 필요한 품목입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." msgstr ":guilabel:`위치`: 품목이 보관된 특정 위치입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." msgstr ":guilabel:`창고: 품목이 저장된 창고입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." msgstr ":guilabel:`보유 중`: 현재 사용 가능한 제품의 수량입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " "orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." msgstr ":guilabel:`예측`: 현재 주문 (판매, 제조, 구매 등)을 모두 고려한 후 주문 가능한 품목 수량입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " ":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." msgstr "" "guilabel:`선호 경로`: 제품을 조달하는 방법 (예: :guilabel:`구매`, :guilabel:`제조`, " ":guilabel:`직배송` 등)입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:112 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." msgstr ":guilabel:`공급업체`: 품목을 구매한 공급업체 회사입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" " is configured)." msgstr ":guilabel:`자재명세서`: 제품에 대한 자재 명세서 (설정된 경우)입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " ":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " "below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " "replenishment is requested)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`트리거`: 보충이 시작되는 방법, 즉 :guilabel:`자동` (:guilabel:`보유 수량이 " ":guilabel:`최소 수량` 아래로 떨어질 때 자동으로 트리거됨) 또는 :guilabel:`수동` (보충이 요청된 경우에만) 중 " "하나를 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " "being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`조달 그룹`: 판매 주문, 구매 주문 또는 제조 주문과 같이 제품을 획득하는 방법에 대한 참조 번호입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " "available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " "is triggered." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`최소 수량`: 재고가 있어야 하는 제품의 최소 수량을 나타냅니다. 재고 수준이 이 수치 아래로 떨어지면 보충 " "프로세스가 트리거됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " "after replenishing the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`최대 수량`: 품목을 보충한 후 사용할 수 있는 품목의 재고 수준에 대한 상한입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:123 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " "quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " "products are replenished." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`다중 수량`: 품목을 특정 수량으로 주문해야 하는 경우 주문할 수량을 입력합니다. 예를 들어, " ":guilabel:`다중 수량`이 `5`로 설정되어 있고 3개만 필요한 경우 시스템에서 5개 품목을 주문하여 보충을 수행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " "will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " "Orders` button is clicked." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`주문하기`: 현재 필요한 품목의 수량으로, :guilabel:`한 번 주문` 또는 :guilabel:`주문 자동화` " "버튼이 활성화될 때 주문할 제품의 수량이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." msgstr ":guilabel:`UoM`: 품목 조달에 사용되는 측정 단위를 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:129 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." msgstr ":guilabel:`회사`: 품목 조달과 관련된 회사를 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:131 msgid "" "By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " "required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " ":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and " "changing the value. To replenish a product manually, click :guilabel:`Order " "Once`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`주문하기` 필드의 기본값은 지정된 :guilabel:`최대 수량`에 도달하는 데 필요한 수량을 나타냅니다. " ":guilabel:`주문할 수량`을 수동으로 조정하려면 필드를 클릭하고 값을 수정합니다. 품목 재입고를 위한 일회성 주문을 시작하려면 " ":guilabel:`한 번 주문`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:135 msgid "" "To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " ":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " ":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`보충` 페이지에서 보충을 자동화하려면 줄 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`🔄(원형 화살표)` 아이콘으로 표시된 " ":guilabel:`주문 자동화`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:138 msgid "" "When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " "|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." msgstr "" "이 버튼을 클릭하면 Odoo는 예상 재고 수준이 재주문 규칙에 설정된 :guilabel:`최소 수량` 아래로 떨어질 때마다 자동으로 " "발주서 |PO|/|MO|를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:141 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " "replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" " the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." msgstr "" "guilabel:`보충` 페이지에서 줄 맨 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`🔕(나중에 알림)` 아이콘을 클릭하여 특정 기간 동안 재주문" " 규칙 또는 수동 보충을 일시적으로 비활성화할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " "time." msgstr "나중에 알림 옵션으로 일정 기간 동안 재주문 알림을 끌 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:149 msgid "" "A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " ":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " "created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " "that triggered the rule as the source document." msgstr "" "수동 보충에 의해 생성된 |PO| 또는 |MO|는 :guilabel:'보충 보고서'를 원본 문서로 참조합니다. 반대로 자동 재주문 규칙에" " 의해 생성된 |PO| 또는 |MO|는 규칙을 트리거한 |SO|의 참조 번호를 원본 문서로 인용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " "report." msgstr "견적 요청 목록에는 보충 보고서에서 직접 가져온 견적이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:158 msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" msgstr "주문 제작 (MTO) 경로" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:160 msgid "" "Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " "hidden by default." msgstr "사용자 지정 제품에는 |MTO| 경로가 권장되므로 기본적으로 경로가 숨겨져 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:169 msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" msgstr "Odoo에서 |MTO| 경로를 활성화하려면 다음과 같이 하세요:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:163 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr ":menuselection: `재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:164 msgid "" "Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`창고` 섹션 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 설정을 활성화하고 :guilabel:`저장`을 " "클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "그런 다음 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 경로`로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr ":menuselection:`필터 --> 보관됨`을 클릭하면 보관된 경로가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:168 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" "guilabel:`주문 시 보충 (MTO)` 옆의 확인란을 선택하고 :menuselection:`작업 --> 보관 취소`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:172 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " "warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 설정을 활성화하면 :guilabel:`저장 위치`도 활성화됩니다. 이러한 기능이 창고에 필요하지 " "않는 경우, |MTO| 경로를 보관 취소한 후 이 설정을 비활성화하는 것이 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:176 msgid "" "To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and click on the " "desired product to open its product form." msgstr "" "품목의 조달 경로를 |MTO|로 지정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동한 다음 원하는 " "품목을 선택하여 해당 품목 양식에 액세스합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:179 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " "section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`재고` 탭을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`경로` 옵션의 섹션에서 :guilabel:`주문 시 " "보충(MTO)`을 선택합니다" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:182 msgid "" "For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" " route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " "route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab of the product form." msgstr "" "공급업체에서 직접 구매한 제품의 경우 :guilabel:`구매` 경로와 함께 :guilabel:`주문 시 보충 (MTO)` 경로가 " "선택되어 있는지 확인합니다. 또한 품목 양식의 :guilabel:`구매` 탭에 공급업체가 설정되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:186 msgid "" "For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " "route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " "route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " "which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " "the product form." msgstr "" "자체 제조 제품을 관리하려면 :guilabel:`제조` 경로가 :guilabel:`주문 시 보충 (MTO)` 경로와 함께 활성화되어 " "있는지 확인합니다. 또한 품목 양식의 :guilabel:`자재명세서` 스마트 버튼을 통해 액세스할 수 있는 품목에 대한 자재명세서가 " "설정되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:192 msgid "" "The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" "|MTO| 경로는 단독으로 선택할 수 없습니다. |MTO|는 :guilabel:`제조` 또는 :guilabel:`구매` 경로도 선택된 " "**경우에만** 작동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "품목 양식에서 주문 시 보충을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:3 msgid "Use different units of measure" msgstr "다양한 측정 단위 사용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:7 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." " For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " "metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " "imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case " "for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a " "supplier and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" "다양한 이유로 인해 단위 변환이 필요한 경우가 있습니다. 예를 들어 미터법을 사용하는 국가에서 품목을 구매한 후 영국식 단위를 사용하는 " "국가에서 해당 품목을 판매하거나, 공급업체로부터 대량으로 상품을 구매하여 개별적으로 판매하는 경우 등이 있습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:13 msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product." msgstr "Odoo에서는 하나의 제품에 대해 서로 다른 측정 단위를 사용하도록 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:18 msgid "" "To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and " "activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 다른 측정 단위를 사용하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정 --> 품목`으로 " "이동하여 :guilabel:`측정 단위` 설정을 활성화합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." msgstr "재고 관리 설정에서 측정 단위를 사용하도록 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:27 msgid "Units of measure categories" msgstr "측정 단위 카테고리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:29 msgid "" "After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of " "measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units " "of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit " "conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another" " only if both units belong to the same category." msgstr "" "측정 단위 설정을 활성화한 후 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 구성 --> 측정 단위 --> UoM 카테고리`에서 기본 " "측정 단위 카테고리를 확인합니다. 카테고리는 단위 변환에 중요한 역할을 하며, Odoo는 두 단위가 모두 동일한 카테고리에 속하는 " "경우에만 품목의 단위를 변환할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set units of measure categories." msgstr "측정 카테고리의 단위를 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:38 msgid "" "Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " "highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" " Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any " "new units." msgstr "" "모든 측정 단위 카테고리에는 참조 단위가 있습니다. 기준 단위는 :guilabel:`측정 단위 범주` 페이지의 " ":guilabel:`Uom` 열에서 파란색으로 강조 표시됩니다. Odoo는 해당 범주 내에서 새 단위를 만들 때 참조 단위를 기준으로 " "삼습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:42 msgid "" "To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to " "sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category" " line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit " "`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the" " reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`" " since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)." " Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "새 단위를 생성하려면 먼저 올바른 카테고리를 선택합니다. 예를 들어 6개 단위로 구성된 상자에 담긴 품목을 판매하려면 " ":guilabel:`단위` 카테고리 줄을 찾아 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`줄 추가`를 " "선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`측정 단위` 필드에서 새 단위의 제목을 `상자 6개`로 지정합니다. :guilabel:`유형`" " 필드에서 :guilabel:`기준 측정 단위보다 큼`을 선택합니다. 6개의 상자는 기준 단위(`1.00000`)보다 6배 크므로 " ":guilabel:`비율` 필드에 `6.00000`을 입력합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:49 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category." msgstr ":guilabel:`단위` 카테고리를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:51 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units" " that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than " "the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`줄 추가`를 클릭합니다. 예를 들어, 달걀 제품에 대해 6단위 상자를 설정하는 경우 6개 상자는 카테고리의 기준 측정" " 단위인 \"단위\"보다 6배 큰 크기입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "" "Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same" " category." msgstr "동일한 단위 카테고리에 속하는 품목은 단위 간에 품목을 변환할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:60 msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" msgstr "품목의 측정 단위 지정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:62 msgid "" "To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. " "Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" "품목의 측정 단위를 설정하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하여 해당 설정을 엽니다. " "그런 다음 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:65 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " "Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " "The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's" " inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field " "to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭에서 :guilabel:`측정 단위` 필드를 수정하여 품목이 판매되는 단위를 지정할 수 있습니다. " "지정된 단위는 품목의 재고 및 내부 이동을 관리합니다. 또한 :guilabel:`구매 단위` 필드를 편집하여 품목 구매 단위를 " "설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:71 msgid "Unit conversion" msgstr "단위 변환" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:74 msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM" msgstr "구매 UoM에서 품목 구매" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:76 msgid "" "When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo " "automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. " "However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ." msgstr "" "구매 앱에서 새 견적 요청(RFQ)을 생성할 때 Odoo는 품목의 지정된 구매 측정 단위를 자동으로 입력합니다. 하지만 필요한 경우 " "RFQ에서 :guilabel:`UoM`을 수동으로 편집할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:80 msgid "" "After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo " "automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " "sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " "delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" "RFQ가 확인되어 구매주문서(PO)로 전환되면 PO의 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`입고` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다. Odoo는" " 구매 측정 단위를 품목의 판매/재고 측정 단위로 자동 변환하므로 배송 영수증의 :guilabel:`수요` 열에 변환된 수량이 " "표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:85 msgid "" "For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its " "sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in " "boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" "예를 들어 품목의 구매 측정 단위가 '6박스'로 설정되어 있고 판매/재고 측정 단위가 '단위'인 경우 발주서에는 6박스 단위로 수량이 " "표시되고 배송 영수증에는 단위로 수량이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:90 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "재보충" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:92 msgid "" "A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " "the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking " ":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit " "of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ." msgstr "" "품목 양식에는 :guilabel:`보충` 버튼을 통해 바로 견적을 생성할 수 있는 옵션이 있습니다. :guilabel:`보충` 버튼을 " "클릭하면 보충 지원 상자가 표시되어 필요한 경우 구매 단위를 수동으로 편집할 수 있습니다. 완료되면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여" " RFQ를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product " "form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests " "for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The" " purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed." msgstr "" "다음으로, 품목 양식에서 :guilabel:`예상 단위` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하고 :menuselection:`예상 재고 --> 견적 " "요청`까지 아래로 스크롤합니다. RFQ 참조 번호를 클릭하여 견적서 초안을 엽니다. 필요한 경우 여기에서 구매 UoM을 편집할 수도 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:102 msgid "Sell in a different UoM" msgstr "다른 UoM에서 판매" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:104 msgid "" "When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the " "product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`" " can be manually edited on the quotation." msgstr "" "판매 앱을 통해 새 견적을 생성할 때 Odoo는 일반적으로 품목의 사전 정의된 측정 단위를 기본값으로 사용합니다. 하지만 필요한 경우 " "견적서에서 :guilabel:`측정 단위`를 수동으로 조정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:107 msgid "" "After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order" " (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right " "corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the " "product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the" " delivery shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" "견적을 판매 주문(SO)으로 확인한 후 배송 단계로 진행하려면 SO의 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 " "클릭합니다. Odoo는 측정 단위를 품목의 재고 측정 단위로 자동 변환하므로 배송의 :guilabel:`수요` 열에 변환된 수량이 " "표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but " "its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes" " of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" "예를 들어 판매 주문서(SO)의 제품 측정 단위가 '6 박스'로 조정되었지만 재고 측정 단위는 '단위'로 유지되는 경우 SO는 수량을 " "6개 박스로, 배송에는 단위로 수량을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:5 msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "제품 추적" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" "*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " "in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " "there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " "inventory reports." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" "A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " "currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " "pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" "A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " "sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" " or products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "로트 및 일련번호 활성화" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 msgid "" "To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" " feature must be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 msgid "" "To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " "the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." msgstr "재고 관리 설정에서 로트 및 일련 번호 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 msgid "When to use lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " "quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" " back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " "or expiration dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 msgid "" "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " "properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " "This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " "end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " "cycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 msgid "When to use serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 msgid "" "The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " "every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " "chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" "sales services related to products they sell and deliver." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 msgid "List of serial numbers for product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 msgid "" "Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " "letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "추적" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " "entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " "like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " "sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " "serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " "dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 msgid "" "From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " "by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " "have been specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 msgid "" "To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " "and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " "menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " "expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " "unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " "product per serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " "number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " "specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " "this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" " buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " "made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" msgstr "만료일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " "of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " "reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " "expired products to customers." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 *유통기한*을 사용하여 구매부터 판매까지 부패하기 쉬운 제품의 라이프사이클을 관리하고 추적할 수 있습니다. 유통기한을 " "사용하면 예기치 않은 유통기한 만료로 인한 제품 손실을 최소화하고 유통기한이 지난 제품을 고객에게 발송하는 것을 방지할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " "can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" " assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " "companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " "buy and sell perishable products." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 *로트* 및 *일련번호*를 사용하여 추적되는 제품에만 만료 세부 정보를 할당할 수 있습니다. 로트 또는 일련번호를 연결한 " "후 만료일을 설정할 수 있습니다. 이 기능은 식품 제조업체와 같이 부패하기 쉬운 상품을 지속적으로 구매하고 판매하는 기업에게 특히 " "유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`" msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "만료일 활성화" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:23 msgid "" "To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" "*유효기간* 기능을 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 " ":guilabel:`추적가능성` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤합니다. 그런 다음 확인란을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`로트 및 일련 번호` " "기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:27 msgid "" "Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " ":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" " be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" "해당 기능이 활성화되면 :guilabel:`만료일`이라는 새 옵션이 나타납니다. 해당 확인란을 선택하여 기능을 활성화하고 " ":guilabel:`변경사항 저장`을 선택해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." msgstr "로트 및 일련번호, 만료일 설정을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:35 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " "features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " "Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " ":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " "features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " "product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`로트 및 일련번호` 기능이 활성화되면 추가 기능인 :guilabel:`배송장에 로트 및 일련번호 표시`, " ":guilabel:`송장에 로트 및 일련번호 표시`, :guilabel:`배송장에 만료일 표시`가 표시됩니다. 이러한 기능을 활성화하면 " "추적성이 향상되어 제품 리콜, 문제가 있는 \"불량\" 제품 배치 식별 및 기타 관리 측면에서 도움이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" msgstr "제품의 만료일 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:44 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " "features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " "expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" "*재고 관리* 앱의 설정에서 '로트 및 일련번호' 및 '만료일' 기능을 활성화하면 개별 품목에 대한 만료 세부 정보를 구성할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:48 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " "and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " "for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "in the upper-left corner to make changes." msgstr "" "그러려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하여 편집할 품목을 선택합니다. 품목을 선택하면 " "해당 품목에 대한 양식이 표시됩니다. 품목 양식에서 왼쪽 상단 모서리에 있는 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하여 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:53 msgid "" "To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " "information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " ":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" "로트 또는 일련번호를 통한 추적을 활성화하거나 만료 세부 정보를 구성하려면 품목 설정의 :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭에서 " ":guilabel:`제품 유형`을 :guilabel:`보관 제품`으로 설정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:57 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " ":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`재고` 탭을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`추적성` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤합니다. 추적 기본 설정에 따라 " ":guilabel:`고유 일련번호 기준` 또는 :guilabel:`로트별`이 선택되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:61 msgid "" "Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " "also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " "appears to the right." msgstr "" "활성화되면 새 :guilabel:`만료일` 확인란이 표시되며 이 확인란이 활성화되면 오른쪽에 새 :guilabel:`날짜` 필드가 " "표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:65 msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " "serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " "to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." msgstr "" "로트 또는 일련번호 추적을 활성화하기 전에 품목에 대한 기존 재고가 있는 경우 재고 조정을 통해 현재 재고에 로트 번호를 할당하는 것이 " "좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:70 msgid "" "For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" " recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" " the same lot, if any issues arise." msgstr "" "입고 또는 배송 시 대량의 제품을 효율적으로 처리하려면 로트 추적을 활용하는 것이 좋습니다. 이렇게 하면 문제 발생 시 여러 제품을 " "동일한 로트에서 추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." msgstr "품목 양식의 만료일 설정." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:77 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " "information to configure for the product:" msgstr ":guilabel:`날짜` 필드 아래에는 품목에 대해 설정할 수 있는 네 가지 카테고리의 만료 세부 정보가 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " "(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " "become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`유통기한`: 상품을 수령한 후 (공급업체로부터 또는 생산 후 재고가 있는 경우), 상품이 위험해질 수 있으므로 " "사용하거나 소비해서는 안 되는 기간(일)을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " "in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " "dangerous yet." msgstr ":guilabel:`유통기한`: 상품이 변질되기 시작하지만 **아직 위험하지는 않은** 유통기한 전의 일수를 의미합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " "which the goods should be removed from stock." msgstr ":guilabel:`제거 시간`: 상품을 재고에서 제거해야 하는 만료일 전 일수입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " "which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" " particular serial number." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`경고 시간`: 특정 로트 내 또는 특정 일련번호가 포함된 상품에 대해 알림을 트리거해야 하는 만료일 전 일수를 " "나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:90 msgid "" "The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " "date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " "manufactured in-house." msgstr "" "이 필드에 입력한 세부 정보는 공급업체에서 구입했든 내부에서 생산했든 재고로 입력된 상품의 만료일을 자동으로 계산하는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:93 msgid "" "Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "모든 만료 세부 정보를 설정했으면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 모든 수정 사항이 저장되었는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:96 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " "expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " "receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " "they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`날짜` 필드에 만료 정보에 대한 값을 입력하지 않은 경우 창고 안팎에서 입고 및 배송 시 날짜 (및 로트)를 수동으로" " 할당할 수 있습니다. 할당된 후에도 필요한 경우 수동으로 덮어쓰거나 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:101 msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" msgstr "로트 및 일련번호가 있는 영수증의 만료일 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:103 msgid "" "Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" " the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " "request for quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" "**입고** 품목에 대한 만료일은 발주서에서 직접 생성할 수 있습니다. 발주서를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`구매` 앱으로 " "이동하여 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하고 새 견적 요청(RFQ)을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:107 msgid "" "Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "product`." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`공급업체`를 추가하여 정보를 입력하고 :guilabel:`품목 추가`를 클릭하여 :guilabel:`품목`" " 라인에 품목을 새로 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:110 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " "converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`수량` 열의 숫자를 변경하여 주문할 수량을 선택하고 :guilabel:`주문 확인`을 클릭합니다. 그러면 " ":abbr:`RFQ (견적 요청)`가 구매 주문으로 변환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " "to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "발주서 상단의 :guilabel:`입고` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 창고 입고 양식으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:118 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " "The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." " The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " "assigned lot or serial number." msgstr "" "주문한 품목 수량에 일련번호를 할당하기 전에 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`사용자 오류` 팝업이 표시됩니다. " "이 팝업에서는 주문한 품목의 로트 또는 일련번호를 입력해야 합니다. 로트 또는 일련번호가 할당되지 않으면 :abbr:`RFQ (견적 " "요청)`을 승인할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:0 msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." msgstr "로트 번호가 없는 주문 승인 시 사용자 오류 팝업." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:127 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " "located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." msgstr "" "여기에서 품목 항목의 맨 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`추가 옵션` 메뉴 (햄버거) 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 클릭하면 " ":guilabel:`세부 작업` 창이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:130 msgid "" "In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " "number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." msgstr "" "이 팝업에서 :guilabel:`줄 추가`를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호 이름` 필드 아래에 로트 또는 일련번호를 " "부여합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " "the product form (if previously configured)." msgstr "미리 정의해 둔 품목 양식의 설정에 따라 만료 날짜가 자동으로 채워집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:137 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " "this date can be manually entered." msgstr "품목 양식의 :guilabel:`날짜` 필드가 설정되지 않은 경우 이 날짜를 수동으로 입력할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:140 msgid "" "After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " "quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" "만료일이 설정된 후 :guilabel:`완료` 수량을 표시하고 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 팝업을 닫습니다. 마지막으로 " ":guilabel:`승인`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." msgstr "주문한 제품의 만료일을 보여주는 상세 작업 팝업이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:147 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " "receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`; and more." msgstr "" "입고를 확인하면 :guilabel:`추적성` 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다. :guilabel:`추적성` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 업데이트된 " ":guilabel:`추적 보고서`를 확인할 수 있으며, 여기에는 :guilabel:`참조` 문서; 추적 중인 :guilabel:`제품`;" " :guilabel:`로트/일련번호`; 등이 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:153 msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" msgstr "제조된 제품에 만료일 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:155 msgid "" "Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " "To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " "(MO) needs to be completed." msgstr "" "자체 제작한 품목에 대해서도 만료일을 생성할 수 있습니다. 제조된 품목에 만료일을 지정하려면 제조 주문 (MO)을 완료해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:158 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " "and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " ":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." msgstr "" ":abbr:`MO (제조주문서)`를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 작업 --> 제조 주문`으로 이동한 후 " ":guilabel:`생성`을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`품목` 필드 드롭다운 메뉴에서 제조할 제품을 선택한 다음 " ":guilabel:`수량`을 선택하고 생산을 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." msgstr "유효기간이 있는 제품의 제조 주문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:167 msgid "" "To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" " the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " ":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" " materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" "제품을 제조하려면 :guilabel:`품목` 열의 항목에 필요한 부품이 있어야 합니다. 이 작업은 :guilabel:`품목`에 대한 " ":guilabel:`자재명세서`를 생성하거나 :guilabel:`줄 추가`를 클릭하여 소비할 부품을 수동으로 추가하는 방식으로 수행할 수" " 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:172 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:174 msgid "" "Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " "from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " "automatically assign a new lot number." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 옆의 드롭다운 메뉴에서 기존 로트 번호를 선택하거나 녹색 :guilabel:`+` 버튼을 클릭하여 새" " 로트를 자동으로 할당합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:177 msgid "" "Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" " :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." msgstr "그런 다음 :guilabel:`수량` 필드에 단위 수를 선택하고 :guilabel:`완료로 표시`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:180 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " "form for that specific number." msgstr "" "할당된 :guilabel:`로트/일련 번호` 필드에서 :guilabel:`외부 링크` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 해당 특정 번호에 대한 세부 " "정보 양식을 표시하는 팝업이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " "that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " "information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " "or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" "해당 팝업의 :guilabel:`날짜` 탭 아래로 품목에 대해 미리 설정해 둔 모든 만료 정보가 표시됩니다. 특정 품목의 세부 정보 양식" " 또는 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 로트/일련번호`로 이동하여 관련 정보를 확인할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." msgstr "특정 로트 번호에 대한 만료 정보가 포함된 날짜 탭입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:193 msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" msgstr "유효기간이 있는 제품 판매" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:195 msgid "" "Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " "other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " "create a sales order." msgstr "" "유통기한이 있는 부패하기 쉬운 품목을 판매하는 방법도 다른 유형의 제품과 동일합니다. 부패하기 쉬운 품목을 판매하려면 먼저 판매 주문을 " "생성해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:198 msgid "" "To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " "quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." msgstr "" ":menuselection::`판매 앱 --> 생성`으로 이동하여 새 견적을 생성한 다음 판매 주문 양식에 정보를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:201 msgid "" "Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " "desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " ":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`고객`을 추가하고 :guilabel:`품목 추가`를 클릭하여 원하는 제품을 :guilabel:`품목`에 추가한 다음 " "제품에 대한 :guilabel:`수량`을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:204 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " "date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`기타 정보` 탭을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`배송` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`배송 날짜`를 예상 " "날짜 이후로 변경하고 :guilabel:`녹색 체크 표시` 아이콘을 클릭하여 변경된 날짜를 확인합니다. 마지막으로 " ":guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 판매 주문을 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:208 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " "order to see the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "그런 다음 판매 주문 상단의 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 창고 입고 양식을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:211 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " ":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " "process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " "customer." msgstr "" "창고 입고 양식에서 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭한 다음 팝업 창이 나타나면 :guilabel:`적용`을 선택하여 " ":guilabel:`완료`로 표시된 모든 수량을 자동으로 실행하여 고객에게 배송되도록 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:215 msgid "" "If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " "product form, then no alerts will be created." msgstr "품목 양식에 설정된 :guilabel:`알람 날짜` 이전에 배송이 완료되면 알림이 생성되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:219 msgid "" "To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " "Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " "set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " "of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " "remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " "expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " "Categories`." msgstr "" "유통기한이 있는 부패하기 쉬운 품목을 판매할 때는 제품이 보관된 :guilabel:`위치`에 대한 :guilabel:`제거 전략`이 " ":abbr:`선입선출 (FEFO)`로 설정되어 있는지 확인합니다. 한 로트에서 사용 가능한 재고가 부족할 경우, Odoo는 다음 만료일이" " 임박한 다른 로트에서 남은 수량을 자동으로 공급합니다. 이러한 제거 전략은 :guilabel:`품목 카테고리`에서도 설정할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal`" msgstr ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:229 msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" msgstr "로트 및 일련번호의 만료일 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:231 msgid "" "To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" "로트별로 만료일이 있는 모든 제품을 보거나 그룹화하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 로트/일련번호`로 " "이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:234 msgid "" "Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" " bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," " and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " "menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에서 기본 검색 필터를 모두 제거합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`그룹 기준`을 클릭하고 " ":guilabel:`사용자 지정 그룹 추가`를 선택한 다음 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`만료일` 매개변수를 지정합니다. " "마지막으로 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭하여 필터를 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:238 msgid "" "Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " "the assigned lot number." msgstr "이렇게 하면 모든 부패하기 쉬운 제품이 각각의 유통기한 및 해당 로트 번호와 함께 세분화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "로트 및 일련번호 페이지에서 만료일별로 그룹화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "만료일 알림" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "만료일 알림을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 로트/일련번호`로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " "form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " "related to the products." msgstr "" "부패하기 쉬운 제품과 관련된 특정 :guilabel:`로트/일련 번호`를 클릭합니다. 그러면 일련번호 세부 정보 양식이 표시됩니다. 이 " "양식의 :guilabel:`날짜` 탭으로 이동하여 제품과 관련된 모든 만료 정보를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " "earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" "양식을 수정하려면 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`수정`을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`만료일`을 오늘 날짜 (또는 " "이전 날짜)로 조정하고 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " "either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " ":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." msgstr "" "저장 후 로트 번호 양식 상단에 빨간색 :guilabel:`만료 알림`이 표시되는지 확인합니다. 이는 해당 로트의 제품이 만료되었거나 " "만료가 임박했음을 알려줍니다. :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 페이지로 돌아가려면 이동 경로 탐색을 활용하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" " :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" "업데이트된 만료 알림 또는 만료되었거나 만료가 임박한 제품과 관련된 알림을 확인하려면 :guilabel:`로트/일련 번호` 대시보드의 " ":guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄에서 모든 검색 필터를 제거합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "그런 다음 :guilabel:`필터`를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`만료 알림`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "유효기간이 지난 제품에 대한 만료 알림." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" msgstr "로트를 사용하여 제품 그룹 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 msgid "" "*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" " usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " "currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" " batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" "*로트*는 Odoo 내에서 제품을 식별하고 추적하는 두 가지 방법 중 하나입니다. 일반적으로 로트는 입고, 보관, 또는 배송된 품목의 " "고유한 배치를 의미합니다. 또한 조직 내에서 내부적으로 생산된 제품 배치를 나타낼 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 msgid "" "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " "properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " "This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " "for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " "lifecycles." msgstr "" "제조업체는 공통 속성을 가진 제품 그룹에 로트 번호를 할당하며, 이로 인해 여러 제품이 동일한 로트 번호를 공유할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 " "하면 단일 그룹에 속한 여러 제품을 식별하는 데 도움이 되며, 수명 주기의 모든 단계에서 포괄적인 추적을 용이하게 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " "quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " "back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " "expiration dates." msgstr "" "로트는 의류나 식품과 같이 대량으로 입고되거나 제조된 품목을 관리하는 데 유리합니다. 특정 그룹으로 제품을 역추적할 수 있으므로 제품 " "리콜이나 유통기한을 관리할 때 특히 유용성을 제공합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " "enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " "the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" "로트를 사용하여 제품을 추적하려면 *로트 및 일련번호* 기능을 활성화합니다. :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 " "--> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`추적성` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤한 다음 :guilabel:`로트 및 일련번호` 옆의 " "확인란을 클릭합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "로트별 제품 추적" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " "this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " "and choose a product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`로트 및 일련 번호` 설정이 활성화되면 이제 로트를 사용하여 개별 제품을 추적하도록 구성할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 " "하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하여 제품을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " "form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " "assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" "제품 양식에서 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하여 정보를 수정합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`재고` 탭을 클릭하여 " ":guilabel:`추적` 섹션으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`로트별`을 클릭합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 " "클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다. 이제 이 제품의 신규 입고 또는 생산 배치에 기존 또는 신규 로트 번호를 할당할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " "serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" " lot numbers to the existing stock." msgstr "" "로트 또는 일련번호 추적을 활성화하기 전에 보유 중인 기존 재고가 있는 경우 재고 조정을 수행하여 현재 재고에 로트 번호를 할당하는 것이" " 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "제품 양식에서 로트별 추적 기능을 사용하도록 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" msgstr "이미 재고가 있는 제품에 대한 새 로트 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 msgid "" "New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " "number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" " Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " "separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " "automatically." msgstr "" "지정된 로트 번호가 없는 재고 제품에 대해 새 로트를 생성할 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 -->" " 로트/일련번호`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 새 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호`가 자동으로 " "생성되는 별도의 페이지가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " "number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " "and changing the generated number." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 새 로트/일련번호를 생성할 때 시스템은 일반적으로 최신 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호`를 자동으로 생성합니다. 그러나 " ":guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 필드 아래의 줄을 클릭하고 생성된 번호를 수정하여 원하는 번호로 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " "menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" "새 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호`가 생성되면 :guilabel:`품목` 옆의 빈 필드를 클릭합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시되면 " "여기에서 이 새로 생성된 번호에 연결할 특정 제품을 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " "purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " "specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" "website environment)." msgstr "" "이 양식에는 :guilabel:`수량`을 조정하고, 추적성을 위해 고유한 :guilabel:`내부 참조` 번호를 할당하고, 여러 " "웹사이트에서 작업하는 경우 특정 로트 또는 일련번호 구성을 특정 :guilabel:`웹사이트`에 연결할 수 있는 옵션이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " "added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "이 특정 로트 또는 일련번호에 대한 자세한 설명은 아래의 :guilabel:`설명` 탭에서도 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." msgstr "설정이 모두 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 클릭하여 모든 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "제품이 할당된 새로운 로트 번호 생성 양식." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " "product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" " app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " "product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." msgstr "" "새 로트 번호가 생성, 저장 및 제품에 연결되면 :menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱의 품목 양식으로 돌아가서 " ":menuselection:`품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하여 새로 할당된 로트 번호를 받은 특정 제품을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " "product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" " assigned to it." msgstr "" "해당 품목의 세부 정보 양식에서 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 새 로트 번호를 볼 수 있습니다. 이 제품의 " "수량이 더 많이 입고되거나 생산되면 이 새 로트 번호를 선택하고 그에 따라 할당합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "배송 및 입고용 로트 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 msgid "" "Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " "For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " "form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " "order form." msgstr "" "로트 번호는 **입고** 및 **출고** 상품 모두에 할당할 수 있습니다. 입고되는 상품에 로트 번호를 할당하려면 발주서 양식에서 설정할" " 수 있습니다. 출고 상품의 경우에도 마찬가지로 판매 주문 양식에서 직접 로트 번호를 할당할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:102 msgid "Manage lots on receipts" msgstr "입고에 대한 로트 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " "purchase order (PO)." msgstr "**입고** 상품에 로트 번호를 할당하는 작업은 발주서(PO)에서 바로 수행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " "--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." msgstr "" ":abbr:`PO (발주서)`를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`구매 앱 --> 생성`으로 이동합니다. 이렇게 하면 새로운 빈 " "견적 요청(RFQ) 양식이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " "information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " "to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " "(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." msgstr "" ":abbr:`견적 요청서(RFQ)`에 :guilabel:`공급업체`를 추가하여 필요한 정보를 입력하고, :guilabel:`품목` 탭에서" " :guilabel:`품목 추가`를 클릭하여 원하는 제품을 :guilabel:`제품` 항목에 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr ":guilabel:`수량` 열의 숫자를 변경하여 주문할 제품의 수량을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " "confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " "smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" ":abbr:`견적 요청서(RFQ)`를 작성했으면 :guilabel:`주문 확인`을 클릭합니다. :abbr:`견적 요청(RFQ)`이 " "확인되면 :guilabel:`발주서`로 전환되고 :guilabel:`입고` 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:122 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " "product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" "up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " "number being assigned." msgstr "" "주문한 품목 수량에 로트 번호를 할당하기 전 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`사용자 오류` 팝업이 표시됩니다. " "이 팝업에서는 주문한 품목의 로트 또는 일련번호를 입력해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." msgstr "로트/일련번호 사용자 오류 팝업 추가." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:131 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " ":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " "the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " "Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" "여기에서 :guilabel:`추가 옵션` 메뉴를 클릭하고, :guilabel:`작업` 탭의 :guilabel:`측정 단위` 열 오른쪽에 " "있는 햄버거 (가로줄 4개) 아이콘으로 표시된 :guilabel:`추가 옵션` 메뉴를 선택합니다. 해당 아이콘을 클릭하면 " ":guilabel:`세부 작업` 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:135 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " "column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." msgstr "" "이 팝업에서 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호 이름` 열이 있는 아래쪽 섹션으로 이동합니다. 여기에서 로트 번호 할당을 비롯한 다양한 " "필드를 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:138 msgid "" "There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." msgstr "**수동**으로 입력하거나 **복사/붙여넣기** 방법을 사용하여 로트 번호를 할당할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 msgid "" "**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" " location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " "quantity." msgstr "" "**로트 번호 수동 할당**: guilabel:`줄 추가`를 선택하고 :guilabel:`이동될 위치` 아래에 보관 위치를 지정합니다. " "그런 다음 새 :guilabel:`로트 번호 이름`을 수동으로 입력하고 :guilabel:`완료` 수량을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." msgstr "로트 번호 지정 세부 작업 팝업." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:149 msgid "" "If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " "additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " "the :guilabel:`Demand`." msgstr "" "여러 위치 및 로트에서 수량을 처리하려면 :guilabel:`줄 추가`를 클릭하고 추가 수량을 위해 새 :guilabel:`로트 번호 " "이름`을 입력합니다. `수량 완료`가 `수요`와 일치할 때까지 이 과정을 반복합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:153 msgid "" "**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " "all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " "assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" " Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" " lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " ":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " "entered in each of the lot number lines." msgstr "" "**스프레드시트에서 로트 번호 복사/붙여넣기**: 공급업체의 모든 로트 번호 또는 수령 시 할당할 로트 번호가 포함된 스프레드시트를 " "준비합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`로트/일련 번호 이름` 열에 붙여넣습니다. Odoo는 해당 열의 항목 수에 따라 필요한 개수의" " 줄을 자동으로 생성합니다. 그런 다음 각 로트 번호 줄에 :guilabel:`배송지` 위치 및 :guilabel:`완료` 수량을 " "수동으로 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." msgstr "엑셀 스프레드시트에 복사된 로트 번호 목록입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:163 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" "모든 제품 수량에 로트 번호가 할당되면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 팝업을 닫고 :guilabel:`승인`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:166 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" " assigned, and more." msgstr "" "입고를 확인하면 :guilabel:`추적성` 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다. :guilabel:`추적성` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 업데이트된 " ":guilabel:`추적성 보고서`에 액세스할 수 있으며, 여기에는 :guilabel:`참조` 문서; 추적 중인 " ":guilabel:`품목`; :guilabel:`로트/일련번호`; 등이 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:172 msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" msgstr "배송 주문에 대한 로트 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 msgid "" "Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " "sales order (SO)." msgstr "**출고** 상품에 로트 번호를 할당하는 작업은 판매주문서(SO)에서 바로 수행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " "--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." msgstr "" ":abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 생성`으로 이동합니다. 이렇게 하면 새로운 빈" " 견적서 양식이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 msgid "" "On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" " :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " "(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" "빈 견적서 양식에 :guilabel:`고객`을 추가하여 필요한 정보를 입력하고 :guilabel:`주문 항목` 탭에서 " ":guilabel:`품목 추가`를 클릭하여 :guilabel:`품목` 라인에 품목을 새로 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr ":guilabel:`수량` 열의 숫자를 변경하여 판매할 제품의 수량을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " ":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." msgstr "" "견적서 작성이 완료되면 :guilabel:`확인` 버튼을 클릭하여 견적을 확정합니다. 견적이 확인되면 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`로" " 전환되고 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 해당 특정 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`에 연결된 창고 입고 양식에 액세스할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " "Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" "여기에서 :guilabel:`추가 옵션` 메뉴를 클릭하고, :guilabel:`작업` 탭의 :guilabel:`측정 단위` 열 오른쪽에 " "있는 햄버거 (가로줄 4개) 아이콘으로 표시된 :guilabel:`추가 옵션` 메뉴를 선택합니다. 해당 아이콘을 클릭하면 " ":guilabel:`세부 작업` 팝업 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:196 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" " there is enough stock in that particular lot)." msgstr "" "팝업에서 기본적으로 :guilabel:`로트/일련 번호`가 미리 선택되며, 해당 로트에 재고가 충분할 경우 전체 " ":guilabel:`예약` 수량을 가져옵니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 msgid "" "If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " ":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " "in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " "total quantity." msgstr "" "해당 로트의 재고가 충분하지 않거나 여러 로트에서 :guilabel:`수요`의 일부 수량을 가져와야 하는 경우 전체 수량 중 해당 특정 " "부분만 포함하도록 :guilabel:`완료` 열의 수량을 조정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 msgid "" "The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " "selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " "(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " "also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " "lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" "배송 주문에 대해 선택된 로트는 선택한 제거 전략(:abbr:`FIFO (선입선출)`, :abbr:`LIFO (후입선출)` 또는 " ":abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)`)에 따라 달라집니다. 또한 주문 수량과 한 로트에 주문을 처리할 수 있는 충분한 재고가 있는지 여부에" " 따라 달라집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:211 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal`" msgstr "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " "quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" " the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`줄 추가`를 클릭하고 다른 추가 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호`를 선택할 수 있습니다. 나머지 " ":guilabel:`완료` 수량을 적용하고 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭한 다음 마지막으로 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 클릭하여" " 제품 배송을 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." msgstr "판매 주문의 출발지 로트 번호에 대한 세부 작업 팝업이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:221 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" "배송 주문을 확인하면 :guilabel:`추적성` 스마트 버튼이 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`추적성` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 " "업데이트된 :guilabel:`추적성 보고서`가 표시되며, 여기에는 :guilabel:`참조` 문서; 추적 중인 " ":guilabel:`품목`; :guilabel:`날짜` :guilabel:`로트/일련번호`; 등이 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:226 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " "the same lot number." msgstr "" "제품 수량이 동일한 로트 번호와 연결되어 있는 경우 :guilabel:`추적성 보고서`에는 이전 구매 주문의 :guilabel:`참조` " "영수증도 포함될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:230 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "다양한 작업 유형에 따른 로트 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 msgid "" "In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " "products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " "be used." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 기본적으로 발주서에서 품목을 **수령**한 경우에만 새 로트 생성이 허용됩니다. **기존** 로트 번호는 이 용도로 사용할" " 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 msgid "" "For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" " the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." msgstr "" "판매 주문의 경우, 시스템은 배송 주문에 직접 새 로트 번호를 생성하는 기능을 지원하지 않으며 기존 로트 번호의 활용만 허용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" "모든 작업 유형에서 신규 또는 기존 로트 번호를 사용하는 기능을 수정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 " "--> 작업 유형`으로 이동하여 원하는 :guilabel:`작업 유형`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 msgid "" "For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " "page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " "enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" " the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" " to save the changes." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`작업 유형` 페이지에 있는 :guilabel:`입고`의 경우 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하고 " ":guilabel:`기존 로트/일련번호 사용` 옵션 옆의 체크박스를 선택하여 :guilabel:`추적성` 섹션의 :guilabel:`기존" " 로트/일련번호 사용` 옵션을 활성화할 수 있습니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:247 msgid "" "For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " "the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " "Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송 주문`의 경우 :guilabel:`새 로트/일련번호 생성` 옵션을 활성화하려면 :guilabel:`편집`을 " "클릭하고 :guilabel:`새 로트/일련번호 생성` 옵션 옆의 체크박스를 클릭합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 " "클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "작업 유형 양식에서 추적성 설정을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:256 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" " warehouse receipts." msgstr "" "로트별로 추적되는 품목이 포함된 창고 간 이동의 경우 창고 입고에 대해 :guilabel:`기존 로트/일련번호 사용` 옵션을 활성화하면 " "재고 관리의 효율성과 정확성을 높일 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "로트 추적성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " "entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " "stored, and who (and when) it went to." msgstr "" "제조업체와 기업은 추적성 보고서를 참조하여 제품의 전체 수명 주기, 즉 제품의 출처와 보관 위치 및 공급망 내 이동 이력 등을 확인할 수" " 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:265 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" "품목의 전체 추적성 또는 로트별 그룹을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 제품 --> 로트/일련번호`로 " "이동합니다. 이렇게 하면 :menuselection:`로트/일련번호`를 관리할 수 있는 전용 대시보드가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:269 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " "assigned to them." msgstr "" "이 섹션에서는 로트 번호에 연결된 품목이 기본적으로 표시됩니다. 항목을 확장하여 각 품목에 할당된 관련 로트 번호를 표시할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:272 msgid "" "To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " "search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " "the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" "각 로트 또는 일련번호별로 품목을 그룹화하려면 먼저 검색 창에서 기존 필터를 모두 제거합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`그룹화 " "기준` 드롭다운을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`사용자 지정 그룹 추가`를 선택한 다음 드롭다운 메뉴에서 " ":guilabel:`로트/일련번호`를 선택합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:276 msgid "" "Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." msgstr "" "이 작업을 수행하면 기존의 모든 로트와 일련번호가 표시되며, 확장 가능한 보기를 통해 해당 번호가 할당된 제품의 모든 수량을 표시할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "로트 및 일련번호 추적 보고서." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences`" msgstr "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "일련번호를 사용하여 제품 추적" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" "*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " "Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " "sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" " and products." msgstr "" "*일련번호*는 Odoo에서 품목을 추적하기 위한 고유 식별 방법으로 사용됩니다. 일련번호는 개별 품목이나 제품에 점진적 또는 순차적으로 " "할당되는 고유 식별자이며, 재고 내의 다른 품목과 구분하는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" "Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " "be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " "symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" "일련번호는 숫자로만 구성될 수도 있고, 문자와 기호를 포함할 수도 있으며, 영숫자 문자의 혼합 등 다양한 유형의 문자로 구성될 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" "The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " "that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" " chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" "개별 제품에 고유 일련번호를 할당하는 주된 목적은 공급망을 통해 이동하는 각 품목을 명확하게 식별할 수 있도록 하는 것입니다. 이는 판매" " 및 배송하는 제품에 대해 애프터 서비스를 제공하는 제조업체에 특히 유용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`" msgstr "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " "Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " "to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save changes." msgstr "" "일련번호를 사용하여 제품을 추적하려면 :guilabel:`로트 및 일련번호` 기능을 활성화해야 합니다. :menuselection:`재고" " 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`추적성` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤한 다음 :guilabel:`로트" " 및 일련번호`라고 표시된 상자를 선택합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "로트 및 일련 번호 설정 활성화." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "품목에서 일련번호 추적 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " "this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`로트 및 일련번호` 설정이 활성화되면 이제 일련번호를 사용하여 개별 제품을 추적하도록 구성할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 " "하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하여 추적하려는 제품을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "품목 양식에서 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`재고` 탭을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " "section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " "click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " "can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " "of this product." msgstr "" "품목 양식에서 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`재고` 탭으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`추적성` 섹션까지 " "아래로 스크롤합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`고유 일련번호 기준` 옵션을 선택합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 " "클릭하여 변경 사항을 확인합니다. 이렇게 하면 새로 수령하거나 제조한 제품 배치에 기존 또는 새 일련 번호를 할당할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "품목 양식에서 일련번호 추적을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" " have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " "the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" "제품에 일련번호가 없는 경우 입고된 제품에 로트/일련번호가 없다는 오류 메시지가 팝업으로 표시됩니다. 그러나 재고 조정을 통해 " "로트/일련번호를 할당하여 이 문제를 해결할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "이미 재고가 있는 제품에 대한 새 일련번호 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " "reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" "일련번호가 할당되지 않은 제품의 경우 다음 단계에 따라 새 일련 번호를 생성할 수 있습니다. 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리" " --> 품목 --> 로트/일련번호`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 새로운 " ":guilabel:`로트/일련 번호`가 자동으로 생성되는 빈 양식이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " "clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " "changing the generated number." msgstr "" "Odoo는 일반적으로 가장 최근 번호 다음에 새 로트 또는 일련번호를 생성하지만, :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 필드 아래의 줄을 " "클릭하고 자동 생성된 번호를 변경하여 원하는 번호로 편집할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`로트/일련번호`가 생성되면 :guilabel:`품목` 옆의 빈 필드를 클릭하여 드롭다운 메뉴를 열 수 있습니다. 이 " "메뉴에서 이 새 번호를 할당할 제품을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " "purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " "specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" "website environment)." msgstr "" "또한 이 양식을 사용하면 :guilabel:`수량`을 조정하고, 추적성을 위해 고유한 :guilabel:`내부 참조` 번호를 할당합니다." " 다중 웹사이트 환경에서 작업하는 경우 이 특정 로트/일련 번호 구성을 :guilabel:`웹사이트`에 연결할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "이 특정 로트/일련번호에 대한 자세한 설명은 아래의 :guilabel:`설명` 탭에서도 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "기존 제품 재고에 대한 새 일련번호가 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " ":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " "newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" "새 일련번호를 생성, 저장 및 제품에 연결되면 다시 품목 양식으로 돌아가서 :menuselection:`품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하고 " "새로 할당된 일련번호를 받은 특정 제품을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" "해당 품목의 세부 정보 양식에서 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 새 일련번호를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "배송 및 입고용 일련번호 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " "order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " "sales order form." msgstr "" "일련번호는 **입고** 및 **출고** 품목 모두에 할당할 수 있습니다. 입고 상품의 경우 발주서 양식에 직접 일련번호가 할당됩니다. " "반대로 출고 상품의 경우 일련번호는 판매주문 양식에 직접 할당됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "입고에 대한 일련번호 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "**입고** 상품에 일련번호를 할당하는 작업은 발주서 (PO)에서 직접 수행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " "form." msgstr "" ":abbr:`PO (발주서)`를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`구매 앱 --> 생성`으로 이동합니다. 이렇게 하면 새로운 빈 " "견적 요청(RFQ) 양식이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" "이 :abbr:`발주서(RFQ)` 양식에서 :guilabel:`공급업체`를 추가하여 필요한 정보를 입력하고, :guilabel:`품목` " "탭에서 :guilabel:`품목 추가`를 클릭하여 원하는 제품을 :guilabel:`제품` 항목에 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr ":guilabel:`수량` 열의 숫자를 변경하여 주문할 제품의 수량을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " "purchase order." msgstr "" "모든 설정이 완료되면 :guilabel:`주문 확인`을 클릭합니다. 그러면 :abbr:`RFQ (견적 요청)`가 구매 주문으로 " "변환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`입고` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 해당 :abbr:`PO (발주서)`에 대한 창고 입고 양식에 액세스할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " "appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " "products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " "without a serial number being assigned." msgstr "" "주문한 제품 수량에 일련번호를 할당하지 않고 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`사용자 오류` 팝업이 표시되어 " "해당 제품의 로트 또는 일련 번호를 입력하라는 메시지가 표시됩니다. 일련번호가 지정되지 않은 상태에서는 :abbr:`견적 요청 " "(RFQ)`을 승인할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "일련번호를 입력하라는 사용자 오류 팝업이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" "up." msgstr "" "이 팝업에서 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호 이름` 열이 있는 아래쪽 섹션으로 이동합니다. 여기에서 일련번호 할당을 비롯한 다양한 " "필드를 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" " a spreadsheet." msgstr "수동으로 할당, 자동으로 할당, 스프레드시트에서 일련번호 복사/붙여넣기 등 세 가지 방법으로 일련번호를 할당할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "수동으로 일련번호 할당" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " "the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." msgstr "" "일련 번호를 수동으로 할당하려면 :guilabel:`줄 추가` 팝업에서 :guilabel:`세부 작업`을 클릭한 다음 " ":guilabel:`도착지` 열에서 보관 위치를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." msgstr "그런 다음 새 :guilabel:`일련번호 이름`을 입력하고 해당 열에 :guilabel:`완료` 수량을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " "displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`수요` 필드에 표시된 품목 수량에 대해 이 과정을 반복하여 :guilabel:`수량 완료` 필드에 처리된 올바른 " "(일치하는) 품목 수가 표시되도록 계속 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "일련번호 자동 할당" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " "the individual products." msgstr "개별 일련 번호가 필요한 대량의 제품을 취급하는 경우 Odoo는 각 제품에 일련번호를 자동으로 생성하고 할당할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " "number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" "이렇게 하려면 :guilabel:`세부 작업` 팝업 창의 :guilabel:`첫 번째 일련번호` 필드에 원하는 순서대로 첫 번째 " "일련번호를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "그런 다음 새로 생성된 고유 일련번호가 필요한 품목의 총 수량을 :guilabel:`일련번호 수` 필드에 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." msgstr "마지막으로 :guilabel:`일련번호 할당`을 클릭하면 주문한 품목의 수량과 일치하는 새 일련번호가 목록에 채워집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "세부 작업 팝업에서 일련번호 자동 할당." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "스프레드시트에서 일련번호 복사/붙여넣기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " "supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " "the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " "column." msgstr "" "기존 스프레드시트에서 일련번호를 복사 및 붙여넣기 하려면 먼저 공급업체의 모든 로트 번호 또는 수령 시 할당할 로트 번호가 포함된 " "스프레드시트를 준비합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`로트/일련 번호 이름` 열에 붙여넣습니다. Odoo는 해당 열의 항목 수에 따라" " 필요한 개수의 줄을 자동으로 생성합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." msgstr "" "여기에서 각 일련번호 항목에 :guilabel:`배송지` 위치 및 :guilabel:`완료` 수량을 수동으로 입력할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "Excel 스프레드시트에 복사된 일련번호 목록." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " "serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" " the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " "being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" "대량 제품을 처리해야 하는 구매 주문의 경우 :abbr:`PO (발주서)`에 있는 :guilabel:`일련번호 할당` 버튼을 사용하여 " "일련번호를 자동으로 할당하는 것이 좋습니다. 이렇게 하면 일련 번호가 재사용되거나 중복되는 것을 방지하고 추적성 보고를 개선할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" "모든 제품 수량에 일련번호가 할당되면 :guilabel:`확인` 버튼을 클릭하여 팝업을 닫고 :guilabel:`승인`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`, and more." msgstr "" "입고를 확인하면 :guilabel:`추적성` 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다. :guilabel:`추적성` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 업데이트된 " ":guilabel:`추적성 보고서`에 액세스할 수 있으며, 여기에는 :guilabel:`참조` 문서; 추적 중인 " ":guilabel:`품목`; :guilabel:`로트/일련번호`; 등이 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " ":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " "receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`, and more." msgstr "" "모든 제품 수량에 일련번호를 할당하고 나면 :guilabel:`확인` 버튼을 클릭하여 팝업을 닫고 :guilabel:`승인`을 " "클릭합니다. 승인이 완료되면 :guilabel:`추적성` 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다. :guilabel:`추적성` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 " "업데이트된 :guilabel:`추적성 보고서`에 액세스할 수 있으며, 여기에는 :guilabel:`참조` 문서; 추적 중인 " ":guilabel:`품목`; :guilabel:`로트/일련번호`; 등이 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "배송 주문의 일련번호 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." msgstr "**출고** 상품에 대한 일련 번호는 판매주문서 (SO)에서 직접 할당할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " "so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " "out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" ":abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`판매` 앱으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`생성` 버튼을 " "클릭합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 새 빈 견적 양식이 표시됩니다. 이 양식에 :guilabel:`고객`을 추가하고, " ":guilabel:`품목` 라인에 제품을 추가한 다음 :guilabel:`주문 항목` 탭에서 :guilabel:`제품 추가`를 클릭하여 " "세부 정보를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " "becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" " appears." msgstr "" "견적서 작성이 완료되면 :guilabel:`확인` 버튼을 클릭하여 견적을 확정합니다. 견적이 확인되면 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`로" " 전환되고 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " "their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" "팝업에서 기본적으로 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호`가 미리 선택되며, 전체 :guilabel:`예약` 수량의 각 제품이 고유 " "일련번호와 함께 나열됩니다. (대부분 순차적으로 나열됨)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " "number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" "제품의 일련번호를 수동으로 변경하려면 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 아래의 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하고 원하는 일련번호를 선택 (또는 " "입력)합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`완료` 수량을 표시하고 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 창을 종료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "마지막으로 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 클릭하여 제품 배송을 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." msgstr "세부 작업 팝업에 일련번호가 나열됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" "배송 주문이 확인되면 :guilabel:`추적성` 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다. 이 :guilabel:`추적성` 버튼을 클릭하면 업데이트된 " ":guilabel:`추적성 보고서`가 표시되며, 여기에는 :guilabel:`참조` 문서; 추적 중인 :guilabel:`품목`; " ":guilabel:`날짜` :guilabel:`로트/일련번호`; 등이 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " "quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" "제품 수량 중 특정 :abbr:`PO (발주서)` 접수 시 할당된 일련 번호를 공유하는 제품 수량이 있는 경우 :guilabel:`추적성" " 보고서`에 이전 발주서 (PO)의 :guilabel:`참조` 영수증이 추가로 표시될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "다양한 작업 유형에 대한 일련번호 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " "cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " "cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" " used." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 기본적으로 구매 주문에서 제품을 **수령**하는 동안에만 새 일련번호를 생성할 수 있으며, **기존** 일련번호는 사용할 " "수 없습니다. 판매 주문의 경우, 시스템은 반대로 작동하여 배송 프로세스 중에 새 일련번호 생성을 제한하고 기존 일련번호의 활용만 " "허용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" "모든 작업 유형에서 새 일련번호 또는 기존 일련번호 사용에 관한 시스템 동작을 조정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 " "--> 환경설정 --> 작업 유형`으로 이동합니다. 여기에서 관련 :guilabel:`작업 유형`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " "clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" " :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`입고`의 :guilabel:`작업 유형`에 대해 :guilabel:`기존 로트/일련번호 사용` 옵션을 활성화하려면 :" " guilabel:`작업 유형` 페이지로 이동하여 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`추적성` 섹션에서 " ":guilabel:`기존 로트/일련번호 사용` 옵션 옆의 확인란을 클릭합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 클릭하여 변경" " 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " "from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " "clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " "option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`작업 유형` 페이지에 있는 :guilabel:`배송 주문` 작업 유형의 경우 :guilabel:`새 로트/일련번호 " "생성` 옵션을 선택하여 활성화할 수 있습니다: :guilabel:`작업 유형` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`배송 주문`을 선택하고 " ":guilabel:`편집`을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`추적성` 섹션에 있는 :guilabel:`새 로트/일련번호생성` 옵션 옆의 " "확인란을 클릭합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "작업 유형 양식에서 추적성 설정을 사용하도록 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "일련번호 추적성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " "stored, and who it went to." msgstr "" "추적성 보고서를 통해 제조업체와 기업은 제품의 출처 및 시기, 보관 위치, 사용처 등을 확인하여 제품의 전체 수명 주기를 종합적으로 " "파악할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" "제품의 전체 추적 정보에 엑세스하거나 일련번호별로 정리하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> " "로트/일련번호`로 이동합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 전용 대시보드가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " "specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" "이 섹션에는 기본적으로 일련번호가 할당된 제품이 나열됩니다. 이러한 목록을 확장하여 각 제품에 할당된 특정 일련번호를 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " "and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " "menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" "일련 번호 또는 로트별로 그룹화하려면 먼저 오른쪽 상단의 검색창에서 기본 필터를 모두 제거합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`그룹화 " "기준`을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`사용자 지정 그룹 추가`를 선택합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 미니 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시되며, 이 " "메뉴에서 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호`를 선택하고 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " "serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " "serial number." msgstr "" "이 단계를 완료하면 기존의 모든 일련번호와 로트가 공개되며, 이를 확장하여 할당된 각 번호와 관련된 제품의 수량을 표시할 수 있습니다. " "재사용되지 않는 고유 일련번호의 경우 일련번호당 하나의 제품만 표시해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "드롭다운 목록이 있는 일련번호 보고 페이지입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " "serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " ":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " "stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " "serial number." msgstr "" "개별 일련 번호 또는 로트 번호에 대한 자세한 추가 정보를 확인하려면 해당 특정 일련 번호에 해당하는 항목을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 " "해당 :guilabel:`일련 번호`에 대한 양식이 표시됩니다. 이 양식에서 :guilabel:`위치` 및 :guilabel:`추적성` " "스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 해당 일련번호를 사용하는 보유 재고 및 이와 관련된 모든 작업에 대한 종합적인 정보를 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving.rst:5 msgid "Shipping and receiving" msgstr "배송 및 수령" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "Advanced operations" msgstr "고급 작업" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" msgstr "배송업체에 대한 배송 요청을 취소하려면 어떻게 해야 하나요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." msgstr "Odoo는 타사 배송업체를 포함한 다양한 배송 방법을 지원합니다. Odoo는 운송 회사 추적 시스템과 연동됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "이 기능을 사용하면 시스템 내에서 운송 회사, 실제 가격 및 목적지 세부 정보 등을 관리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." msgstr "이동 통신사 시스템으로 전송된 요청을 쉽게 취소할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" msgstr "배송 요청을 취소하려면 어떻게 해야 하나요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:20 msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." msgstr "" "배송 주문이 **확인됨**으로 표시되지 않으면 요청이 처리되지 않았음을 나타냅니다. 이 단계에서는 배송을 취소하거나 배송업체를 변경할 수" " 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " "should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" " the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " "Tracking Ref**:" msgstr "" "**승인**을 클릭하면 요청이 시작되고 추적 번호와 라벨이 생성됩니다. 그러나 필요한 경우 **배송업체 추적 참조** 필드 옆에 있는 " "**취소** 버튼을 클릭하여 요청을 취소할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." msgstr "이제 배송이 취소되었다는 메시지가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." msgstr "이제 원하는 경우 이동 통신사를 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" msgstr "취소 후 배송 요청을 보내려면 어떻게 해야 하나요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " "get a new tracking number and a new label." msgstr "" "배송 요청을 취소하면 선택한 배송업체를 변경할 수 있는 옵션이 제공됩니다. 배송업체를 변경한 후에는 **배송업체로 보내기** 버튼을 " "클릭하여 선택을 확인합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 업데이트된 배송업체 선택에 해당하는 새 추적 번호와 새 레이블이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers" msgstr "공급업체로부터 고객에게 직접 배송하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have " "items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller " "purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships" " it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the " "supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the" " seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating " "warehouses." msgstr "" "생산자 직송은 판매자가 공급업체에서 고객에게 직접 품목을 배송하도록 준비하는 주문 처리 방식입니다. 일반적으로 판매자는 공급업체로부터 " "제품을 구매하여 재고에 보관하고 있다가 주문이 접수되면 고객에게 제품을 보냅니다. 이와는 다르게 생산자 직송은 공급업체가 품목의 보관 및" " 배송을 관리합니다. 이 방식은 판매자에게 재고 비용 절감, 창고 운영 비용 절감 등의 이점을 제공합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:12 msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped" msgstr "직배송할 품목 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:14 msgid "" "To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the " ":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" "주문 처리 전략으로 직배송을 사용하려면 :menuselection:`구매` 앱으로 이동하여 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> " "설정`을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`물류` 제목 아래에서 :guilabel:`직배송` 확인란을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`저장`을" " 클릭하여 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:18 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products " "--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to" " configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the " ":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are " "enabled." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`판매` 앱으로 이동한 다음 :menuselection:`품목 --> 품목`에 액세스합니다. 기존 제품을 " "선택하거나 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하여 새 제품을 설정합니다. :guilabel:`품목` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`판매 " "가능` 및 :guilabel:`구매 가능` 확인란이 활성화되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the " "product form." msgstr "품목 양식에서 '판매 가능' 및 '구매 가능' 확인란을 사용하도록 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price " "that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the " "vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for " "purchase orders." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`구매` 탭으로 이동하여 공급업체를 지정하고 해당 공급업체가 제품에 대해 제안하는 판매 가격을 지정합니다. 필요한 경우" " 여러 공급업체를 추가할 수 있지만, 목록 맨 위에 있는 공급업체가 구매 주문에 대해 자동으로 선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "The product form with a vendor specified." msgstr "공급업체가 지정된 품목 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:35 msgid "" "Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " ":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section." msgstr "" "마지막으로 :guilabel:`재고` 탭을 선택하고 :guilabel:`경로` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`직배송` 확인란을 " "활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab." msgstr "품목 재고 탭에서 직배송 옵션을 사용하도록 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:43 msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping" msgstr "직배송을 사용하여 주문 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:45 msgid "" "When a customer completes an online purchase for a dropshipped product, a " "sales order will be automatically created with an associated request for " "quotation (:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) for the supplier. Sales " "orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting " ":menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart " "button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ " "(Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" "고객이 직배송 제품에 대한 온라인 구매를 완료하면 공급업체에 대한 견적 요청 (:abbr:`견적 요청(RFQ)`)과 함께 판매 주문이 " "자동으로 생성됩니다. 판매 주문에 액세스하려면 :menuselelction:`판매` 앱으로 이동한 후 :menuselelction:`주문" " --> 주문`을 선택합니다. 또한, 판매 주문의 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`구매` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 관련 " ":abbr:`견적 요청 (RFQ)`을 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "" "Dropship sales orders can also be created manually through the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders " "--> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`판매`에서 :menuselection:`주문 --> 주문 --> 생성`을 선택하고 직배송으로 설정된 품목을 " "추가하여 직배송 판매 주문을 수동으로 생성할 수 도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right " "corner." msgstr "오른쪽 상단에 구매 스마트 버튼이 있는 직배송 판매 주문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a " "purchase order and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The " "receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in " "the top right corner of the purchase order form." msgstr "" ":abbr:`견적 요청(RFQ)`을 확인하면 구매 주문으로 전환되어 이에 연결된 직배송 영수증이 생성됩니다. 연결된 영수증은 발주서 " "양식의 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`입고` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right " "corner." msgstr "오른쪽 상단에 입고 스마트 버튼이 있는 직배송 발주서입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" "The dropship receipt will list the supplier in the :guilabel:`Receive From` " "section and the customer in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` section. " "Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to " "confirm the delivered quantity." msgstr "" "직배송 입고에는 :guilabel:`수취인` 섹션에 공급업체가 나열되고 :guilabel:`목적지 위치` 섹션에는 고객이 나열됩니다. " "고객에게 제품 배송 시 배송된 수량을 확인하려면 직배송 입고 내역 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`확인` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery." msgstr "배송 후 직배송 입고 내역을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:77 msgid "" "To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal" " :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card." msgstr "" "모든 직배송 주문을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고` :guilabel:`현황` 대시보드로 이동하여 " ":guilabel:`직배송` 카드의 초록색 :guilabel:`# 진행 대기` 버튼을 클릭하기만 하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders." msgstr "모든 직배송 관련 주문을 보려면 직배송 카드의 녹색 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" msgstr "고객에게 배송비를 청구하려면 어떻게 해야 하나요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" msgstr "배송비를 청구하는 방법은 두 가지입니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:12 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" msgstr "고객과 비용에 대해 합의하고 판매 주문서 내에서 이를 명시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:15 msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." msgstr "실제 배송 비용을 청구합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:20 msgid "" "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " "Methods`." msgstr "" "배송 수단의 가격을 설정하려면 **재고 관리** 앱으로 이동하여 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 배송 --> 배송 방법`을 " "클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:23 msgid "" "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " "rules." msgstr "배송 가격을 고정하거나 규칙에 따라 수동으로 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:26 msgid "" "Or you can use the transportation company computation system by " ":doc:`integrating a third-party shipper " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`." msgstr "" "또는 :doc:`타사 배송업체 통합 <../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`를 통해 배송업체 " "계산 시스템을 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:30 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" msgstr "고객에게 배송비를 청구하려면 어떻게 하나요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:33 msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" msgstr "판매 주문에 설정된 가격에 청구서 발행" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:57 msgid "" "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " "**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." msgstr "판매 주문에서 사용하려는 배송업체를 선택합니다. **배송 방법**을 클릭하여 적절한 배송 방법을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:41 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "가격은 판매 주문을 **저장**하거나 **가격 설정**을 클릭할 때 계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:44 msgid "" "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "" "판매 주문에 배송료 가격을 청구하려면 **가격 설정**을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 배송 방법의 이름이 제품명으로 표시된 줄이 추가됩니다." " 이 금액은 실제 가격과 다를 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:48 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." msgstr "청구서를 생성하면 판매 주문에 설정된 가격이 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:55 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" msgstr "실제 배송비 청구서 발행" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:63 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " "order and proceed to deliver the product." msgstr "판매 주문을 **저장**하면 가격이 계산됩니다. 판매 주문을 확인하고 제품 배송을 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:66 msgid "" "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" " can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." msgstr "실제 배송비는 배송 주문이 확인될 때 계산되며, 실제 비용은 배송 주문의 채팅에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:72 msgid "" "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." msgstr "판매 주문으로 돌아가면 이제 실제 비용이 판매 주문에 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:78 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." msgstr "청구서를 생성할 때 배송업체에서 계산한 가격이 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:85 msgid "" "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " "add a line to the sale order." msgstr "배송을 분할하여 여러 번 배송하는 경우 각 배송 주문에 대해 판매 주문에 하나의 항목이 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`labels`" msgstr ":doc:`labels`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:3 msgid "Change shipping label size" msgstr "배송 라벨 크기 변경" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can " "be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages" " used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured " "to fit the package." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 배송 주문에 대해 선택할 수 있는 다양한 유형의 배송 라벨이 있습니다. 사용되는 배송 패키지에 따라 패키지 크기에 더 " "적합하도록 다양한 라벨 크기를 구성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" " delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " "International* will be used." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`재고` 앱에서 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 배송 --> 배송 방법`으로 이동하고 배송 방법을" " 클릭하여 선택합니다. 다음 예제에서는 *FedEx International*이 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Different shipping methods." msgstr "다른 배송 방법." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " "one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " "carrier." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`설정` 탭의 :guilabel:`라벨 유형`에서 사용 가능한 라벨 유형 중 하나를 선택합니다. 사용 가능 여부는 이동" " 통신사에 따라 다를 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Select a label type." msgstr "라벨 유형을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" "When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and " "a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically " "created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "" "지정된 배송업체와 연결된 판매 주문이 확인되고 배송 주문이 승인되면 배송 레이블이 PDF로 자동 생성됩니다. 이 라벨은 " ":guilabel:`채팅`에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "판매주문서 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:37 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and " "select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select" " an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then " "click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`판매` 앱에서 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하고 해외 고객을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`품목 " "추가`를 클릭하고 주문에 포함할 품목을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`배송 추가`를 클릭하고 배송 방법을 선택한 다음 " ":guilabel:`요금 받기`와 :guilabel:`추가`를 차례로 클릭하여 선택 사항을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order." msgstr "판매 주문에 배송 방법 및 요금을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:45 msgid "" "Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear." msgstr ":guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 견적을 확인하면 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order smart button." msgstr "배송 주문 스마트 버튼." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:52 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the" " delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "" "배송 주문에서 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 배송 주문을 승인하면 배송 문서가 :guilabel:`대화창`에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Shipping PDF documents." msgstr "PDF 문서 발송." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:60 msgid "Example labels" msgstr "라벨 예시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:62 msgid "" "The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example " "of a FedEx letter sized label is:" msgstr "" "기본 :guilabel:`라벨 유형`은 :guilabel:`종이 편지`입니다. FedEx 편지 크기의 라벨의 예는 다음과 같습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "전체 페이지 글자 크기 FedEx 배송 라벨." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:69 msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:" msgstr "아래쪽 하단에 있는 FedEx 패키지 라벨의 예는 다음과 같습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "반쪽짜리 편지 크기의 FedEx 배송 라벨." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" msgstr "배송 라벨은 어떻게 인쇄하나요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " "linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " "manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " "finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." msgstr "" "Odoo는 배송 회사 추적 시스템과 통합된 타사 배송업체를 포함하여 다양한 배송 방법을 지원합니다. 이 기능을 통해 배송사를 감독하고, " "실제 가격을 관리하고, 목적지를 지정하고, Odoo 내에서 직접 편리하게 배송 라벨을 인쇄할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" msgstr "배송업체 커넥터 모듈 설치" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" "**재고 관리** 모듈에서 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 설정`을 클릭합니다. **배송 커넥터**에서 통합하려는 배송 " "회사를 표시합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:28 msgid "Then click on **Apply**." msgstr "그런 다음 **적용**을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:35 msgid "Configure the delivery method" msgstr "배송 방법 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:37 msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." msgstr "" "배송 방법을 구성하려면 **재고 관리** 모듈로 이동하여 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 배송 방법`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created." msgstr "선택한 배송업체에 대한 배송 방법이 자동으로 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:41 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " "will be handled and computed by the shipper system." msgstr "**가격 책정** 탭에서 배송업체 이름은 배송업체 시스템에서 배송을 처리하고 계산한다는 것을 의미합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:44 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" msgstr "배송업체의 구성은 두 개의 열로 분할됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" " more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "첫 번째는 **내 계정** (개발 키, 비밀번호 등)에 연결됩니다. 자세한 내용은 제공업체 웹사이트를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:64 msgid "" "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " "packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." msgstr "두 번째 열은 **배송업체**에 따라 다릅니다. 포장 유형, 서비스 유형, 중량 단위를 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:67 msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." msgstr "테스트를 완료하면 **테스트 모드**를 선택 취소합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:79 msgid "Company configuration" msgstr "회사 환경설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:81 msgid "" "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " "information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." msgstr "" "정확한 가격 계산을 위해 제공업체는 회사 정보가 필요합니다. 주소와 전화번호가 시스템 내에서 정확하게 입력되고 업데이트되었는지 " "확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:88 msgid "" "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " "**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " "data**." msgstr "" "정보를 확인하려면 **설정** 애플리케이션으로 이동하여 **일반 설정**을 선택합니다. **회사 데이터 구성**이라고 표시된 첫 번째 " "링크를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "Product configuration" msgstr "제품 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:94 msgid "" "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " "computation cannot be done." msgstr "배송업체는 정확한 가격 계산을 위해 제품의 무게가 필요합니다. 이 정보가 없으면 가격 계산을 완료할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:73 msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "" "**판매** 모듈로 이동하여 :menuselection:`판매 --> 품목`을 클릭합니다. 배송하려는 제품을 열고 각 제품에 중량을 " "설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:80 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" " the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "" "품목 양식에 명시된 무게는 킬로그램 단위입니다. 영국식 측정 시스템을 사용하는 경우 양식에 입력하기 전에 무게를 적절히 변환해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 msgid "" "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " "information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "판매 주문에서 생성된 배송 주문은 배송 정보를 가져오지만 원하는 경우 배송업체를 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:137 msgid "" "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" " third party shipper in the additional info tab." msgstr "재고 관리 모듈에서 배송 이동을 생성하는 경우 추가 정보 탭에서 타사 배송업체를 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." msgstr "**승인**을 클릭하여 추적 번호와 **라벨**을 받습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:153 msgid "" "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" msgstr "패키지에 부착할 라벨은 아래의 기록에서 확인할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:104 msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" msgstr "클릭하여 문서를 열고 인쇄합니다 :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:110 msgid "" "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " "one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." msgstr "여러 개의 패키지를 배송하는 경우 일반적으로 패키지당 하나의 레이블이 생성됩니다. 각 레이블은 배송 기록 내에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:3 msgid "Multi-package shipments" msgstr "여러 패키지 배송" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, a delivery order with multiple items may need to be shipped " "in more than one package. This may be necessary if the items are too large " "to ship in a single package, or if certain items cannot be packaged " "together. Shipping a single delivery order in multiple packages provides " "flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create " "multiple delivery orders." msgstr "" "경우에 따라 여러 품목이 포함된 배송 주문에 두 개 이상의 패키지로 배송해야 할 수 있습니다. 이는 품목이 너무 커서 품목이 단일 " "패키지로 포장하기에는 너무 크거나 특정 품목을 함께 포장할 수 없는 경우에 발생합니다. 단일 배송 주문을 여러 패키지로 배송하면 별도의 " "배송 주문을 여러 개 생성하지 않고도 개별 품목을 유연하게 포장할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:13 msgid "" "In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* " "setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to " ":guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change." msgstr "" "하나의 배송 주문을 여러 패키지로 분할하려면 *패키지* 설정을 활성화해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 :menuselectio:`재고 관리 " "--> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`패키지` 옆의 확인란을 활성화합니다. 마지막으로 " ":guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page." msgstr "재고 관리 앱 설정 페이지의 패키지 설정입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:24 msgid "Ship items in multiple packages" msgstr "여러 개의 패키지로 품목 배송" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:26 msgid "" "To split items in the same delivery order across multiple packages, begin by" " navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, then select a" " delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same " "item, or both." msgstr "" "동일한 배송 주문의 품목을 여러 패키지로 분할하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 배송 주문`으로 이동한 다음 여러" " 품목이 포함된 배송 주문, 동일한 품목의 여러 수량 또는 둘 다 포함된 배송 주문을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:30 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in " "the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`작업` 탭으로 이동하여 첫 번째 패키지로 배송할 제품 라인에 있는 :guilabel:`⁞≣ (메뉴)` 아이콘을 " "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "배송 주문에 포함된 제품의 메뉴 아이콘입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:37 msgid "" "This makes a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window appear. In the " "table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column " "shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order." msgstr "" "이 작업을 수행하면 :guilabel:`세부 작업` 팝업 창이 나타납니다. 이 창 하단의 표에 있는 :guilabel:`예약됨` 열에는 " "배송 주문에 포함된 제품의 총 수량이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:41 msgid "" "If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number " "from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less" " than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a " "smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column." " Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and " "close the pop-up." msgstr "" "첫 번째 패키지로 전체 수량을 배송할 경우 :guilabel:`완료` 열의 숫자를 :guilabel:`예약` 열에 입력합니다. 첫 번째 " "패키지에 일부 수량만 배송되는 경우 :guilabel:`예약됨` 열에 표시되는 숫자보다 작은 숫자를 입력합니다. " "guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`완료` 수량을 확인한 후 팝업 창을 닫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "배송 주문의 제품에 대한 세부 작업 팝업입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:51 msgid "" "Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first " "package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of" " the selected items." msgstr "" "첫 번째 패키지에 포함하려는 모든 품목 수량에 대해 이 단계를 반복합니다. 완료되면 :guilabel:`패키지에 담기`를 클릭하여 선택한" " 모든 품목을 포함하는 패키지를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order." msgstr "배송 주문의 포장에 넣기 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:58 msgid "" "For the next package, follow the same steps as detailed above, marking the " "quantity of each item to be included in the package as :guilabel:`Done` " "before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue " "doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package." msgstr "" "이후 각 패키지에 대해 앞서 설명한 단계를 반복하여 해당 패키지에 넣을 각 품목의 수량을 :guilabel:`완료`로 표시합니다. 그런 " "다음 배송 주문 내에서 :guilabel:`패키지에 담기`를 클릭합니다. 모든 품목의 전체 수량이 필요한 패키지에 할당될 때까지 이 " "과정을 계속 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:62 msgid "" "Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed." msgstr "마지막으로 모든 패키지가 배송된 후 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 배송 주문이 완료되었는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:66 msgid "" "After one or more packages are created, a :guilabel:`Packages` smart button " "appears in the top-right corner of the delivery order. Click the " ":guilabel:`Packages` smart button to go to the :guilabel:`Packages` page for" " the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the " "items included in it." msgstr "" "패키지가 하나 이상 생성되면 배송 주문의 오른쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`패키지` 스마트 버튼이 표시됩니다. 이 " ":guilabel:`패키지` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 해당 배송 주문과 연결된 해당 :guilabel:`패키지` 페이지로 이동합니다. " "여기에서 각 패키지를 개별적으로 선택하여 패키지에 포함된 품목의 전체 목록을 검토할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:0 msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order." msgstr "배송 주문에 있는 패키지 스마트 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:76 msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later" msgstr "나중에 배송할 품목에 대한 이월 주문 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:78 msgid "" "If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need " "to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create" " a backorder for the items being shipped later." msgstr "" "특정 품목이 다른 품목보다 늦게 배송될 예정인 경우에는 배송 준비가 될 때까지 패키지에 포함할 필요가 없습니다. 대신 나중에 배송할 " "품목에 대해서만 이월 주문을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:81 msgid "" "Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will " "be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above " "` to package them as required. If they" " will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` " "column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the " ":guilabel:`Put In Pack` button." msgstr "" "즉시 배송할 품목부터 배송을 시작합니다. 이러한 품목을 여러 개의 패키지로 배송해야 하는 경우 :ref:`위의 단계 " "`에 따라 적절하게 포장합니다. 단일 패키지로 배송할 품목의 경우 " ":guilabel:`완료` 열에 배송할 각 품목의 수량을 표시합니다. 그러나 :guilabel:`패키지에 담기` 버튼은 클릭해서는 " "안됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:86 msgid "" "After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as " ":guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a " ":guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being " "shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will" " be shipped later." msgstr "" "즉시 배송할 모든 수량이 :guilabel:`완료`로 표시되면 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 " ":guilabel:`이월 주문 생성하기` 팝업 창이 나타납니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`이월 주문 생성` 버튼을 클릭합니다. " "이렇게 하면 배송 중인 품목이 즉시 확인되고 나중에 배송될 품목에 대한 새 배송 주문이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window." msgstr "이월 주문을 생성하시겠습니까? 라는 팝업 창이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:95 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original " "delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX" " has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to " "view the backorder delivery order." msgstr "" "이월 주문 배송 주문은 원래 배송 주문의 채팅에 :guilabel:`이월 주문 WH/OUT/XXXXX가 생성되었습니다.`라는 메시지로 " "표시됩니다. 이월 주문 배송 주문을 보려면 메시지에서 :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery " "order." msgstr "이월 주문 배송 주문은 원래 배송 주문의 채팅 섹션에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:103 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on" " the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order." msgstr "" "이월 주문 배송 주문에 액세스하려면 :menuselection:`재고`로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`# 배송 주문` 카드에 있는 " ":guilabel:`# 이월 주문` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 거기에서 보려는 특정 이월 주문 배송 주문을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card." msgstr "배송 주문 카드의 주문 취소 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:111 msgid "" "Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder " "delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking " ":guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the " ":guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in " "multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above." msgstr "" "남은 품목을 배송할 준비가 되면 이월 주문 배송 주문으로 이동합니다. 품목을 단일 패키지로 배송하려면 :guilabel:`확인`을 " "클릭하고 표시되는 :guilabel:`즉시 이동하시겠습니까?` 라는 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`적용`을 선택하여 모든 품목을 단일 " "패키지로 배송하거나, 이전 섹션에 설명된 대로 여러 패키지를 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another " "backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to " "create the first backorder." msgstr "" "첫 번째 이월 주문을 생성하는 데 사용한 단계를 반복하여 일부 품목을 배송하고 나머지 품목에 대한 또 다른 이월 주문을 생성할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "예약된 배송 날짜" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " "time configuration, allowing coordination and planning of manufacturing " "orders, deliveries, and receptions." msgstr "" "정확한 납기 예측은 고객의 기대치를 충족하는 데 중요한 역할을 합니다. Odoo의 *재고 관리* 앱은 광범위한 리드 타임 구성 기능을 " "제공하여 제조 주문, 배송 및 수령을 효과적으로 조정하고 계획하여 원활한 운영과 적시 납품을 보장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "리드 타임 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " "in Odoo:" msgstr "" "작업마다 리드 타임이 다르면 주문 처리 프로세스 내의 여러 단계에 영향을 미칠 수 있습니다. 다음은 Odoo의 리드 타임 유형에 대한 " "개요입니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "모든 리드 타임이 함께 작동하는 그래픽을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 msgid "" ":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " "time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " "number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " "the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" " lead time*." msgstr "" ":ref:`고객 리드 타임 `: 고객 주문을 처리하는 기본 기간입니다. 고객" " 리드 타임은 판매 주문 (SO)이 확인된 날부터 창고에서 제품을 배송하는 날까지의 일수입니다. 이 기간은 일반적으로 *배송 리드 " "타임*이라고도 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " "moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " "This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" " shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " "process." msgstr "" ":ref:`판매 보안 리드 타임 `: *예정 배송일*을 지정된 " "일수만큼 앞당깁니다. 이는 주문 처리 프로세스가 지연될 가능성을 고려하여 팀이 발송되는 배송을 더 일찍 준비할 수 있도록 충분한 시간을 " "확보하는 버퍼 역할을 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" ":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " "days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" ":ref:`구매 리드 타임 `: 발주서 (PO) 확인부터 제품 수령까지의 " "기간을 나타냅니다. 제품이 창고에 도착하는 데 필요한 기간에 대한 인사이트를 제공하여 공급업체 배송의 효율적인 일정과 계획을 수립하는 데" " 도움을 줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 msgid "" ":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " "specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " "mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" " set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " "earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" ":ref:`구매 보안 리드 타임 `: :abbr:`PO " "(발주서)`의 주문 기한을 정의된 일수만큼 조정합니다. 이렇게 미리 주문하는 사전 예방적 접근 방식은 공급업체 또는 배송 지연과 관련된" " 위험을 줄이는 것이 포함됩니다. 따라서 주문에 보충하도록 설정된 제품의 경우 지정된 일수에 따라 *보충 보고서*에 필요성이 더 일찍 " "표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 msgid "" ":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " "of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " "confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " "and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." msgstr "" ":ref:`제조 리드 타임 `: 확인일로부터 제조 주문(MO)을 처리하는 데 " "필요한 기간을 나타냅니다. 주말 (Odoo에서는 휴무일))을 포함한 이 기간은 완제품의 생산 날짜를 대략적으로 예측하는 데 도움이 " "됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " "forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " ":ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" ":ref:`제조 보안 리드 타임 `: :abbr:`MO(제조 " "주문)`의 예정 날짜를 지정된 일수만큼 앞당깁니다. 이 보안 리드 타임을 :ref:`재고 보충 주문 " "`과 함께 사용하면 보충 보고서에 제품의 필요성이 더 일찍 " "표시되도록 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "영업 리드 타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " "Order)`. The expected delivery date ensures a realistic *delivery dates* " "setting for shipments from the warehouse." msgstr "" "고객 리드 타임 및 판매 보안 리드 타임은 :abbr:`SO (판매 주문)`에서 *예상 배송 날짜*를 자동으로 계산하도록 구성할 수 " "있습니다. 이렇게 계산된 예상 배송 날짜는 창고 배송에 대한 현실적인 *배송 날짜*를 설정하는 데 도움이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " "which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "" "지정된 배송 날짜가 예상 날짜보다 앞당겨지면 Odoo는 경고 메시지를 트리거합니다. 이 경고 메시지는 지정된 시간까지 주문을 처리하는 " "것이 불가능하여 다른 창고 작업에 영향을 미칠 수 있음을 알려줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" " the business uses a sales security lead time of 1 day. Based on the lead " "time inputs, Odoo suggests a delivery date in 15 days, on July 26th." msgstr "" "7월 11일에 `코코넛 향 캔들`에 대한 `SO (판매 주문)`가 확인되었습니다. 이 제품의 고객 리드 타임은 14일이며, 비즈니스는 " "판매 보안 리드 타임을 1일로 사용합니다. 입력된 리드 타임을 기반으로 Odoo는 배송일을 15일 후인 7월 26일로 제안합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "판매 주문에서 *배송 날짜*를 설정합니다. 배송 리드 타임 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "다음 섹션에서는 예상 배송일을 자동으로 계산하는 방법을 설명합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "고객 리드타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " "Products`. From there, select the desired product, and switch to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Then, under the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` " "field, fill in the number of calendar days required to fulfill the delivery " "order from start to finish." msgstr "" "품목 페이지로 이동하여 각 품목 양식에서 고객 리드타임을 설정합니다. 이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 품목 " "--> 품목`으로 이동합니다. 거기에서 원하는 제품을 선택하고 :guilabel:`재` 탭으로 전환합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`고객 리드 타임` 필드에 배송 주문의 시작부터 완료까지 처리하는 데 필요한 일수를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" " `14.00` days into the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` field." msgstr "" "제품 양식으로 이동하여 '코코넛 향 캔들'의 고객 리드타임을 14일로 설정합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭의 " ":guilabel:`고객 리드타임` 필드에 `14.00`일을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "품목 양식에서 *고객 리드타임*을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "영업 보안 리드타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" "*판매 보안 리드타임*은 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`에서 전체 비즈니스에 대해 보편적으로 " "설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " "click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" "설정 페이지의 :guilabel:`고급 예약` 아래에서 :guilabel:`판매를 위한 보안 리드타임`에 해당하는 상자를 찾습니다. 이 " "기능과 관련된 확인란을 클릭하여 이 기능을 사용 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " "the scheduled date." msgstr "" "다음으로 원하는 달력 일수를 입력합니다. 이 보안 리드타임은 버퍼 역할을 하여 팀에서 예정된 날짜보다 일찍 발송을 준비하도록 유도합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " "In that case, if a product is initially scheduled for delivery on April 6th," " but with a one-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the " "delivery order would be April 5th." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`판매를 위한 보안 리드 타임`을 `1.00`일로 설정하면 배송 주문 (DO)의 :guilabel:`예정 날짜`가 하루" " 앞당겨집니다. 예를 들어 제품이 처음에 4월 6일에 배송 예정이었던 경우 보안 리드 타임이 1일인 새 예약 날짜는 4월 5일이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales " "settings." msgstr "판매 설정에서 판매 구성에 대한 보안 리드타임을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "여러 제품 배송" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " "quotation, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and set the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:" msgstr "" "리드 타임이 다른 여러 제품이 포함된 주문의 경우 견적 자체에서 직접 리드 타임을 구성할 수 있습니다. 견적에서 :guilabel:`기타" " 정보` 탭을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`배송 정책`을 다음과 같이 조정합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "determined by adding today's date to the shortest lead time among the " "products in the order." msgstr "" "제품 준비 시 배송을 앞당기려면 배송 정책에서 :guilabel:`가능한 한 빨리`를 선택합니다. 이 경우 주문에 포함된 제품 중 가장 " "짧은 리드 타임에 오늘 날짜를 더하여 :abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`의 :guilabel:`예정 날짜`가 계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "is determined by adding today's date to the longest lead time among the " "products in the order." msgstr "" "전체 주문을 한 번에 통합하여 주문 처리를 수행하려면 :guilabel:`모든 제품이 준비되면`을 선택합니다. :abbr:`DO(배송 " "주문)`의 :guilabel:`예정 날짜`는 주문에 포함된 제품 중 가장 긴 리드 타임에 오늘 날짜를 더하여 계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "견적의 *기타 정보* 탭에 *배송 정책* 필드를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " "is April 2nd." msgstr "" "'요가 매트'와 '레지스턴스 밴드' 두 가지 제품이 포함된 견적에서 제품의 리드 타임은 각각 8일과 5일입니다. 오늘 날짜는 4월 " "2일입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " "the other hand, selecting :guilabel:`When all products are ready` configures" " the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송 정책`이 :guilabel:`가능한 한 빨리`로 설정된 경우, 배송 예정일은 오늘로부터 5일 후인 4월 7일이 " "됩니다. 반면에 :guilabel:`모든 제품이 준비되면`을 선택하면 오늘로부터 8일 후인 4월 10일이 배송 예정일로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "구매 리드타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "공급업체에 주문할 날짜를 자동으로 결정하면 조달 프로세스를 간소화하는 데 도움이 될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" " in the warehouse. By working backwards from the receipt date, vendor lead " "times and purchase security lead times are taken into account, in order to " "determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline." msgstr "" "Odoo는 제품이 창고에 필요한 날짜를 기준으로 공급업체 배송 *수령일*과 :abbr:`PO(구매 주문서)` 기한을 계산합니다. 이 " "계산은 수령일로부터 역산하여 공급업체 리드 타임과 구매 보안 리드 타임을 고려해 :abbr:`PO (발주서)` 기한을 결정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." msgstr "이 마감일은 주문이 예상 수령일까지 적시에 도착할 수 있도록 주문을 확인해야 하는 날짜를 나타냅니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "공급업체 리드 타임과 함께 사용되는 PO 마감일 및 수령 날짜를 시각화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr ":ref:`재주문 규칙이 있는 PO 예약 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "거래처 리드타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`." msgstr "" "공급업체 위치에서 창고에 도착하는 주문의 공급업체 리드타임을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`구매 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목` " "경로를 사용하여 품목 양식으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " "button to add vendor details, such as the :guilabel:`Vendor` name, " ":guilabel:`Price` offered for the product, and lastly, the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." msgstr "" "그런 다음 원하는 제품을 선택하고 :guilabel:`구매` 탭으로 전환합니다. 편집 가능한 공급업체 가격 목록에서 " ":guilabel:`줄 추가` 버튼을 클릭하여 공급업체 세부 정보를 입력합니다. :guilabel:`공급업체` 이름과 제품에 대해 제공된" " :guilabel:`가격`을 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`배송 리드 타임`을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " "list." msgstr "" "공급업체 가격표에서는 여러 공급업체를 각각의 리드타임과 함께 추가할 수 있습니다. 항목 상단에 나열된 공급업체 및 리드타임이 기본 선택 " "항목으로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" msgstr "품목 양식의 공급업체 가격 목록에서 선택한 공급업체의 :guilabel:`배송 리드타임`이 `10일`로 설정되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "제품의 공급업체 가격표에 배송 리드타임을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " "confirmation, plus the vendor lead time. This ensures that warehouse " "employees are notified, if the products do **not** arrive within the " "expected timeframe." msgstr "" "공급업체 리드타임을 구성하면 품목의 예상 도착 날짜가 :abbr:`PO(구매 주문)` 확인 날짜에 공급업체 리드타임을 더한 날짜로 자동 " "설정됩니다. 이렇게 하면 제품이 예상 기간 내에 도착하지 않을 경우 창고 직원에게 알림이 전송됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " ":guilabel:`Receipt Date` to July 21st. The receipt date also appears as the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the warehouse receipt form, accessible from " "the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button, located on the :guilabel:`PO (Purchase" " Order)`." msgstr "" "공급업체 리드타임이 10일로 구성된 제품의 경우 7월 11일에 확인된 :abbr:`PO(구매 주문서)`에서 Odoo는 자동으로 " ":guilabel:`수령 날짜`를 7월 21일로 지정합니다. 입고 날짜는 창고 입고 양식의 :guilabel:`예정 날짜`로 표시되며, " "이는 :guilabel:`PO (구매 주문서)`에 있는 :guilabel:`수령` 스마트 버튼에서 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "Show expected *Receipt Date* of the product from the vendor." msgstr "공급업체로부터 제품의 예상 *수령 날짜*를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "공급업체로부터 제품이 도착할 것으로 예상되는 *예정일*을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "구매 보안 리드타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" "*구매 보안 리드타임*은 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`에서 전체 비즈니스에 대해 보편적으로 " "설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" " click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" "설정 페이지의 :guilabel:`고급 예약` 아래에서 :guilabel:`구매 보안 리드타임`에 해당하는 상자를 찾습니다. 이 기능과 " "관련된 확인란을 클릭하여 이 기능을 사용 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "그런 다음 원하는 달력 일수를 입력합니다. 보안 리드타임을 구성하면 공급업체 배송의 잠재적 지연을 고려한 버퍼가 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " "pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`구매 보안 리드타임`이 `2.00`일로 구성되면, 수령 예정일인 :guilabel:`수령 예정일`이 하루 뒤로 " "미뤄집니다. 예를 들어, 제품이 처음에 4월 6일에 도착할 예정이었던 경우 보안 리드 타임을 2일로 설정하면 새 수령 예정 날짜가 4월 " "8일로 수정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "Set security lead time for purchase from the Inventory > Configuration > " "Settings." msgstr "재고 관리 > 환경설정 > 설정에서 구매 시 보안 리드타임을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "제조 리드타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " "materials." msgstr "" "리드타임은 자재 명세서가 있는 제조 제품에 사용되는 소모성 자재 및 부품의 경우 조달 프로세스를 간소화하는 데 중요한 역할을 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " "delivery date, can be determined by configuring the manufacturing lead times" " and manufacturing security lead times." msgstr "" "예정된 배송일까지 제품을 완성하기 위해 제조 공정을 시작해야 하는 기한을 나타내는 :abbr:`MO(제조 주문)` 기한은 제조 리드타임과" " 제조 보안리드 타임을 설정하여 결정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Visualization of the determination of planned MO date manufacturing lead " "times." msgstr "계획된 제조 주문 날짜의 제조 리드타임을 시각화하여 결정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "제조 리드타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " "and select the desired product." msgstr "" "제조 리드 타임을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`제조 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목`을 통해 품목 양식에 액세스한 다음 특정" " 제품을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " "needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " "Time` field." msgstr "" "제품의 :guilabel:`재고` 탭에서 :guilabel:`제조 리드타임` 필드에 제품 제조에 필요한 달력 일수를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 msgid "" "Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " "in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." msgstr "" "각 품목 양식의 :guilabel:`재고` 탭에서 직접 제품에 대한 14일의 :guilabel:`제조 리드타임`을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." msgstr "품목 양식에서 제조 리드타임 설정 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " "of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" "관련 :abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`의 :guilabel:`예정 날짜` 필드에 지정된 *예상 배송일*을 기준으로 :abbr:`MO " "(제조 주문)`의 기한을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" " calculated as the *expected delivery date* subtracted by the manufacturing " "lead time." msgstr "" ":abbr:`MO (제조 주문)`의 마감일은 *예상 배송일*에서 제조 리드타임을 뺀 값으로 계산되며, 이는 :abbr:`MO (제조 " "주문)`의 :guilabel:`예정일` 필드에 반영됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "이렇게 하면 납기를 맞추기 위해 제조 공정이 정시에 시작될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 msgid "" "However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " "Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" " (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " "simultaneously`)." msgstr "" "그러나 리드타임은 달력 일수를 기준으로 합니다. 리드타임은 주말, 공휴일 또는 *작업 센터 수용 능력* (:dfn:`작업 센터에서 동시에" " 수행할 수 있는 작업 수`)을 고려하지 **않습니다.**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" msgstr ":ref:`생산 계획 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 msgid "" ":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" ":ref:`재주문 규칙으로 자동 생산 주문 예약 설정 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " "date to start the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` to meet the commitment " "date is August 1st." msgstr "" ":abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`에 표시된 제품의 배송 예정일은 8월 15일입니다. 제품을 제조하는 데 14일이 필요하므로 이 약정을 " "충족하기 위한 제조 주문(MO)의 가능한 가장 최근 시작 날짜는 8월 1일입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "제조 보안 리드타임" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" " :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " "Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" "*제조 보안 리드타임*은 :menuselection:`제조 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`에서 전체 비즈니스에 대해 보편적으로 " "설정됩니다. :guilabel:`계획` 아래에서 :guilabel:`보안 리드타임`을 찾아 확인란을 클릭하여 이 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " "manufacturing process." msgstr "그런 다음 원하는 달력 일수를 입력합니다. 보안 리드타임을 구성하면 제조 공정의 잠재적 지연을 고려한 버퍼가 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app " "settings." msgstr "제조 앱 설정에서 제조에 필요한 보안 리드타임을 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " "manufacturing security lead time is 3 days. So, the :guilabel:`Scheduled " "Date` on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` reflects the latest date to " "begin the manufacturing order. In this example, the planned date on the " ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th." msgstr "" "이 제품은 :abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`에서 8월 15일로 배송 예정일이 설정되어 있습니다. 제조 리드타임이 7일이고 제조 보안 " "리드타임이 3일인 경우 :abbr:`MO (제조 주문)`의 :guilabel:`예정 날짜`는 제조 공정의 가능한 최신 시작 날짜를 " "반영합니다. 이 예제에서 :abbr:`MO (제조 주문)`의 예정 날짜는 8월 5일이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 msgid "Global example" msgstr "글로벌 예시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "다음 예시를 참조하여 모든 리드타임이 적시에 주문을 처리하기 위해 함께 작동하는 방식을 파악하세요:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "**영업 보안 리드타임**: 1 일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "**제조 보안 리드타임**: 2 일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "**제조 보안 리드타임**: 3 일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "**구매 보안 리드타임**: 1 일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "**공급업체 리드타임**: 4 일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " "Odoo uses lead times and automated reordering rules to schedule the " "necessary operations, based on the outgoing shipment delivery date, " "September 20th:" msgstr "" "고객이 9월 1일에 제조된 제품을 주문하고 창고 배송이 9월 20일로 예정된 경우 Odoo는 리드타임 및 자동 재주문 규칙을 사용하여 " "출고 배송일인 9월 20일을 기준으로 필요한 작업을 예약합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Show timeline of how lead times work together to schedule warehouse " "operations." msgstr "리드타임이 창고 운영 일정과 어떻게 연동되는지 타임라인을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "**9월 1일**: 판매 주문이 생성되어 영업 담당자가 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "**9월 9일**: 제조가 시작될 때 제때 도착할 수 있도록 부품을 주문해야 하는 마감일입니다. (공급업체 리드타임 4일)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " "earlier by 1 day." msgstr "" "**9월 13일**: 부품의 수령 예정일은 당초 9월 14일로 설정되었으나, 구매 보안 리드타임이 1일이 소요되어 하루 앞당겨졌습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " "security lead time of 2 days, from the expected delivery date of September " "19th." msgstr "" "**9월 14일**: 제조를 시작하기 위한 마감일입니다. 예상 배송일인 9월 19일에서 제조 리드 타임 3일과 제조 보안 리드 타임 " "2일을 차감하여 계산한 값입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " "September 20th. But the sales security lead time pushed the date forward by " "a day." msgstr "" "**9월 19일**: 배송 주문서의 :guilabel:`예정 날짜`는 원래 9월 20일로 설정되었지만 판매 보안 리드타임으로 인해 하루 " "앞당겨진 수정된 예상 배송 날짜를 반영합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " "buffer days for potential delays. This ensures products are delivered on " "time." msgstr "" "Odoo의 보충 계획은 잠재적 지연에 대비한 완충일을 포함하여 미리 정해진 마감일과 원자재 주문 날짜를 설정함으로써 기업의 주문 이행을 " "간소화합니다. 이러한 방식을 통해 제품을 적시에 배송할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process deliveries in three steps" msgstr "3단계로 배송 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:7 msgid "" "Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which " "include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this " "efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, " "Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods." msgstr "" "일부 회사는 매일 대량의 배송을 처리하는데, 그 중 상당수는 여러 제품을 포함하거나 특수 포장이 필요한 경우가 많습니다. 이를 효율적으로" " 처리하려면 제품을 배송하기 전에 포장 단계가 필요합니다. 이를 위해 Odoo는 상품 배송을 위한 3단계 프로세스를 갖추고 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" "In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a " "delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal " "strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed " "into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an " "output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do" " not fit the needs of the business." msgstr "" "Odoo의 표준 3단계 배송 프로세스 동안 배송 주문의 품목은 지정된 제거 전략에 따라 창고에서 피킹되고 포장 구역에서 조립됩니다. 포장" " 구역의 여러 배송물에 상품을 포장한 후에는 배송하기 전에 출력 위치로 가져옵니다. 이러한 단계는 비즈니스의 특정 요구 사항에 맞게 " "사용자 지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:20 msgid "" "Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" " `, so the settings need to be changed" " in order to utilize three step deliveries. First, make sure the *Multi-Step" " Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step " "Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" "Odoo는 기본적으로 :ref:`상품 입고 및 배송을 한 단계로 처리 " "`하도록 설정되어 있으므로 3단계 배송을 사용하려면 설정을 변경해야 " "합니다. 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정 --> 창고` 섹션에서 *다단계 경로* 옵션이 " "활성화되어 있는지 확인합니다. :guilabel:`다단계 경로`를 활성화하면 *보관 위치*도 함께 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "재고 관리 설정에서 다단계 경로 및 보관 위치를 활성화하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " "this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," " and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" "다음으로 3단계 배송을 위해 창고를 구성해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> " "창고`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`창고`를 클릭하여 편집합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`상품 포장, 출고 후 배송 " "(3단계)`에 대해 :guilabel:`출고 배송`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps." msgstr "발송 옵션을 설정하여 3단계로 배송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " "rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " "and update the name." msgstr "" "3단계 입고 및 배송을 활성화하면 *포장 구역* (WH/Packing Zone)과 *출고 구역 *(WH/Output)이라는 두 개의 내부" " 위치가 새로 생성됩니다. 위치의 이름을 변경하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 위치`로 이동하여 " "변경할 :guilabel:`위치`를 클릭한 다음 이름을 업데이트합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "3단계 배송 (픽업 + 포장 + 배송)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " "which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " ":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "새 견적을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 생성`으로 이동하여 빈 견적 양식을 표시합니다. 이 양식에서 " ":guilabel:`고객`을 선택하고, 저장 가능한 :guilabel:`품목`을 포함시킨 다음 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " "quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " "delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" "견적 양식의 오른쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 판매 주문과 관련된 피킹 주문, 포장" " 주문 및 배송 주문이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" "판매 주문을 확인하면 판매 주문과 관련된 세 가지 항목이 표시된 배송 스마트 버튼이\n" "표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "피킹 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`." msgstr "" "판매 주문이 확인되면 피킹, 포장 및 배송 주문이 생성됩니다. 이 이동 내역을 보려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 작업" " --> 이동`에 액세스합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n" "another operation." msgstr "" "포장 및 배송 작업이 다른 작업을 기다리는 동안 피킹 작업을 위한\n" "준비 상태입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " "order and delivery order will both be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`," " since the packing and delivery cannot happen until the picking is " "completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" "제품을 재고에서 피킹해야 하므로 피킹 상태는 :guilabel:`준비됨`으로 표시됩니다. 피킹이 완료될 때까지는 포장 및 배송을 수행할 " "수 없으므로 포장 주문과 배송 주문의 상태는 모두 :guilabel:`다른 작업 대기 중`으로 표시됩니다. 배송 주문의 상태는 포장이 " ":guilabel:`완료됨`으로 표시된 경우에만 :guilabel:`준비됨`으로 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." msgstr "" "영수증은 *재고 관리* 앱에서도 찾을 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`개요` 대시보드로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`선택` 칸반 " "카드의 :guilabel:`1건 처리할 항목` 스마트 버튼을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "피킹 순서는 재고 칸반 보기에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " "picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`. " "Then the packing order will be ready. Since the documents are linked, the " "products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the" " packing order." msgstr "" "처리가 필요한 피킹을 선택합니다. 상품 재고가 있는 경우 Odoo가 자동으로 상품을 예약합니다. :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 " "피킹이 완료된 것으로 표시하고 :guilabel:`포장 구역`으로 전송을 완료합니다. 그러면 포장 주문이 준비됩니다. 문서가 연결되어 " "있으므로 이전에 피킹한 제품은 자동으로 포장 주문에 예약됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "승인을 클릭하여 피킹을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "포장 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card." msgstr "" "피킹이 완료되면 포장 주문은 처리될 준비가 되며, :menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱 내의 :guilabel:`현황판` " "대시보드에서 확인할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`포장` 칸반 카드에서 :guilabel:`1건 처리 중` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "포장 순서는 재고 칸반 보기에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." msgstr "판매 주문에 연결된 패킹 주문을 열고 :guilabel:`승인`을 선택하여 패킹 프로세스를 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n" "output location." msgstr "" "포장 주문에서 승인을 클릭하면 포장 구역에서 출고 위치로 제품이 \n" "전송됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" "포장 주문이 확인되면 제품은 :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` 위치를 벗어나 :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "위치로 이동하여 문서의 상태가 :guilabel:`완료`로 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "배송 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." msgstr "" "포장 프로세스가 완료되면 배송 주문이 처리할 준비가 됩니다. :menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱의 :guilabel:`현황` " "대시보드에서 확인할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`배송 주문` 칸반 카드 내의 :guilabel:`1건 처리 중` 스마트 버튼을 " "클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "배송 주문은 배송 주문 칸반 보기에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." msgstr "판매 주문과 연결된 배송 주문을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 이동을 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n" "the customer location." msgstr "" "배송 주문에서 승인을 클릭하여 제품을 출력 위치에서 고객 위치로\n" "전송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " ":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document " "will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" "배송 주문이 확인되면 제품이 :guilabel:`WH/Output` 위치에서 :guilabel:`파트너/고객` 위치로 이동합니다. 그러면" " 문서 상태는 :guilabel:`완료`로 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "한 번에 입고 및 배송 처리하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 msgid "" "By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " "stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " "stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " "step receipts and deliveries." msgstr "" "Odoo의 기본 설정은 들어오는 배송은 재고로 직접 입고되고 나가는 배송은 재고에서 고객에게 직접 배송되도록 구성됩니다. 이 기본 구성은" " 1단계 입고 및 배송 설정을 따릅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 msgid "" "Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " "steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " "three steps." msgstr "" "수신 및 발신 배송을 동일한 단계로 구성할 필요는 없습니다. 예를 들어, 제품 수령은 1단계로 설정하고 배송은 3단계 프로세스를 선택할 " "수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " "deliveries." msgstr "다음 예제에서는 입고와 배송 모두에 하나의 단계를 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "Configure the warehouse" msgstr "창고 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 msgid "" "If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" " can easily be set back to the one step setting." msgstr "창고에 다른 구성이 설정되어 있는 경우 입고 또는 배송에 대한 기본 1단계 구성으로 쉽게 되돌릴 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23 msgid "" "Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " "section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " "step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" "먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 창고`로 이동하여 원하는 창고를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`창고 설정` 탭의 :guilabel:`배송` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`입고 배송`의 경우 :guilabel:`상품" " 직접 수령 (1단계)` 및/또는 :guilabel:`발신 배송`의 경우 :guilabel:`상품 직접 배송(1단계)`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "" "Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " "step." msgstr "수신 및 발신 배송 옵션을 설정하여 수신 및 배송을 한 번에 처리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:34 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "상품을 바로 입고(1단계)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "발주서 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 msgid "" "On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" " a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " ":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " "to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." msgstr "" "기본 :menuselection:`구매` 앱 대시보드에서 :guilabel:`신규`를 클릭하여 새 견적을 작성합니다. 그런 다음 드롭다운" " 필드에서 :guilabel:`공급업체`를 선택 (또는 생성)하고, 원하는 보관 제품을 :guilabel:`품목`에 추가한 다음 " ":guilabel:`주문 확인`을 클릭하여 견적을 새 구매 주문으로 마무리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:96 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " "the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " "receipt for the purchase order." msgstr "" ":abbr:`PO (발주서)` 양식의 오른쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`영수증` 스마트 버튼이 표시됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 구매 " "주문에 대한 관련 영수증이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." msgstr "구매 주문이 확인되면 영수증이라고 표시된 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 msgid "" "Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." msgstr "" "구매 주문 영수증은 :menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱에서도 찾을 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`현황` 대시보드의 " ":guilabel:`영수증` 칸반 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`# 처리할 항목` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." msgstr "영수증 칸반 카드의 1건 처리 중 스마트 버튼." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 msgid "Process the receipt" msgstr "영수증 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 msgid "" "When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." msgstr "구매 주문에 연결된 영수증 페이지에서 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 영수증 프로세스를 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." msgstr "승인 스마트 버튼을 통해 구매 주문을 승인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " "(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " "enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " "the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`보관 위치`가 활성화된 경우, guilabel:`≣ (글머리 기호)` 세부 정보 아이콘 옆의 :guilabel:`🗑️" " (휴지통)` 삭제 아이콘을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`세부 작업` 화면이 팝업으로 표시됩니다. 여기에서 수령한 제품의 보관 위치를 " "지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "" "Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" "pop-up." msgstr "" "'세부 작업' 팝업에서 수령할 제품의 보관 위치를 \n" "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:80 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " "Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " "here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " "of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " "reception process in one step." msgstr "" "영수증이 확인되면 제품은 :guilabel:`공급업체 위치`를 벗어나 :guilabel:`WH/재고 위치`로 이동합니다. 제품이 도착하면" " 제조 또는 판매 등 다양한 용도로 사용할 수 있게 됩니다. 그러면 문서 상태가 :guilabel:`완료`로 변경되어 접수 프로세스가 한" " 단계로 완료됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:86 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "상품을 바로 배송(1단계)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:91 msgid "" "Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " "make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " ":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." msgstr "" "기본 :menuselectiom:`판매` 앱 대시보드로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`신규`를 클릭하여 새 견적을 시작합니다. 그런 " "다음 드롭다운 필드에서 :guilabel:`고객`을 선택 (또는 생성)하고, 재고가 있는 저장 가능한 :guilabel:`제품`을 주문 " "라인에 추가한 다음 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 견적을 판매 주문으로 최종 확정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " "the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " "delivery order for the sales order." msgstr "" ":abbr:`SO(판매 주문)` 양식의 오른쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼이 표시됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 판매 " "주문과 관련된 배송 주문이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." msgstr "판매 주문이 확인되면 배송 스마트 버튼이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 msgid "" "Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱에서도 배송 주문을 확인할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`현황` 대시보드로 이동한 다음, " ":guilabel:`배송 주문` 칸반 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`# 처리하기` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." msgstr "배송 주문 칸반 카드의 1건 처리 중 스마트 버튼." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:194 msgid "Process the delivery" msgstr "배송 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118 msgid "" "When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." msgstr "배송 주문 (위의 판매 주문과 연결된)을 확인할 때 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 배송을 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validate the delivery order." msgstr "배송 주문을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:125 msgid "" "Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" " location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " ":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." msgstr "" "피킹 주문이 확인되면 제품은 :guilabel:`WH/재고 위치`에서 벗어나 :guilabel:`파트너/고객 위치`로 이동합니다. 그 " "후 문서 상태가 '완료'로 변경되어 한 단계로 배송이 완료됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "2단계로 영수증 및 배송 처리하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 msgid "" "Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " "before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " "products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " "receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " "locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." msgstr "" "기업의 비즈니스 프로세스에 따라 제품을 수령하거나 배송하기 전에 여러 단계가 필요할 수 있습니다. 2단계 입고 프로세스에서는 제품이 입고" " 위치에 도착한 후 재고로 이동합니다. 2단계 입고 프로세스는 보안 구역, 냉장실 또는 선반과 같은 다양한 보관 장소를 활용할 때 " "유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " "products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" " into stock." msgstr "" "직원들은 지정된 보관 위치에 따라 제품을 정리한 후 그에 따라 재고를 입고할 수 있습니다. 그러나 이러한 제품은 기본 재고로 이전될 " "때까지 추가 처리를 할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 msgid "" "In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" " are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " "brought to an output location before being shipped." msgstr "" "2단계 배송 프로세스에서는 배송 주문에 포함된 품목이 제거 전략에 따라 창고에서 집하된 후 발송 전에 출력 위치로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 msgid "" "One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " "(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " "(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " "being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " "date." msgstr "" "이 접근 방식은 특히 :abbr:`FIFO (선입선출), :abbr: LIFO (후입선출) 또는 :abbr:FEFO (선한선출)과 같은 " "전략을 사용할 때 유용합니다. 이를 통해 피킹 시 입고일 또는 유통기한을 기준으로 제품을 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 msgid "" "Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" " `, so the settings need to be changed" " in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" " shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " "products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " "following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." msgstr "" "기본적으로 Odoo는 :ref:`1단계 수령 및 배송 프로세스 `로 " "설정되어 있지만 2단계 수령 및 배송을 사용하도록 변경하려면 설정을 조정해야 합니다. 입고 및 출고 배송이 동일한 단계를 갖도록 설정할 " "필요는 없습니다. 예를 들어 제품은 2단계로 입고되지만 배송은 1단계로 진행될 수 있습니다. 다음 예제에서는 수령과 배송 모두에 2단계가" " 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 msgid "Configure multi-step routes" msgstr "다중 단계 경로 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 msgid "" "First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " "the changes." msgstr "" "먼저, :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`의 :guilabel:`창고` 섹션 아래에서 " ":guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 옵션이 활성화되어 있는지 확인합니다. 설정 후에는 :guilabel:`저장`을 눌러 변경 사항을 " "저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." msgstr ":guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 설정을 활성화하면 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 기능도 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " "deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." msgstr "" "다음으로 2단계 입고 및 배송을 위해 창고를 구성해야 합니다. :menuselection: `재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 창고`로 " "이동하여 원하는 창고를 선택하고 설정을 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" " :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " "then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`입고 배송`의 경우 :guilabel:`상품 수령 후 입고 (2단계)`를 선택하고 :guilabel:`출고" " 배송`의 경우 :guilabel:`상품 출고 후 배송 (2단계)`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " "steps." msgstr "수신 및 발신 배송 옵션을 설정하여 2단계로 입고 및 배송을 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 msgid "" "Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " "*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " ":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." " To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " "form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " "necessary)." msgstr "" "2단계 입고 및 배송을 활성화하면 새로운 *입고* 및 *출고* 위치가 생성되며, 이 위치는 기본적으로 :guilabel:`WH/입고` 및" " :guilabel:`WH/출고`로 각각 :guilabel:`위치` 대시보드에 라벨이 지정됩니다. 위치 이름을 변경하려면 " ":menuselection:`환경설정 --> 위치`로 이동하여 변경할 :guilabel:`위치`를 선택합니다. 거기에서 각 위치를 " "선택하고 필요에 따라 :guilabel:`위치 이름`을 업데이트합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" msgstr "입고를 2단계 (입고 + 재고)로 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " "configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " "Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " "connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " "warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" " the end of the name." msgstr "" "단계 구성이 다른 여러 창고가 있는 비즈니스의 경우, 2단계 창고에 연결된 정확한 *입력 위치*를 지정하는 것이 중요합니다. 이는 " ":abbr:`PO (구매 주문)` 양식의 :guilabel:`배송지` 필드에 적절한 위치를 지정하면 됩니다. 드롭다운 목록에서 창고를 " "선택하고 이름 끝에 `영수증` 레이블이 포함되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " "smart button will appear in the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form " "— click it to reveal the associated receipt." msgstr "" "abbr:`PO (발주서)`를 확인하면 :abbr:`PO(구매 주문서)` 양식 상단에 :guilabel:`입고` 스마트 버튼이 나타나며," " 이를 클릭하면 입고 내역을 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." msgstr "구매 주문을 확인하면 입고 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "재고 현황 칸반 보기에서 입고 내역 하나를 처리할 준비가 되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:102 msgid "" "The receipt and internal transfer will be created once the purchase order is" " confirmed. The status of the receipt will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the " "receipt must be processed first. The status of the internal transfer will be" " :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfer cannot happen " "until the receipt is completed. The status of the internal transfer will " "only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as " ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" "구매 주문이 확인되면 입고와 내부 이동이 생성됩니다. 입고는 먼저 처리되어야 하므로 입고 상태는 :guilabel:`준비됨`으로 " "표시됩니다. 동시에 내부 이동 상태는 입고가 완료될 때까지 수행할 수 없으므로 내부 이동 상태는 :guilabel:`다른 작업 대기 " "중`입니다. 내부 이동 상태는 입고가 :guilabel:`완료`로 표시된 후에만 :guilabel:`준비됨`으로 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Input Location`." msgstr "" "구매 주문과 연결된 :guilabel:`입고`를 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 입고를 완료하고 품목을 지정된 :guilabel:`입고 위치`로 이동합니다.\n" "구매 주문과 연결된 \"영수증\"에 액세스하고 \"유효성 검사\"를 선택하여 영수증 프로세스를 완료하고 제품을 지정된 \"입력 위치\"로 전환합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n" "WH/Input location." msgstr "" "승인을 클릭하여 입고를 확인하면 제품이 지정된 WH/입력 위치로 \n" "전송됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:117 msgid "Process the internal transfer" msgstr "내부 이동 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product into stock. Navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " "dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the " ":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card." msgstr "" "제품이 :guilabel:`입고 위치`에 입력되면 내부 이동을 통해 제품을 재고로 옮길 준비가 됩니다. " ":menuselection:`재고` 앱으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`재고 현황` 대시보드에서 :guilabel:`내부 이동` 칸반" " 카드의 :guilabel:`# 진행 대기` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban " "view." msgstr "재고 현황 칸반 보기에서 진행 대기 중인 내부 이동이 하나 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " "stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" "구매 주문과 연결된 :guilabel:`이동`을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 입고를 완료하고 제품을 재고로 " "이동합니다. 이동이 확인되면 제품이 재고에 입고되고 고객 배송 또는 제조 주문에 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." msgstr "내부 이동을 확인하여 품목을 재고로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "2단계(픽업 + 배송)로 배송 주문을 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:143 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`판매` 앱에서 :guilabel:`신규`를 클릭하여 새 견적을 생성합니다. :guilabel:`고객`을 선택" " (또는 생성)하고 저장 가능한 :guilabel:`품목`을 주문에 추가한 다음 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:147 msgid "" "After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " "button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " "receipt." msgstr "" ":abbr:판매 주문 (SO)`을 확인하면 :abbr:`판매 주문 (SO)` 양식 위쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼이 " "나타납니다. guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하면 관련 영수증이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" "판매 주문을 확인하면 관련 품목 두 개가 표시된 배송 스마트 버튼이 \n" "나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 msgid "" "Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." msgstr "" "판매 주문 영수증은 :menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱에서도 찾을 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`현황` 대시보드의 " ":guilabel:`# 진행 대기` 스마트 버튼에서 :guilabel:`선택` 칸반 카드를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "선택 순서는 재고 칸반 보기에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:166 msgid "Process the picking" msgstr "피킹 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" "The picking and delivery order will be created once the sales order is " "confirmed. When the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears, click it to " "reveal the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking and" " the delivery orders." msgstr "" "판매 주문이 확인되면 픽업 및 배송 주문이 생성됩니다. :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼이 나타나면 클릭하면 픽업 및 배송 주문이 " "모두 나열되는 :guilabel:`이동` 대시보드가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be shipped. The status of the delivery " "order will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the delivery " "cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery " "order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked" " as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" "배송 전에 재고에서 제품을 선택해야 하므로 피킹 상태는 :guilabel:`준비됨`이 됩니다. 한편, 피킹이 완료될 때까지 배송을 수행할" " 수 없으므로 배송 주문의 상태는 :guilabel:`다른 작업 대기 중`으로 표시됩니다. 피킹이 :guilabel:`완료`로 표시된 " "경우에만 배송 주문의 상태가 :guilabel:`준비됨`으로 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n" "Operation." msgstr "" "배송 작업이 다른 작업 대기 중일 때 피킹 작업을 위한 \n" "준비 상태입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:183 msgid "" "Click on the picking delivery order to begin processing it. If the product " "is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as :guilabel:`Done`, then the " "delivery order will be ready for processing. Since the documents are linked," " the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved " "on the delivery order." msgstr "" "처리할 피킹 배송 주문을 선택하여 시작합니다. 제품에 재고가 있는 경우 Odoo가 자동으로 제품을 예약합니다. " ":guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 피킹을 :guilabel:`완료`로 표시하면 배송 주문은 처리할 준비가 완료됩니다. 문서가 " "연결되었으므로 이전에 피킹한 제품은 배송 주문에 자동으로 예약됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:196 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application, " "on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to " "begin." msgstr "" "피킹이 완료되면 배송 주문을 처리할 준비가 완료되며, :menuselection::`재고` 앱의 :guilabel:`재고 현황` " "대시보드에서 확인할 수 있습니다. 배송을 시작하려면 :guilabel:`배송 주문` 칸반 카드에서 :guilabel:`# 진행 대기` " "스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:201 msgid "" "The delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can also be " "quickly accessed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button again," " and choosing the delivery order on the :guilabel:`Transfers` page (which " "should now be marked as :guilabel:`Ready`)." msgstr "" ":abbr:`SO (판매 주문)`에 연결된 배송 주문에 빠르게 액세스하려면 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 다시 한 번 " "클릭합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 :guilabel:`전송` 페이지로 리디렉션 되며, 여기서 :guilabel:`준비됨`으로 표시된 배송 " "주문을 쉽게 찾아서 그에 따라 진행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "배송 주문은 재고 칸반 보기에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, " "then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." msgstr ":abbr:`SO (판매 주문)`와 연결된 배송 주문을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 이동을 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location on the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard and " "moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of " "the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" "배송 주문이 확인되면 제품은 :guilabel:`WH/Output` 대시보드의 :guilabel:`이동` 위치에서 " ":guilabel:`파트너/고객` 위치로 이동합니다. 그러면 문서상태는 :guilabel:`완료`로 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts in three steps" msgstr "3단계로 입고 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:7 msgid "" "Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from" " suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving " "goods." msgstr "" "일부 회사는 공급업체로부터 제품을 받기 전에 품질 관리 프로세스를 요구합니다. 이를 위해 Odoo는 3단계의 제품 수령 프로세스를 갖추고" " 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:10 msgid "" "In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " "then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the " "quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not " "available for further processing until they are transferred out of the " "quality area and into stock." msgstr "" "3단계 입고 프로세스에서 제품은 입고 구역에 제품을 입고한 후 검사를 위해 품질 구역으로 이동합니다. 품질 검사를 통과한 제품은 창고 " "재고로 입고됩니다. 제품은 품질 구역에서 창고로 이동한 후에야 추가 가공이 가능합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" " `, so the settings need to be changed" " in order to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step " "Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration -->" " Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`" " will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" "Odoo는 기본적으로 :ref:`1단계 상품 입고 및 배송 프로세스 " "`로 설정되어 있으므로 3단계 입고 프로세스를 사용하려면 설정을 " "변경해야 합니다. 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정 --> 창고`에서 *다중 단계 경로* 옵션이 " "활성화되어 있는지 확인합니다. :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로`를 활성화하면 *보관 위치*도 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings." msgstr "재고 관리 설정에서 다중 단계 경로 및 보관 위치를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " "that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," " and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " "form for that specific warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" "On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "입고 배송 옵션을 설정하여 3단계로 입고 및 배송을 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " "To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " "(or update) the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " "(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " ":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" "오른쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`입고` 스마트 버튼이 나타나고 입고 내역이 구매 주문과 연결됩니다. :guilabel:`입고` 스마트 " "버튼을 클릭하면 입고 주문이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "입고 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " "confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Transfers`." msgstr "" "구매 주문이 확인되면 1건의 입고와 내부 이동 2건 (품질 검사를 위한 이동 1건, 재고로 이동 1건)이 생성됩니다. 이러한 이동 내역을" " 보려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 작업 --> 이동`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" "세 가지 입고 이동 상태에는 어떤 작업이 준비되었고 어떤 작업이 다른 작업을 \n" "기다리고 있는지 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " "other operation can occur. The status of the two internal transfers will be " ":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be " "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" "제품을 입고 위치로 이동시키는 입고 상태는 다른 작업을 수행하기 전에 처리해야 하므로 :guilabel:`준비됨`으로 표시됩니다. 각 " "이동에 선행하는 연결된 단계가 완료될 때까지 다른 이동을 처리할 수 없으므로 두 개의 내부 이동 상태는 :guilabel:`다른 작업 " "대기 중`으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " "status for the second internal transfer to *stock* will be marked " ":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked " ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" "*품질* 검사를 위한 첫 번째 내부 이동 상태는 입고가 :guilabel:`완료`로 지정된 경우에만 :guilabel:`준비됨`으로 " "업데이트됩니다. 마찬가지로 *재고*로의 두 번째 내부 이동 상태는 품질 검사를 위한 이동이 :guilabel:`완료`로 표시된 후에만 " ":guilabel:`준비됨`으로 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " "smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." msgstr "" "입고는 :menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱에서도 확인할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`현황` 대시보드의 " ":guilabel:`입고` 칸반 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`1건 진행 대기` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "재고 현황 칸반 보기에서 입고 내역 하나를 처리할 준비가 되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " ":guilabel:`Input Location`." msgstr "" "구매 주문과 연결된 입고를 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 입고를 완료하고 품목을 지정된 :guilabel:`입고 " "위치`로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" "승인을 클릭하여 입고를 확인하면 제품이 지정된 WH/품질검사 위치로 \n" "전송됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "품질 관리팀으로 이관 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` " "kanban card." msgstr "" "제품이 :guilabel:`입고 위치`에 있으면 내부 이동을 통해 제품을 :guilabel:`품질 관리`로 옮길 준비가 됩니다. " ":menuselection:`재고 관리`앱으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`현황` 대시보드에서 :guilabel:`내부 이동` 칸반 " "카드의 :guilabel:`1건 진행 대기` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location. Once the transfer is validated, " "the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for " "manufacturing or delivery orders." msgstr "" "구매 주문과 연결된 :guilabel:`이동`을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 이동을 완료하고 제품을 " ":guilabel:`품질 관리` 위치로 이동합니다. 이동이 확인되면 제품의 품질 검사 준비가 완료되고, 제조 또는 배송 주문에는 사용할 " "수 없게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control " "location." msgstr "내부 이동을 확인하여 품목을 품질검사 위치로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "재고로 이관 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" "제품이 :guilabel:`품질 관리` 위치에 있으면 마지막 내부 이동을 통해 제품을 :guilabel:`재고`로 옮길 준비가 됩니다. " ":guilabel:`재고` 현황 대시보드의 :guilabel:`내부 이동` 칸반 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`1건 진행 대기` 스마트" " 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " "product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the " "stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" "구매 주문과 연결된 마지막 :guilabel:`이동`을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 입고를 완료하고 제품을 재고로 " "이동합니다. 이동이 확인되면 제품이 재고에 입고되고 고객 배송 또는 제조 주문에 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:3 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" msgstr "입고 배송 및 배송 주문" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:5 msgid "" "There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products " "(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, " "such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the " "amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are" " handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different " "settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to " "be configured to have the same number of steps." msgstr "" "창고에서 제품을 입고 (입고)하고 배송 (출고)하는 방법에는 여러 가지가 있습니다. 입고 및 판매되는 제품의 유형, 창고 크기, 일일 " "확인된 입고 및 배송 주문의 양 등 여러 요인에 따라 창고에서의 제품 입고 및 배송 처리는 크게 달라질 수 있습니다. 입고와 배송에 대해" " 서로 다른 설정을 구성할 수 있으며, 반드시 동일한 단계 수를 가질 필요는 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:12 msgid "" "`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) `_" msgstr "" "`경로 사용 (온라인 학습 튜토리얼)`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:13 msgid "" "`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) " "`_" msgstr "" "`푸쉬-풀 방식 (온라인 학습 튜토리얼) `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:17 msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries" msgstr "입고 및 배송 처리에 적합한 재고 흐름 선택하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in " "one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is " "the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the " "receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to " "perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations" " depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as " "performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging " "on shipped products." msgstr "" "기본적으로 Odoo는 1단계, 2단계 또는 3단계 구성의 세 가지 방식으로 배송 및 입고를 처리합니다. 가장 간단한 기본 구성은 " "1단계입니다. 품질 검사 수행 또는 특수 포장 사용과 같이 저장된 제품의 특정 요구 사항에 따라 추가 단계를 추가할 수 있습니다. 각 " "단계가 추가될 때마다 제품을 수령하거나 배송하기 전에 완료해야 할 작업이 추가됩니다. 구성 선택은 물류창고의 요구 사항과 취급하는 제품의" " 특성에 따라 달라집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:27 msgid "One-step flow" msgstr "1단계 플로우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:29 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "1단계 설정에 대한 입고 및 배송 규칙은 다음과 같습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:31 msgid "" "**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps " "between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control " "location." msgstr "**입고**: 제품이 창고로 바로 입고됩니다. 입고와 재고 사이에 품질 관리팀으로 이관하는 등의 중간 단계가 없습니다" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:33 msgid "" "**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps " "between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location." msgstr "**배송**: 재고에서 바로 제품을 발송합니다. 재고와 배송 사이에 포장 장소로 이동하는 등의 중간 단계가 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:35 msgid "" "Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, " ":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First " "Out)` removal strategies." msgstr "" ":abbr:`FIFO (선입선출)`, :abbr:`LIFO (후입선물)` 또는 :abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)` 제거 전략을 사용하지 " "않는 경우에만 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:37 msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly." msgstr "입고 및/또는 배송이 빠르게 처리됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:38 msgid "" "Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-" "perishable items." msgstr "재고 수준이 낮고 부패하기 어려운 품목이 있는 소규모 창고에 권장됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:39 msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock." msgstr "품목은 창고로 직접 입고되거나 배송됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:42 msgid "" ":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in one step " "`" msgstr ":ref:`1단계 입고 및 배송 프로세스 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:45 msgid "Two-step flow" msgstr "2단계 플로우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:47 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "2단계 설정에 대한 입고 및 배송 규칙은 다음과 같습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" "**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into " "stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, " "such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in" " the warehouse." msgstr "" "**입고 + 창고**: 제품이 입고되기 *전*에 제품을 입고 위치로 가져옵니다. 제품을 창고에 보관하기 전에 여러 선반, 냉동고, 잠금" " 구역 등 다양한 내부 보관 위치별로 제품을 정리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" "**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. " "Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before " "being shipped." msgstr "" "**피킹 + 발송**: 배송하기 전에 제품을 출고 위치로 가져옵니다. 배송 전에 여러 배송업체 또는 배송 화물 적재 플랫폼에서 패키지를 " "정리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:54 msgid "" "Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products " "with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`" " or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" "로트 번호 또는 일련 번호를 사용하여 :abbr:`FIFO (선입선출)`, :abbr:`LIFO (후입선물)` 또는 :abbr:`FEFO" " (선한선출)` 제거 전략으로 제품을 추적하기 위한 최소 요구 사항입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" "Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking " "large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)." msgstr "재고가 많은 대형 창고 또는 대형 품목 (예: 매트리스, 대형 가구, 중장비 등)을 보관하는 데 권장됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:80 msgid "" "Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., " "until they are transferred into stock." msgstr "입고된 제품은 재고로 전환될 때까지 제조, 배송 등에 사용할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:63 msgid "" ":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in two steps " "`" msgstr ":ref:`2단계 입고 및 배송 프로세스 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "Three-step flow" msgstr "3단계 플로우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:68 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "3단계 설정에 대한 입고 및 배송 규칙은 다음과 같습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:70 msgid "" "**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, " "transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass " "inspection into stock." msgstr "" "**입고 + 품질 + 창고**: 입고 지점에서 제품을 수령하고 품질 관리 구역으로 가져가 검사를 통과한 제품을 창고에 보관합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:72 msgid "" "**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, " "pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location " "for shipping." msgstr "" "**피킹 + 포장 + 배송**: 제거 전략에 따라 제품을 피킹하고 전용 포장 공간에 포장한 후 배송을 위해 출고 위치로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" "Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or " ":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" ":abbr:`FIFO (선입선출)`, :abbr:`LIFO (후입선출)` 또는 :abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)` 제거 전략을 사용하는 " "경우 로트 또는 일련 번호로 제품을 추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:77 msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels." msgstr "재고 수준이 매우 높은 초대형 창고에 권장됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:78 msgid "" "Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections " "before receiving items into stock." msgstr "상품을 입고하기 전에 품질 관리 검사를 수행해야 하는 모든 창고에 필요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:84 msgid "" ":ref:`Process receipts in three steps `" msgstr ":ref:`3단계 입고 및 배송 프로세스 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:85 msgid "" ":ref:`Process deliveries in three steps `" msgstr ":ref:`3단계 배송 프로세스 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:5 msgid "Setup and configuration" msgstr "설정 및 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "Delivery methods" msgstr "배송 방법" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:5 msgid "" "When activated in Odoo, the *Delivery Methods* setting adds the option of " "calculating the cost of shipping on sales orders and e-commerce shopping " "carts." msgstr "Odoo에서 *배송 방법* 설정을 활성화하면 판매 주문 및 이커머스 장바구니에서 배송비를 계산할 수 있는 옵션이 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:8 msgid "" "When integrated with a :ref:`third-party carrier " "`, shipping prices are calculated based on " "the carrier's pricing and packaging information." msgstr "" ":ref:`타사 배송업체 `와 통합하면 배송업체의 가격 및 포장 정보를 기준으로" " 배송료가 계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Third-party shipping carrier setup `" msgstr ":ref:`타사 배송업체 설정 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:13 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Delivery Prices " "`_" msgstr "" "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 배송 가격 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:19 msgid "" "To calculate shipping on sales orders and e-commerce, the *Delivery Costs* " "module must be installed. To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " "application from the main Odoo dashboard." msgstr "" "판매 주문 및 이커머스에 대한 배송비 계산을 활성화하려면 *배송비* 모듈을 설치해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 기본 Odoo 대시보드에서 " ":menuselection:`앱` 애플리케이션으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "" "Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and type in `Delivery Costs` in " "the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. After finding the :guilabel:`Delivery Costs` " "module, click :guilabel:`Activate` to install it." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`앱` 필터를 제거하고 :guilabel:`검색`창에 `배달 비용`을 입력합니다. :guilabel:`배달 " "비용` 모듈을 찾아 :guilabel:`활성화`를 선택하여 설치를 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "Install the *Delivery Costs* module." msgstr "*배송비* 모듈을 설치합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:30 msgid "Add shipping method" msgstr "배송 방법 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:32 msgid "" "To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Shipping Methods`." msgstr "배송 방법을 구성하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 배송 방법`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:36 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` option is not available from the " ":guilabel:`Configuration` drop-down menu, verify whether the feature is " "enabled by following these steps:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`환경설정` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`배송 방법` 옵션을 사용할 수 없는 경우 다음 단계에 따라 해당 " "기능이 활성화되어 있는지 확인합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr ":menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:40 msgid "" "Scroll to the :guilabel:`Shipping` section and enable the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature by checking the corresponding checkbox." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송` 섹션으로 스크롤을 내려 해당 확인란을 선택하고 :guilabel:`배송 방법` 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "" "Enable the *Delivery Methods* feature by checking the box in Configuration >" " Settings." msgstr "환경설정 > 설정에서 확인란을 선택하여 *배송 방법* 기능을 활성화합니다" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:47 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, add a method by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a form to provide details about the shipping" " provider, including:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송 방법` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`신규`를 클릭하여 방법을 추가합니다. 이렇게 하면 배송업체에 대한 세부 " "정보를 입력할 수 있는 양식이 나타납니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery " "method (e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송 방법` (*필수 입력*): 배송 방법의 이름 (예: `균일가 배송`, `당일 배송` 등)을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the delivery service, like " "Fedex, if using a :ref:`third-party carrier " "`. Ensure the integration with the shipping " "carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`공급업체` (*필수 입력*): :ref:`타사 배송업체 `를" " 사용하는 경우 Fedex와 같은 배송 서비스를 선택합니다. 배송업체와의 통합이 올바르게 설정되었는지 확인하고 드롭다운 메뉴에서 " "공급업체를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:56 msgid "" "For more details on configuring custom shipping methods, such as :ref:`fixed" " price `, :ref:`based on rules " "`, or :ref:`pickup in store " "` options, refer to their respective sections " "below." msgstr "" ":ref:`고정 가격 `, :ref:`규칙 기준 " "` 또는 :ref:`매장 픽업 ` 옵션과 " "같은 사용자 지정 배송 방법 구성에 대한 자세한 내용은 아래의 개별 섹션을 참조하시기 바랍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an e-commerce page. " "Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to " "apply the method to all web pages." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`웹사이트`: 이커머스 페이지에 대한 배송 방법을 구체적으로 구성합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 해당 웹사이트를 선택하거나," " 비워두면 모든 웹페이지에 적용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if the shipping method should apply to a specific " "company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply " "the method to all companies." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`회사`: 특정 회사에 배송 방법을 적용해야 하는 경우 드롭다운 메뉴에서 해당 회사를 선택합니다. 모든 회사에 배송 " "방법을 적용하려면 이 필드를 비워둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the product listed on the " ":ref:`sales order line ` as the delivery " "charge." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송 품목`(*필수 입력*): :ref:`판매 주문 항목 `에 나열된 제품을 배송료로 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: checking this box enables free " "shipping if the customer spends above the specified amount." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`주문 금액 이상이면 무료`: 이 확인란을 선택하면 고객이 지정된 금액 이상을 결제할 경우 무료 배송이 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:68 msgid "" "For examples on how to configure specific shipping methods, refer to the " "sections below." msgstr "특정 배송 방법을 구성하는 방법에 대한 예는 아래 섹션을 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:73 msgid "Fixed price" msgstr "고정 가격" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:75 msgid "" "To configure a shipping price that is the same for all orders, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`. Then," " click :guilabel:`New`, and on the shipping method form, set the " ":guilabel:`Provider` to the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` option. Selecting this " "option makes the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` field become available, which is " "where the fixed rate shipping amount is defined." msgstr "" "모든 주문에 균일한 배송료를 구성하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 배송 방법`으로 이동합니다. " "그런 다음 :guilabel:`신규`를 클릭하고 배송 방법 양식에서 :guilabel:`공급업체`를 :guilabel:`고정 가격` " "옵션으로 지정합니다. 이 옵션을 선택하면 ':guilabel:`고정 가격`' 필드에 액세스할 수 있게 되어 고정 요금 배송 금액을 정의할" " 수 있습니다" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:81 msgid "" "To enable free shipping if the amount of the order exceeds a specified " "amount, check the box :guilabel:`Free if order amount is above` and fill in " "the amount." msgstr "" "지정된 금액을 초과하는 주문에 대해 무료 배송을 활성화하려면 ':guilabel:`주문 금액 이상일 경우 무료` 확인란을 선택하고 원하는" " 금액을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:85 msgid "" "To set up `$20` flat-rate shipping that becomes free if the customer spends " "over `$100`, fill in the following fields:" msgstr "고객이 `$100` 이상 구매할 경우 무료 배송으로 전환되는 균일 배송료 `$20`를 설정하려면 다음 필드를 입력합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: `Flat-rate shipping`" msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 방법`: `정액 배송`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider`: :guilabel:`Fixed Price`" msgstr ":guilabel:`공급자`: :guilabel:`고정 가격`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: `$20.00`" msgstr ":guilabel:`고정 가격`: `$20.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: `$100.00`" msgstr ":guilabel:`다음 주문 금액 이상일 경우 무료`: `$100.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:92 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: `[SHIP] Flat`" msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 품목`: '[배송] 플랫'" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "Example of filling out a shipping method." msgstr "배송 방법 입력 예제." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:101 msgid "Based on rules" msgstr "규칙 기준" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:103 msgid "" "To calculate the price of shipping based on pricing rules, set the " ":guilabel:`Provider` field to the :guilabel:`Based on Rules` option. " "Optionally, adjust :guilabel:`Margin on Rate` and :guilabel:`Additional " "margin` to include additional shipping costs." msgstr "" "가격 책정 규칙을 사용하여 배송비를 계산하려면 ':guilabel:`공급업체`' 필드를 ':guilabel:`규칙 기준`' 옵션으로 " "지정합니다. 필요한 경우 ':guilabel:`요금에 대한 마진`' 및 ':guilabel:`추가 마진`'을 수정하여 추가 배송비를 " "포함하도록 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:108 msgid "Create pricing rules" msgstr "가격 규칙 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:110 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Pricing` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. " "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Pricing Rules` window, where the " ":guilabel:`Condition` related to the product weight, volume, price, or " "quantity is compared to a defined amount to calculate the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Cost`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`가격` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`줄 추가`를 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 :guilabel:`가격 책정 규칙 " "생성` 창이 열립니다. 여기에서 제품 무게, 부피, 가격 또는 수량과 관련된 :guilabel:`조건`을 정의된 금액과 비교하여 " ":guilabel:`배송비`를 결정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:115 msgid "" "Once finished, click either :guilabel:`Save & New` to add another rule, or " ":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" "완료되면 :guilabel:`저장 후 새로 만들기`를 클릭하여 다른 규칙을 추가하거나 :guilabel:`저장 후 닫기`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:118 msgid "" "To charge customers $20 in shipping for orders with five or fewer products, " "set the :guilabel:`Condition` to `Quantity <= 5.00`, and the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Cost` to `$20`." msgstr "" "제품이 5개 이하인 주문에 $20의 배송료를 부과하려면 ':guilabel:`조건`'을 `수량 <= 5.00`으로 설정하고 " "':guilabel:`배송비`'를 `$20`으로 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "" "Display window to add a pricing rule. Set a condition and delivery cost." msgstr "가격 책정 규칙을 추가할 수 있는 창을 표시합니다. 배송비와 함께 조건을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:125 msgid "" "To restrict shipping to specific destinations on the eCommerce website, in " "the shipping method form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Destination " "Availability` tab and define the :guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, " "and :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes`. Leave these fields empty if all locations " "apply." msgstr "" "이커머스 웹사이트를 통해 특정 목적지로 배송을 제한하려면 배송 방법 양식에서 :guilabel:`목적지 사용 가능성` 탭으로 이동합니다." " 여기에서 :guilabel:`국가`, :guilabel:`시/도` 및 :guilabel:`우편번호` 등을 지정합니다. 배송 방법이 모든" " 위치에 적용되는 경우 이 필드를 비워 둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:130 msgid "Calculate delivery cost" msgstr "배송비 계산" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:132 msgid "" "Shipping cost is the :guilabel:`Delivery cost` specified in the rule that " "satisfies the :guilabel:`Condition`, plus any extra charges from the " ":guilabel:`Margin on rate` and :guilabel:`Additional margin`." msgstr "" "배송비에는 ':guilabel:`조건`'을 충족하는 규칙에 명시된 ':guilabel:`배송비`'에 ':guilabel:`요금에 대한 " "마진`' 및 ':guilabel:`추가 마진`'의 추가 수수료가 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:136 msgid "" "Total = Rule's~Delivery~Cost + (Margin~on~rate \\times Rule's~Delivery~Cost) + Additional~margin\n" "\n" msgstr "" "총액 = 규칙~배송~비용 + (증거~금~율 \\규칙~배송~비용) + 추가~마진\n" "\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:140 msgid "With the two following rules set up:" msgstr "다음 두 가지 규칙을 설정합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:142 msgid "If the order contains five or fewer products, shipping is $20" msgstr "주문에 5개 이하의 제품이 포함된 경우 배송비는 $20입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:143 msgid "If the order contains more than five products, shipping is $50." msgstr "주문에 5개 이상의 제품이 포함된 경우 배송비는 $50입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Margin on Rate` is `10%` and :guilabel:`Additional margin` is " "`$9.00`." msgstr ":guilabel:`마진율`은 `10%`이고 :guilabel:`추가 마진`은 `$9.00`입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "" "Show example of \"Based on rules\" shipping method with margins configured." msgstr "마진이 지정된 \"규칙 기반\" 배송 방법의 예시를 보여줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:151 msgid "" "When the first rule is applied, the delivery cost is $31 (20 + (0.1 * 20) + " "9). When the second rule is applied, the delivery cost is $64 (50 + (0.1 * " "50) + 9)." msgstr "" "첫 번째 규칙이 적용되면 배송비는 $31 (20 + (0.1 * 20) + 9)입니다. 두 번째 규칙이 적용되면 배송비는 $64 (50 " "+ (0.1 * 50) + 9)가 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:157 msgid "Pickup in store" msgstr "매장 수령" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:159 msgid "" "To configure in-store pickup, select :guilabel:`Pickup in store` in the " ":guilabel:`Provider` field and specify the pickup location in " ":guilabel:`Warehouse`." msgstr "" "매장 내 픽업 옵션을 설정하려면 ':guilabel:`제공업체`' 필드에서 ':guilabel:`매장 내 픽업`'을 선택하고 " ":guilabel:`창고`에 픽업 위치를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:162 msgid "" "To invoice the customer for the shipping cost to the pickup location, choose" " the :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` option in the " ":guilabel:`Integration Level` field. Then, pick either the " ":guilabel:`Estimated cost` or :guilabel:`Real cost` radio options in the " ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` field to decide whether the added shipping " "charge on the sales order is the precise cost from the shipping carrier." msgstr "" "픽업 위치까지의 배송비를 고객에게 청구하려면 ':guilabel:`요금 받기 및 배송 생성`' 필드에서 ':guilabel:`통합 " "수준`' 옵션을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 ':guilabel:`청구서 정책`' 필드에서 ':guilabel:`추정 비용`' 또는 " "':guilabel:`실제 비용`' 라디오 버튼 중 하나를 선택합니다. 이 선택에 따라 판매 주문의 추가 배송료가 배송업체의 정확한 " "비용을 반영할지 여부가 결정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:169 msgid ":ref:`Invoice cost of shipping `" msgstr ":ref:`배송비 청구서 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:174 msgid "Add shipping" msgstr "선적 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:176 msgid "" "Shipping methods can be added to sales orders in the form of delivery " "products, which appear as individual line items. First, navigate to the " "desired sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " "Orders`." msgstr "" "배송 방법은 개별 품목으로 표시되는 배송 제품 형태로 판매 주문에 추가할 수 있습니다. 먼저 :menuselection:`판매 앱 -->" " 주문 --> 주문`으로 이동하여 원하는 판매 주문으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:180 msgid "" "On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button, which opens " "the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window. Then, choose a " ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` from the list." msgstr "" "판매 주문에서 :guilabel:`배송 추가` 버튼을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`배송 방법 추가` 팝업 창이 열립니다. 그런 다음 " "목록에서 :guilabel:`배송 방법`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:183 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` is pre-filled based on product weights " "(that are defined in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab for each product form). " "Edit the field to specify the exact weight, and then click :guilabel:`Add` " "to add the shipping method." msgstr "" "각 제품 양식의 :guilabel:`재고` 탭에 설명된 제품 중량에 따라 :guilabel:`총 주문 중량`이 자동으로 채워집니다. 이 " "필드를 수정하고 정확한 중량을 지정한 다음 :guilabel:`추가`를 클릭하여 배송 방법을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:188 msgid "" "The amount defined in :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` overwrites the total " "product weights defined on the product form." msgstr ":guilabel:`총 주문 중량`에 정의된 금액은 제품 양식에 정의된 총 제품 중량을 덮어씁니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:191 msgid "" "The shipping cost is added to the *sales order line* as the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` detailed on the shipping method form." msgstr "배송비는 *판매 주문 항목*에 배송 방법 양식에 자세히 설명된 :guilabel:`배송 품목`으로 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:195 msgid "" "`Furniture Delivery`, a delivery product with a fixed rate of `$200`, is " "added to sales order `S00088`." msgstr "고정 요금 '$200'의 배송 상품인 '가구 배송'이 판매 주문 'S00088'에 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "Show delivery order on the sales order line." msgstr "판매 주문 항목에 배송 주문을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:203 msgid "Delivery order" msgstr "배송 주문" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:205 msgid "" "The shipping method added to the sales order is linked to the shipping " "carrier details on the delivery order. To add or change the delivery method " "on the delivery itself, go to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab and modify" " the :guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" "판매 주문에 추가된 배송 방법은 배송 주문의 배송업체 세부 정보에 연결됩니다. 배송 자체에 배송 방법을 추가하거나 변경하려면 " ":guilabel:`추가 정보` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`배송업체` 필드를 수정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "Shipping carrier information on the delivery form." msgstr "배송 양식의 배송업체 정보입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "Odoo와의 통합을 위한 DHL 자격 증명은 어떻게 받나요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" msgstr "Odoo DHL API를 사용하려면 다음 사항이 필요합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" msgstr "DHL.com 사이트 ID" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" msgstr "DHL 비밀번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" msgstr "DHL 계정 번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " "Rest of the world)" msgstr "미국 이외의 국가 (영국 및 기타 국가)의 사이트 ID와 비밀번호 가져오기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "" "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " "Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." msgstr "" "DHL 계정 관리자에게 연락하여 XML Express API에 대한 통합을 요청해야 합니다. 사전 판매에서 실시간 자격 증명을 제공해야 " "합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:20 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" msgstr "미국 사이트 ID 및 비밀번호 가져오기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " "details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." msgstr "" "API 액세스 권한을 얻으려면 계정 번호, 지역, 주소 등 모든 계정 세부 정보를 xmlrequests@dhl.com 으로 보내야 " "합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" msgstr "Odoo에서 Sendcloud 배송 서비스 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration " "of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select " "shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database." msgstr "" "Sendcloud는 유럽 배송업체와 Odoo의 통합을 지원하는 배송 서비스 제공 회사입니다. 통합이 완료되면 사용자는 Odoo " "데이터베이스의 재고 작업에서 배송업체를 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "`Sendcloud integration documentation `_" msgstr "" "`Sendcloud 통합 문서 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Setup in Sendcloud" msgstr "Sendcloud에서 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17 msgid "Create an account and activate carriers" msgstr "계정 생성 및 통신사 활성화" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" "To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform `_ to" " configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with " "the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed." msgstr "" "시작하려면 `Sendcloud 플랫폼 `으로 이동하여 계정을 설정하고 커넥터 자격 증명을" " 생성합니다. Sendcloud 계정으로 로그인하거나 필요한 경우 새 계정을 만듭니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24 msgid "" "For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added " "Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration" " and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate " "(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" "새 계정을 만들려면 Sendcloud에서 :abbr:`VAT (부가가치세)` 번호 또는 :abbr:`EORI (경제 사업자 등록 및 " "식별)` 번호를 입력하라는 메시지가 표시됩니다. 계정 설정을 완료한 후 Odoo 데이터베이스에서 사용할 배송업체를 활성화 (또는 " "비활성화)합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30 msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " "rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " "required." msgstr "" "Sendcloud는 무료로 제공되지 않으므로 은행 계좌가 *연결된 경우에만* 무료 Sendcloud 요금제에서 Odoo의 " "Sendcloud 통합 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다. 배송 규칙이나 배송업체와의 개별 사용자 지정 연락처를 사용하려면 유료 " "Sendcloud 요금제가 필요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "창고 환경 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" " address`." msgstr "" "Sendcloud 계정에 로그인한 후 :menuselection:`설정 --> 배송 --> 주소`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`창고 " "주소` 필드를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "Sendcloud 설정에서 주소 추가하기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " "called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should " "be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same." msgstr "" "Sendcloud에서 반송도 처리할 수 있도록 하려면 :guilabel:`반송 주소`가 필요합니다. :guilabel:`기타 섹션` " "아래의 :guilabel:`주소 이름 (선택 사항)` 필드에 Odoo 창고 이름을 입력해야 하며, 문자는 정확히 동일해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**SendClould configuration**" msgstr "**SendCloud 환경설정**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" msgstr ":guilabel:`기타`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr ":guilabel:`주소 이름 (선택 사항)`: `창고 #1`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`" msgstr ":guilabel:`브랜드`: `기본값`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**" msgstr "**Odoo 창고 환경 설정**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr ":guilabel:`창고`: `창고 #1`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`" msgstr ":guilabel:`약식 이름`: `WH`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`회사`: 내 회사 (샌프란시스코)`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr ":guilabel:`주소`: 내 회사 (샌프란시스코)`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr ":guilabel:`창고` 필드는 Odoo 구성과 Sendcloud 구성 모두에서 동일해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "Sendcloud 자격 증명 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" "Sendcloud 계정에서 오른쪽 메뉴의 :menuselection:`설정 --> 연동`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`Odoo Native`를 검색합니다. 이어서 :guilabel:`연결`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " "Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the " ":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo " "CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. " "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`연결`을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`Sendcloud API` 설정 페이지로 리디렉션되며, 여기서 " ":guilabel:`공개 키 및 비밀 키`가 생성됩니다. 다음 단계는 :guilabel:`통합`의 이름을 지정하는 것입니다. 이름 지정 " "규칙은 ``Odoo CompanyName`이며, 사용자의 회사 이름이 `CompanyName`을 대체합니다. (예: `Odoo " "StealthyWood`)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " "and Secret Keys` are generated." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`서비스 포인트` 옆의 확인란을 선택하고 이 통합에 사용할 배송 서비스를 선택합니다. 저장하면 " ":guilabel:`공개 및 비밀 키`가 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "Sendcloud 통합 설정 및 자격 증명 받기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "Odoo에서 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" msgstr "Sendcloud 배송 모듈 설치" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" " the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " "search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" "Sendcloud 계정을 설정했으면 이제 Odoo 데이터베이스를 구성할 차례입니다. 시작하려면 Odoo의 :guilabel:`앱` 모듈로" " 이동하여 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 배송` 통합을 검색하여 설치하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "Odoo 앱 모듈의 Sendcloud 배송 모듈입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "Sendcloud 배송 커넥터 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" "설치가 완료되면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`에서 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 배송` " "모듈을 활성화합니다. guilabel:`Sendcloud 커넥터` 설정은 :guilabel:`배송 커넥터` 섹션 아래에서 찾을 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Sendcloud 커넥터`를 활성화한 후, 나열된 커넥터 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 배송 " "방법` 링크를 클릭합니다. guilabel:`배송 방법` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping " "Methods`." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 배송 --> 배송 방법`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`배송 방법`에 " "액세스할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr ":guilabel:`새 배송 방법` 양식에 다음 필드를 입력합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 방법`: `Sendcloud DPD`를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`공급업체`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`Sendcloud`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 제품`: 이 배송 방법에 대해 구성된 제품을 설정하거나 새 제품을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr ":guilabel:`SendCloud 설정` 탭에 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 공개 키`를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr ":guilabel:`SendCloud 구성` 탭에 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 비밀 키`를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송 방법/신규` 이동 경로 기호 옆의 구름 기호를 클릭하여 양식을 수동으로 :guilabel:`저장`합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "양식을 구성하고 저장한 후에는 다음 단계에 따라 배송 제품을 로드합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "'새 배송 방법' 양식의 'SendCloud 설정' 탭에서 'SendCloud 배송 제품 로드' 링크를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "회사에서 배송 및 반품에 모두 사용할 배송 제품을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "guilabel:`선택`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "Odoo에서 구성된 Sendcloud 배송 제품 샘플:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`" msgstr ":guilabel:`배송`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`" msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 제품`: `DPD 홈 0-31.5kg`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr ":guilabel:`배송업체`: `DPD`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr ":guilabel:`최소 중량`: `0.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr ":guilabel:`최대 중량`: `31.50`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " "`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` " "`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` " "`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` " "`Sweden` `Switzerland`" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`국가`: 오스트리아` `벨기에` `보스니아` `헤르체고비나` `불가리아` `크로아티아` `체코` `공화국` `덴마크`" " `에스토니아` `핀란드` `프랑스` `독일` `그리스` `헝가리` `아이슬란드` `아일랜드` `이탈리아`` 라트비아` `리히텐슈타인` " "`리투아니아` `룩셈부르크` `모나코` `네덜란드` `노르웨이` `폴란드` `포르투갈` `루마니아` `세르비아` `슬로바키아` " "`슬로베니아` `스페인` `스웨덴` `스위스``" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`" msgstr ":guilabel:`반품`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`" msgstr ":guilabel:`반품 배송 상품`: `DPD 반품 0-20kg`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr ":guilabel:`반품 배송업체`: `DPD`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr ":guilabel:`반품 최소 중량`: `0.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`" msgstr ":guilabel:`반품 최대 중량`: `20.00`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`" msgstr ":guilabel:`반품 국가`: `벨기에` `네덜란드`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo에서 구성된 배송 제품의 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " "Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled" " within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" "회사가 Odoo에서 패키지 전송 기능을 검토하는 동안 Sendcloud는 테스트 키를 제공하지 않습니다. 따라서 패키지가 생성된 경우 " "24시간 이내에 취소되지 않는 한 구성된 Sendcloud 계정에 요금이 부과됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " "settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." msgstr "" "Odoo에는 테스트 환경 내에서 작동할 때 실수로 요금이 청구되는 것을 방지하기 위한 기능이 내장되어 있습니다. 테스트 환경에서 배송 " "방법을 사용하여 레이블을 생성하는 경우 해당 레이블은 생성 직후 자동으로 무효화됩니다. 테스트 환경과 프로덕션 환경 설정 간의 전환은 " ":guilabel:`스마트 버튼`을 통해 관리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" msgstr "Sendcloud로 라벨 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " "documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the " "following:" msgstr "" "Odoo에서 견적을 작성할 때 배송을 통합하고 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 배송 제품`을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 배송 " ":guilabel:`승인`을 진행합니다. 채팅에서 자동으로 배송 라벨 문서가 생성되며, 이 문서에는 다음과 같은 세부 정보가 포함됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr "패키지 수에 따라 :guilabel:`배송 라벨`을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr ":guilabel:`반송 레이블`을 반환하도록 Sendcloud 커넥터가 구성된 경우." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "도착지 국가에서 통관 서류가 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`통관 서류`를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "이제 추적 번호도 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "반송 레이블이 생성되면 센드클라우드는 구성된 Sendcloud 계정에 자동으로 요금을 청구합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "배송물이 너무 무거움" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " "to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the " "transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" "발송물이 구성된 Sendcloud 서비스의 중량 제한을 초과하는 경우 중량을 분할하여 여러 개의 패키지를 시뮬레이션합니다. 제품을 별도의" " :guilabel:`패키지`에 배치하고 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 라벨을 생성해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " "not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales " "order." msgstr "" "중량 초과 시 다른 배송 방법을 사용하도록 Sendcloud에서 `규칙`을 설정할 수 있습니다. 단, 이 규칙은 판매 주문 계산 시 " "배송료 계산에는 적용되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 msgid "When using a personal carrier contract" msgstr "개인 배송업체 계약을 사용하는 경우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 msgid "" "When using a personal carrier contract in Sendcloud, if the the price is not" " accurately reflected when creating a quotation in Odoo, then the pricing " "information needs to be updated in Sendcloud." msgstr "" "Sendcloud에서 개인 배송업체 계약을 사용하는 경우, Odoo에서 견적을 작성할 때 가격 정보가 정확하게 반영되지 않는다면 " "Sendcloud에서 가격 정보를 업데이트해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:203 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "부피 중량 측정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:205 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " "(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in " "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" "많은 배송업체가 여러 가지 무게 측정 방법을 사용합니다. 무게 측정 방법에는 소포에 들어 있는 제품의 실제 무게와 *용적 " "중량*(:dfn:`용적 중량은 운송 중 패키지가 차지하는 부피, 즉 패키지의 물리적 크기`)이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "선택한 배송업체에 부피 중량 계산을 위한 공식이 미리 정의되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" msgstr "" "`Sendcloud: 소포 부피 중량 계산 및 자동화 방법 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "배송비를 계산할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "" "First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " "the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." msgstr "" "먼저 배송되는 제품의 중량이 선택한 배송 방법에서 지원하는 중량인지 확인합니다. 또한 배송업체가 고객 주소에 지정된 목적지 국가를 " "지원하는지도 확인합니다. 마지막으로, 배송업체가 지원하는 위치 내에 출발지 국가 (창고 주소)가 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" msgstr "타사 배송업체를 통합하려면 어떻게 해야 하나요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " "allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "" "Odoo는 타사 배송업체를 포함한 다양한 배송 방법을 지원합니다. Odoo를 통해 운송 회사의 추적 시스템과 연결하여 운송 회사, 실제 " "가격 및 목적지를 효율적으로 관리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:21 msgid "" "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" "재고 관리 모듈에서 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 설정`을 클릭합니다. **배송 커넥터** 섹션에서 통합하려는 운송 회사를" " 표시합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:31 msgid "" "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" " install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." msgstr "이커머스 내에서 배송 방법을 사용하려면 **전자상거래 배송** 모듈을 설치해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:40 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" " provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" " shipping." msgstr "" "선택한 배송업체의 배송 방법이 자동으로 생성됩니다. 대부분의 경우 동일한 배송업체에 대해 **국제** 배송과 **국내** 배송 등 " "**2개** 배송 방법이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:45 msgid "" "You can create other methods with the same provider with other " "configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." msgstr "동일한 배송업체 내에서 각각 다른 구성 (예: **패키징 유형**)의 메서드를 추가로 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:48 msgid "" "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " "will appear on your ecommerce." msgstr "배송 방법의 **이름**을 변경할 수 있습니다. 이 이름은 이커머스에 표시되는 이름입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:51 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." msgstr "사용할 준비가 되면 **배송 사용**에 플래그를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:56 msgid "" "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " "computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." msgstr "가격 탭의 **가격 계산** 필드에서 공급업체를 선택하면 배송업체의 시스템에서 가격이 계산된다는 의미입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" msgstr "배송업체 구성은 두 개의 열로 나뉩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:61 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " "For more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "" "첫 번째 방법은 개발자 키 및 비밀번호와 같은 **나의 계정** 세부 정보와 연결됩니다. 자세한 내용은 제공업체 웹사이트를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:69 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " "limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " "the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " "providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " "United States." msgstr "" "마지막으로 배송 방법을 특정 목적지로 제한할 수 있습니다. 이 제한은 특정 국가, 시/도 또는 우편 번호에 적용됩니다. 이 기능은 " "이커머스 플랫폼에서 사용 가능한 국가 목록을 간소화하며, 특히 국내 공급업체에게 유용합니다. 예를 들어 USPS US는 미국 내에서만 " "배송을 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:97 msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "메뉴 :menuselection:`판매 --> 판매 --> 품목`으로 이동합니다. 배송하려는 품목을 열고 중량을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:104 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " "make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "제품 양식의 무게는 킬로그램으로 표시됩니다. 영국식 측정 시스템에 익숙하다면 그에 맞게 무게를 변환해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:109 msgid "Sale process" msgstr "판매 프로세스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:112 msgid "Sale order" msgstr "판매 주문" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:117 msgid "" "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " "method** to choose the right one." msgstr "이제 판매 주문에서 배송업체를 선택할 수 있습니다. **배송 방법**을 클릭하여 적합한 배송 방법을 선택하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:120 msgid "" "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "가격은 판매 주문을 저장하거나 **가격 설정**을 클릭할 때 계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:123 msgid "" "If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " "click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " "method as a product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "" "판매 주문에 배송료를 청구하려면 **가격 설정**을 클릭합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 배송 방법의 이름이 상품으로 표시된 줄이 추가되며, " "실제 가격과는 다를 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:127 msgid "" "Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" " document :doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`." msgstr "" "그렇지 않으면 배송 확인 시 계산된 실제 가격이 자동으로 청구서에 입력됩니다. 자세한 내용은 문서 " ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "Delivery" msgstr "배송" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:134 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "판매 주문에서 생성된 배송은 해당 주문에서 배송 정보를 가져옵니다. 원하는 경우 배송업체를 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:143 msgid "" "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" " be computed once the transfer is validated." msgstr "무게는 제품 중량을 기준으로 계산됩니다. 배송비는 이동이 확인되면 결정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:146 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" " ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " "to check your delivery on the provider website." msgstr "" "추적 번호를 받으려면 **확인**을 클릭합니다. **배송업체 추적 참조** 필드가 자동으로 채워집니다. **추적** 버튼을 사용하여 " "배송업체 웹사이트를 배송을 모니터링합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/labels`" msgstr ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/labels`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "Odoo와의 통합을 위한 UPS 자격 증명을 얻는 방법은 무엇인가요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" msgstr "Odoo UPS API를 사용하려면 다음 사항이 필요합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" msgstr "UPS.com 사용자 ID 및 비밀번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" msgstr "UPS 계정 번호" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:11 msgid "An Access Key" msgstr "액세스 키" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" "An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the " "UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." msgstr "액세스 키는 UPS 개발자 키트 API의 개발 및 생산 서버에 대한 액세스 권한을 부여하는 16자 영숫자 코드로 구성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" msgstr "UPS 계정 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" "Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" " you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " "Service in order to to open an account." msgstr "" "미국에 거주하는 고객만 온라인으로 UPS 계정을 개설할 수 있습니다. 미국 이외의 지역에 거주하는 경우, 계정을 개설하려면 UPS 고객 " "서비스에 문의해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:23 msgid "" "You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " "`_" msgstr "" "UPS 계정 개설에 대한 추가 정보는 해당 웹사이트의 '온라인으로 UPS 계정을 개설하는 방법 " "`_'" " 페이지에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:27 msgid "" "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " "online profile by following these steps:" msgstr "아직 UPS 계정이 없는 경우, 다음 단계에 따라 온라인 프로필과 함께 계정을 만들 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "" "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" " click the **New User** link at the top of the page." msgstr "" "1. `www.ups.com `__에서 UPS.com 웹사이트에 접속하여 페이지 상단의 **신규 " "사용자** 링크를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:34 msgid "" "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " "complete the registration process." msgstr "2. **MyUPS에 등록하기** 버튼을 클릭하고 안내에 따라 등록 절차를 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:37 msgid "" "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " "follows:" msgstr "이미 UPS 계정이 있는 경우 다음과 같이 온라인 프로필에 추가할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" "Log in to the `UPS.com website `_) using your UPS.com " "User ID and Password." msgstr "" "UPS.com 사용자 ID와 비밀번호를 사용하여 'UPS.com 웹사이트 `_)에 로그인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "**내 UPS ** 탭을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "**계정 요약** 링크를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." msgstr "4. 페이지의 **UPS 계정 세부 정보** 섹션에서 **기존 UPS 계정 추가** 링크를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" " States.q" msgstr "" "5. **신규 계정 추가** 화면에서 **UPS 계좌 번호**, **계좌 이름**, **우편번호** 필드를 입력합니다. 국가는 미국으로 " "기본 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "**다음** 버튼을 클릭하여 계속 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "액세스 키 얻기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" msgstr "UPS 계정 번호가 사용자 프로필에 추가되면 다음 단계에 따라 UPS에 액세스 키를 요청할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " "`_" msgstr "" "'UPS 개발자 키트 웹 페이지 `_로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "사용자 ID와 비밀번호를 사용하여 UPS.com에 로그인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "**액세스 키 요청** 링크를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "연락처 정보 확인" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "**액세스 키 요청** 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " "contact." msgstr "웹페이지에서 **액세스 키**가 제공되며, 액세스 키가 포함된 이메일이 기본 연락처의 이메일 주소로 전송됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage.rst:5 msgid "Warehouses and storage" msgstr "창고 및 보관소" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "일괄 선별" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:7 msgid "" "*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " "reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" "*일괄 피킹*은 한 명의 피커가 여러 주문을 동시에 처리할 수 있도록 하므로 창고 내 같은 위치로 이동하는 데 필요한 시간을 효과적으로 " "단축합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:10 msgid "" "When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " "list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" " products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" "일괄 피킹 시 주문은 그룹화되어 피킹 목록으로 통합됩니다. 피킹이 완료되면 배치가 출고 위치로 이동하여 품목을 정리하고 지정된 배송 " "패키지로 분류합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" ":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" msgstr ":ref:`바코드 앱을 사용하여 피킹하기 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 msgid "" "Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " "this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " "often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" " the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." msgstr "" "이 피킹 방법은 피킹 후 출고 위치에서 품목을 분류해야 하므로 주문이 자주 발생하는 제품이 적은 비즈니스에 적합합니다. 수요가 많은 " "품목을 손이 닿기 쉬운 곳에 보관하면 주문 처리 횟수를 효율적으로 늘릴 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:24 msgid "" "To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " ":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." msgstr "" "일괄 피킹 옵션을 활성화하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. 그리고 " ":guilabel:`작업` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`일괄 전송` 상자를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "재고 관리 > 환경설정 > 설정에서 *일괄 이송*을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:32 msgid "" "Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " "the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " "settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "일괄 피킹은 Odoo에서 *피킹*작업을 최적화하므로 이 설정 페이지의 :guilabel:`창고` 섹션 아래의 :guilabel:`보관 " "위치` 및 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 옵션을 반드시 체크해야 합니다. 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" " > Settings." msgstr "재고 관리 > 환경설정 > 설정에서 *보관 위치* 및 *다중 단계 경로*를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:40 msgid "" "Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" " settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" "마지막으로 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 창고`를 통해 창고 설정 페이지에 액세스하여 창고 피킹 " "기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:43 msgid "" "From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " "options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " ":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." msgstr "" "목록에서 원하는 창고를 선택하고 :guilabel:`출고 배송` 아래에서 :guilabel:`상품을 출고 위치로 보낸 다음 배송 " "(2단계)` 또는 :guilabel:`상품을 포장하고 출고 위치로 보낸 다음 배송 (3단계)` 중 해당하는 라디오 버튼을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:131 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps `" msgstr ":ref:`2단계 배송 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:132 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps `" msgstr ":ref:`3단계 배송 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." msgstr "2단계 또는 3단계 배송을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "Create batch transfers" msgstr "일괄 이동 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:58 msgid "" "Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" "일괄 전송을 수동으로 생성하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 작업 --> 일괄 이동`으로 이동합니다. 여기에서 " ":guilabel:`신규` 버튼을 클릭하여 일괄 전송을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "일괄 이동 양식에서 다음 필드를 입력합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " "blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr ":guilabel:`담당자`: 피킹에 배정된 직원. 모든 작업자가 이 피킹을 수행할 수 있는 경우 이 필드는 비워둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " "type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr ":guilabel:`작업 유형`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 피킹이 분류되는 작업 유형을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " "location." msgstr ":guilabel:`예정 날짜`: :guilabel:`책임자`가 출고 위치로 이송을 완료해야 하는 날짜를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:70 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " "open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" "다음으로 :guilabel:`이송` 목록에서 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 클릭하여 :guilabel:`추가: 이송` 창을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:73 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " "transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`작업 유형` 필드가 채워진 경우 목록에서 선택한 :guilabel:`작업 유형`과 일치하는 전송 레코드를 " "필터링합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." msgstr "새 이송을 생성하려면 :guilabel:`신규` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:78 msgid "" "Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" " the batch picking." msgstr "이송 레코드가 선택되면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 일괄 피킹을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:81 msgid "" "A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," " for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " "is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" "`피킹` :guilabel:`작업 유형`에 대한 새 일괄 이송이 :guilabel:`담당자`, `조엘 윌리스`로 지정되었습니다. " ":guilabel:`예정 날짜`는 `8월 11일`로 설정되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "*일괄 이동* 양식 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " ":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " "the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`항목 추가` 버튼을 클릭하면 선택 항목만 표시되는 :guilabel:`추가:이송` 창이 열립니다. 이는 일괄 이송 " "양식에서 :guilabel:`작업 유형`이 `선택`으로 설정되었기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:92 msgid "" "Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " "`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" "`WH/PICK/00001` 및 `WH/PICK/00002`라고 표시된 이동 옆의 확인란을 선택하여 새 이동에 포함시킵니다. 그런 다음 " ":guilabel:`선택` 버튼을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`추가:전송` 창을 닫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." msgstr "*Add:이송* 창에서 여러 개의 이송을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "이동 목록에서 배치 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:103 msgid "" "Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " ":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" " of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" "목록 내에서 :guilabel:`일괄 추가` 옵션을 사용하여 일괄 이동을 만들 수 있습니다. 시작하려면 :menuselection:`재고" " 관리 앱 --> 작업` 드롭다운 메뉴로 이동하여 :guilabel:`전송` 중 하나를 선택하고 필터링된 이동의 필터링한 목록을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" "Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" "Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "모든 이동 유형을 드롭다운 메뉴에 표시합니다: 입고, 배송, 내부 이동, 제조, 일괄 이동 및 직배송." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:112 msgid "" "On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " "transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " "(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" "이동 목록에서 선택한 전송 옆의 확인란을 선택하여 배치에 포함시킵니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`작업 ⚙️ (기어)` 버튼에 " "액세스하고 표시되는 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`배치에 추가`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "*작업* 버튼 목록에서 *배치에 추가* 버튼을 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:151 msgid "" "Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " "employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." msgstr "" "이 작업을 수행하면 :guilabel:`배치에 추가` 팝업 창이 열리며, 여기서 피킹을 담당할 :guilabel:`책임자`를 지정할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:123 msgid "" "Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " "transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`기존 일괄 전송`에 추가하거나 :guilabel:`새 일괄 전송`을 생성하는 두 가지 라디오 옵션 중 하나를 " "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:126 msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "초안으로 시작하려면 :guilabel:`초안` 확인란을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:160 msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 절차를 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." msgstr "일괄 전송을 생성하려면 *일괄 추가* 창을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:135 msgid "Process batch transfer" msgstr "일괄 이동 프로세스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:137 msgid "" "Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " "--> Batch Transfers` page." msgstr ":menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 작업 --> 일괄 전송` 페이지에서 일괄 전송을 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:140 msgid "" "From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " "transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" " the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." msgstr "" "여기에서 목록에서 전송할 제품을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 일괄 전송 양식의 :guilabel:`완료` 탭에서 각 제품에 대해 " ":guilabel:`세부 작업` 수량을 입력합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`승인`을 선택하여 피킹을 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:145 msgid "" "Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " "button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " "button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " "are currently *not* available in-stock." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`승인` 버튼이 보라색으로 강조 표시되면 일괄 전송이 완료된 것인지 확인합니다. 대신 :guilabel:`재고 확인` " "버튼이 강조 표시되면 배치에 현재 재고가 없는 품목이 있다는 뜻입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:152 msgid "" "In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " "`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " "product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " "column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" " quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." msgstr "" "`WH/PICK/00001` 및 `WH/PICK/00002`의 제품을 일괄 전송하는 경우 :guilabel:`세부 작업` 탭에 `문 있는" " 캐비닛` 제품이 피킹된 것으로 표시되는 이유는 :guilabel:`완료` 열이 :guilabel:`예약` 열의 값과 일치하기 " "때문입니다. 그러나 다른 제품인 `케이블 관리 상자`에 대해서는 수량이 `0.00`으로 선택되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "" "Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " "Operations* tab." msgstr "*세부 작업* 탭에서 두 피킹의 제품 일괄 전송을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:161 msgid "" "Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "tab." msgstr ":guilabel:`세부 작업` 탭에는 재고가 있는 제품만 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:163 msgid "" "To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." " On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" " for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" " fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " "products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." msgstr "" "전체 제품 목록을 보려면 :guilabel:`작업` 탭으로 전환합니다. 이 목록에서 :guilabel:`수요` 열은 주문에 필요한 수량을" " 나타냅니다. guilabel:`예약` 열에는 주문 처리에 사용할 수 있는 재고가 표시됩니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`완료` 열은" " 피킹이 완료되어 다음 단계로 넘어갈 준비가 된 제품을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:169 msgid "" "The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " "`, is only visible in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " "quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." msgstr "" "위의 :ref:`예시 `와 동일한 배치의 `데스크 " "패드` 제품은 배치 피킹을 이행할 수 있는 재고의 :guilabel:`예약된` 수량이 없기 때문에 :guilabel:`작업` 탭에만 " "표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:173 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " "for available products." msgstr ":guilabel:`재고 확인` 버튼을 클릭하여 재고가 있는 제품을 다시 검색합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." msgstr "*작업* 탭에 사용할 수 없는 예약 수량을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:180 msgid "Create backorder" msgstr "잔여주문 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:182 msgid "" "On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " "is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." msgstr "" "일괄 전송 양식에서 제품의 :guilabel:`완료` 수량이 :guilabel:`예약` 수량보다 *적은* 경우 팝업 창이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:185 msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." msgstr "이 팝업 창에는 다음과 같은 옵션이 표시됩니다: :guilabel:`이월 주문 생성`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:187 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" " batch transfer, containing the remaining products." msgstr ":guilabel:`이월 주문 생성` 버튼을 클릭하면 남은 제품이 포함된 새 일괄 전송이 자동으로 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:190 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " "another batch picking." msgstr "다른 일괄 피킹을 생성하지 않고 피킹을 완료하려면 :guilabel:`이월 주문 없음`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:192 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " "transfer form." msgstr ":guilabel:`폐기`를 클릭하여 승인을 취소하고 일괄 전송 양식으로 돌아갑니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." msgstr "*이월 주문 생성* 팝업이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:201 msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" msgstr "일괄 이동 처리: 바코드 앱" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:203 msgid "" "Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," " accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." msgstr "" "생성된 일괄 이동은 :menuselection:`바코드` 앱에도 나열되며, :guilabel:`일괄 이동` 버튼을 선택하여 액세스할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:206 msgid "" "By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " "Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " "the detailed list of products for the picking." msgstr "" "확인된 배치 피킹은 기본적으로 :guilabel:`배치 전송` 페이지에 표시됩니다. 이 페이지에서 원하는 일괄 이동을 클릭하면 피킹할 " "제품의 세부 목록이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." msgstr "*바코드* 앱에서 일괄 이동을 To-Do 리스트에 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:213 msgid "" "For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " "page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " "record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " "the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " "picking." msgstr "" "선택한 일괄 이동의 경우 페이지 상단의 검은색 배경에 있는 지침을 따릅니다. 먼저 제품 바코드를 스캔하여 피킹할 단일 제품을 기록합니다." " 여러 수량을 입력하려면 :guilabel:`✏️ (연필)` 아이콘을 클릭하고 피킹에 필요한 수량을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:219 msgid "" "Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " "Completed pickings are highlighted in green." msgstr "동일한 주문의 제품은 왼쪽에 같은 색상으로 표시됩니다. 완료된 피킹은 녹색으로 강조 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:223 msgid "" "In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " "and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " "that the last two product pickings are complete." msgstr "" "`문 달린 캐비닛` 2개, `사무실용 파티션` 3개, `4인용 책상` 4개에 대한 일괄 이동에서 `3/3` 및 `4/4` " ":guilabel:`단위`는 마지막 두 제품의 피킹이 완료되었음을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:227 msgid "" "`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " "scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " "to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " ":ref:`product tracking `." msgstr "" "'문이 있는 캐비닛'의 `1/2` 단위가 이미 선택되었고, 두 번째 캐비닛의 제품 바코드를 스캔한 후 Odoo는 사용자에게 `일련 번호 " "스캔` 메시지를 표시하여 :ref:`품목 추적 `에 대한 고유 일련 " "번호를 기록합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." msgstr "바코드 보기에서 선택할 제품을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:235 msgid "" "Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " "mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "모든 제품을 선택했으면 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 일괄 전송을 :guilabel:`완료`로 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:3 msgid "Cluster picking" msgstr "클러스터 피킼ㅇ" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:10 msgid "" "Cluster picking is an advanced order fulfillment approach derived from " ":ref:`batch picking `." msgstr "" "클러스터 피킹은 :ref:`배치 피킹 `에서 파생된 고급 주문 처리 방식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:13 msgid "" "In this strategy, pickers load a cart with multiple packages, each " "designated for a specific *sales order* (SO). Then, the picker travels to " "each storage location, and places the products directly in the package of " "the associated order." msgstr "" "이 전략에서는 피커가 여러 패키지를 카트에 적재하고 각 패키지를 특정 *판매 주문* (SO)에 할당합니다. 그 후 피커는 각 보관 위치로" " 이동하여 관련 주문에 해당하는 패키지에 제품을 직접 배치합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:17 msgid "" "This method is most efficient for medium-sized companies, with high order " "volumes, and relatively few unique products, since the method eliminates the" " need for sorting products into packages for customers after picking." msgstr "" "이 방법은 피킹 후 제품을 고객용 패키지로 분류할 필요가 없으므로 주문량이 많고 고유 제품 수가 상대적으로 적은 중간 규모 기업에 특히 " "효율적입니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:21 msgid "" "However, cluster picking does have some disadvantages. For instance, urgent " "orders cannot be prioritized, and optimized batches must be manually created" " beforehand. As a result, the picking process can lead to bottlenecks." msgstr "" "클러스터 피킹에는 몇 가지 단점이 있습니다. 긴급한 주문에 대해 우선순위를 지정할 수 없으며, 배치를 수동으로 미리 계획해야 하므로 피킹" " 프로세스 중에 병목 현상이 발생할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:28 msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and orange" msgstr "|판매주문서| 1은 사과와 오렌지 1개가 필요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:29 msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and banana" msgstr "|판매주문서| 2는 사과와 바나나 1개가 필요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:30 msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, orange, and banana" msgstr "|판매주문서| 3은 사과와 오렌지, 바나나 1개가 필요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:32 msgid "" "Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C." msgstr "사과는 선반 A에, 오렌지는 선반 B에, 바나나는 선반 C에 보관합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:34 msgid "" "To pick products for three orders at once, the cart is loaded with three " "empty packages." msgstr "한 번에 세 건의 주문에 대한 제품을 피킹하기 위해 카트에는 빈 패키지 세 개가 적재됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:36 msgid "" "Starting at Shelf A, the picker places apples into each package. Next, the " "picker navigates to Shelf B, and places oranges in the packages designated " "for |SO| 1 and |SO| 3. Finally, the picker pushes the cart to Shelf C, and " "loads packages for |SO| 2 and |SO| 3 with a banana, each." msgstr "" "피커는 선반 A에서 시작하여 각 패키지에 사과를 포장합니다. 그런 다음 선반 B로 이동하여 |판매주문서| 1과 |판매주문서| 3에 할당된" " 패키지에 오렌지를 추가합니다. 마지막으로 피커는 선반 C로 이동하여 |판매주문서| 2와 |판매주문서| 3의 패키지에 각각 바나나를 " "적재합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:40 msgid "" "With the packages for all three |SOS| packed, the picker pushes the cart to " "the output location, where the packages are sealed and prepared for " "shipment." msgstr "" "세 개의 |SOS|에 대한 패키지가 모두 포장되면 피커는 카트를 지정된 출고 위치로 이동합니다. 출고 위치에서 패키지는 밀봉되고 배송 " "준비가 완료됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Show example of fulfilling sales orders 2 and 3 at once." msgstr "판매 주문 2와 3을 한 번에 처리하는 예시를 보여줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:50 msgid "" "To enable cluster picking, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` " "heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` and :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` " "options." msgstr "" "클러스터 선택을 활성화하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. " ":guilabel:`작업` 섹션 아래의 :guilabel:`패키지` 및 :guilabel:`일괄 이송` 옵션을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "Activate *Packages* and *Batch Transfers* features in the settings." msgstr "설정에서 *패키지* 및 *일괄 이송* 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:58 msgid "" "Since batch picking is used to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options, " "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on this " "settings page." msgstr "" "일괄 피킹은 Odoo에서 *피킹*작업을 최적화하므로 이 설정 페이지의 :guilabel:`창고` 섹션 아래의 :guilabel:`보관 " "위치` 및 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 옵션을 반드시 체크해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:62 msgid "" "*Storage locations* allow products to be stored in specific locations they " "can be picked from, while *multi-step routes* enable the picking operation " "itself." msgstr "" "*보관 위치*를 사용하면 피킹할 수 있는 특정 위치에 품목을 보관할 수 있으며, *다중 단계 경로*를 사용하면 피킹 작업을 수행할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:65 msgid "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "완료 후 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:74 msgid "Packages setup" msgstr "패키지 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:76 msgid "" "After the :guilabel:`Packages` feature is enabled, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`, and click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to create a new package." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`패키지` 기능이 활성화되면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 패키지`로 이동한 후 " ":guilabel:`신규` 버튼을 선택하여 새 패키지를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:79 msgid "" "On the new package form, the :guilabel:`Package Reference` is pre-filled " "with the next available `PACK` number in the system. :guilabel:`Pack Date` " "is automatically set to the creation date of the form." msgstr "" "새 패키지 양식에서 :guilabel:`패키지 참조`는 시스템 내에서 다음으로 접근 가능한 `포장` 번호로 채워집니다. " ":guilabel:`포장 날짜`는 양식의 생성 날짜와 일치하도록 자동으로 구성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:83 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Package Use` field, the :guilabel:`Disposable Box` option" " should be selected if the package is used for a shipping. Alternatively, " "the :guilabel:`Reusable Box` option should be selected if the package is " "simply used as a method of grouping products from the same |SO| together " "before they are moved to the intended shipping box at the output location." msgstr "" "패키지가 배송 목적으로 사용되는 경우 :guilabel:`패키지 용도` 필드에 대해 :guilabel:`일회용 상자` 옵션을 선택해야 " "합니다. 패키지가 동일한 |판매주문서|의 품목을 그룹화하는 데만 사용되며 나중에 출고 위치의 지정된 배송 상자로 옮겨질 경우 " ":guilabel:`재사용 가능한 상자` 옵션을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:89 msgid ":ref:`Packages `" msgstr ":ref:`패키지 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:92 msgid "" "A package intended for cluster picking is named `CLUSTER-PACK-3` for easy " "identification. For this workflow, the products are directly packed using " "their intended shipping boxes, so :guilabel:`Package Use` is set to " ":guilabel:`Disposable Box`." msgstr "" "클러스터 피킹 워크플로에서는 패키지를 쉽게 식별할 수 있도록 `CLUSTER-PACK-3`로 이름을 지정합니다. 이 워크플로에서는 제품이" " 원래의 배송 상자를 사용하여 직접 포장되므로 :guilabel:`패키지 용도`는 :guilabel:`일회용 상자`로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Create new package form." msgstr "신규 패키지 양식 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:101 msgid "Create cluster batch" msgstr "클러스터 배치 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:103 msgid "" "To see how cluster picking works in Odoo, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and create |SOS| that will be fulfilled together" " in the same batch. After confirming an |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart" " button becomes visible. Displayed inside the icon is a number representing " "the amount of steps in the outgoing shipment process." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 클러스터 피킹이 어떻게 작동하는지 확인하려면 :menuselection:`판매` 앱으로 이동하여 동일한 배치에서 함께 주문 " "처리할 |판매주문서|를 생성합니다. |판매주문서|를 확인하면 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼이 표시되는 것을 확인할 수 있습니다." " 버튼 아이콘 안에는 배송 프로세스와 관련된 단계 수를 나타내는 숫자가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:109 msgid "" "Begin by creating three |SOS| for the apples, oranges, and bananas, as shown" " in the :ref:`example above `." msgstr "" "위의 `에 표시된 것처럼 사과, 오렌지, 바나나에 대한 세 개의 " "|판매주문서|를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:112 msgid "" "After confirming the |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button displays " "the number `2`, indicating there are two operations to complete: `Pick` and " "`Delivery`." msgstr "" "|판매주문|을 확인하면 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼에 숫자 `2`가 표시되어 다음의 두 가지 작업을 완료해야 함을 나타냅니다:" " `Pick` 및 `배송`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example sales order for an apple, orange, and banana." msgstr "사과, 오렌지, 바나나에 대한 판매 주문 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:119 msgid "" "With the |SOS| created, orders now must be grouped into batches. To do so, " "navigate to the *Inventory* dashboard and select the operation type card, " ":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` or :guilabel:`Pick` (whichever is the first " "operation in the delivery flow)." msgstr "" "|판매주문|이 생성되었으면 다음 단계는 주문을 일괄 처리로 그룹화하는 것입니다. 이렇게 하려면 *재고 관리* 대시보드로 이동하여 배송 " "흐름의 첫 번째 작업인 :guilabel:`배송 주문` 또는 :guilabel:`피킹`을 위한 카드를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:123 msgid "" "Doing so displays a filtered list of outgoing operations with the " ":guilabel:`Ready` status, indicating that all the products in the |SO| are " "in stock." msgstr "" "이렇게 하면 배송 작업의 필터링된 목록이 :guilabel:`준비` 상태로 표시되며, 이 상태는 |판매주문|의 모든 제품이 재고가 있음을" " 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:127 msgid "" "Cluster pick batches can be created for outgoing shipments in one, two, or " "three steps." msgstr "1단계, 2단계 또는 3단계로 배송 패키지에 대한 클러스터 피킹 배치를 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:130 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in one step `" msgstr ":ref:`1단계 배송 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:134 msgid "" "Click the checkbox to the left of the corresponding outgoing operation to " "add them to the batch. With the desired pickings selected, click the " ":guilabel:`⚙️ Actions (gear)` button, and select the :guilabel:`Add to " "batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" "관련 발신 작업의 왼쪽에 있는 확인란을 선택하여 배치에 포함시킵니다. 원하는 작업을 선택했으면 :guilabel:`⚙️ 작업(기어)` " "버튼을 클릭하고 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`배치에 추가` 옵션을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:139 msgid "" "To create a cluster batch, as shown in the :ref:`example above " "`, in a warehouse configured with " "two-step outgoing shipments, the following pick operations are selected:" msgstr "" ":ref:`위의 예시 `와 유사하게 클러스터 배치를 생성하려면 " "2단계 출고로 구성된 창고에서 다음 피킹 작업이 선택됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:143 msgid "`WH/PICK/00007`: linked to |SO| 88 for one apple and orange." msgstr "`WH/PICK/00007`: 사과와 오렌지 한 개를 |판매주문서| 88로 연결합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:144 msgid "`WH/PICK/00008`: linked to |SO| 89 for one apple and banana." msgstr "`WH/PICK/00008`: 사과와 바나나 한 개를 |판매주문서| 89에 연결합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:145 msgid "`WH/PICK/00009`: linked to |SO| 90 for one apple, orange, and banana." msgstr "`WH/PICK/00009`: 사과, 오렌지, 바나나 1개를 |판매주문서| 90에 연결합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:154 msgid "" "Choose from the two options in the :guilabel:`Add to` field to either: add " "to :guilabel:`an existing batch transfer`, or create :guilabel:`a new batch " "transfer`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`추가` 필드에 있는 두 가지 옵션 중 하나를 선택하여 :guilabel:`기존 일괄 이송`에 추가하거나 " ":guilabel:`새 일괄 이송`을 만듭니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:157 msgid "" "To create draft batch pickings to be confirmed at a later date, select the " ":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "나중에 승인할 초안 일괄 피킹 항목을 만들려면 :guilabel:`초안` 확인란을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:167 msgid "Process batches" msgstr "일괄 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:169 msgid "" "To process batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations" " --> Batch Transfers`. Click on a batch to select it." msgstr "" "일괄 처리를 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 작업 --> 일괄 이송`으로 이동합니다. 배치를 클릭하여 " "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:172 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, products that are to be picked " "are grouped by location." msgstr ":guilabel:`세부 작업` 탭에 선택하려는 제품이 위치별로 그룹화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:174 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Source Package` or :guilabel:`Destination Package` " "field, enter the package used for the picking." msgstr ":guilabel:`원 패키지` 또는 :guilabel:`목적지 패키지` 필드에 피킹에 사용된 패키지를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:178 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Source Package` field when the picking package is " "configured as *reusable* on the :ref:`package form `. This means the products are temporarily placed in a container " "during picking, before getting transferred to their final shipping box." msgstr "" ":ref:`패키지 양식 `에서 피킹 패키지가 *재사용 가능*으로 설정된 경우 " ":guilabel:`원 패키지` 필드를 사용합니다. 이 필드는 제품을 최종 배송 상자로 옮기기 전에 피킹 프로세스 중에 컨테이너에 임시로" " 보관할 때 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:182 msgid "" "Alternatively, use the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field when the " "product is directly placed in its *disposable* shipping box during picking." msgstr "피킹 중에 제품을 *일회용* 배송 상자에 직접 넣는 경우에는 :guilabel:`목적지 패키지` 필드를 사용해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:186 msgid "" "Process the cluster batch for the three orders of apples, oranges, and " "bananas :ref:`example ` by assigning" " each picking to a dedicated package." msgstr "" "각 피킹을 전용 패키지에 할당하여 사과, 오렌지, 바나나 세 가지 주문에 대한 클러스터 배치 :ref:`예시 " "`를 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:189 msgid "" "At the storage location for apples, `WH/Stock/Shelf A`, assign the apples in" " all three pickings to one of the three disposable packages, `CLUSTER-" "PACK-1`, `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`." msgstr "" "사과의 보관 위치가 `WH/Stock/선반 A`인 경우, 세 번의 피킹에서 나온 사과를 `CLUSTER-PACK-1`, `CLUSTER-" "PACK-2`, `CLUSTER-PACK-3` 중 하나에 할당할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:192 msgid "" "Record this in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab." msgstr ":guilabel:`세부 작업` 탭의 :guilabel:`대상 패키지` 필드를 사용하여 Odoo에 기록합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example of processing cluster pickings in *Inventory*." msgstr "*재고 관리*에서 클러스터 피킹을 처리하는 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:200 msgid "In Barcode" msgstr "바코드에서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:202 msgid "" "To process cluster pickings directly from the *Barcode* app, select the " ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button from the *Barcode* dashboard. Then, " "select the desired batch." msgstr "" "*바코드* 앱에서 직접 클러스터 피킹을 처리하려면 *바코드* 대시보드에서 :guilabel:`일괄 이송` 버튼을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 " "원하는 배치를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:205 msgid "" "On the batch transfer screen, the products in the picking are grouped by " "location, and each line is color-coded to associate products in the same " "picking together." msgstr "" "일괄 이송 화면에서 피킹에 포함된 제품은 위치별로 그룹화되며, 각 라인은 색상으로 구분되어 동일한 피킹에 포함된 제품을 서로 연결합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:208 msgid "" "Then, follow the prompt to :guilabel:`Scan the source location` barcode for " "the storage location of the first product. Then, scan the barcode for the " "product and package to process the transfer." msgstr "" "그런 다음 안내에 따라 첫 번째 제품의 보관 위치에 해당하는 :guilabel:`원본 위치 스캔` 바코드를 입력합니다. 그런 다음 제품 " "및 패키지의 바코드를 스캔하여 이송 프로세스를 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:211 msgid "" "Repeat this for all products, and click the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "모든 품목에 대해 이 프로세스를 반복하고 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:214 msgid "" "To find the package barcode, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Packages`, select the desired package, click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " "(gear)` icon at the top of the package form, and select the " ":guilabel:`Print` option." msgstr "" "패키지 바코드를 찾으려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 패키지`로 이동한 다음 원하는 패키지를 " "선택합니다. 패키지 양식 상단의 :guilabel:`⚙️ (기어)` 아이콘을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`인쇄` 옵션을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:218 msgid "" "Next, select one of the three print options to generate the package barcode " "from the :guilabel:`Package Reference` field." msgstr "그런 다음 세 가지 인쇄 옵션 중 하나를 선택하고 :guilabel:`패키지 참조` 필드에서 패키지 바코드를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Display where the package barcode can be generated." msgstr "패키지 바코드를 생성할 수 있는 위치를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:226 msgid "" "Begin processing the cluster picking by going to the first storage location," " `Shelf A`, and scanning the :ref:`location barcode " "`. Doing so highlights all the pickings that need " "products from this particular location." msgstr "" "클러스터 피킹 처리를 시작하려면 먼저 첫 번째 보관 위치인 `선반 A`로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 바코드 스캐너를 사용하여 :ref:`위치" " 바코드 `를 스캔합니다. 이 작업은 해당 특정 위치의 제품이 필요한 모든 피킹을 강조 " "표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:230 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for the apple, which highlights the picking (labeled in " "red) for the product `Apple`, for the picking, `WH/PICK/00007`." msgstr "" "`사과`의 바코드를 스캔합니다. 이 작업은 피킹 (빨간색으로 표시됨)을 강조 표시하며, `WH/PICK/00007`인 사과 품목에 대한 " "피킹입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:233 msgid "" "Then, scan the `CLUSTER-PACK-1` package barcode, and place the product in " "the designated package." msgstr "그런 다음 `CLUSTER-PACK-1` 패키지 바코드를 스캔하여 지정된 패키지에 제품을 넣습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example of cluster batch from the *Barcode* app." msgstr "*바코드* 앱에서 클러스터 배치의 예입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:240 msgid "" "After creating a batch transfer and assigning a package to a picking, Odoo " "suggests the specified package by displaying the name *in italics* under the" " product name, ensuring pickers place products into the correct boxes." msgstr "" "일괄 이송을 생성하고 피킹에 패키지를 할당할 때 Odoo는 제품 이름 아래에 *기울임체*로 이름을 표시하여 지정된 패키지를 추천합니다. " "이렇게 하면 피킹 담당자가 지정된 상자에 제품을 정확하게 넣을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" msgstr "창고에서 크로스도킹 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" "Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " "to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" " unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " "another truck." msgstr "" "크로스 도킹을 사용하면 입고된 제품이 창고에 들어가지 않고 고객에게 바로 배송됩니다. 화물차는 *크로스 도킹* 구역에 제품을 하역하고 " "다른 화물차에 적재하기만 하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:13 msgid "" "For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" " is cross-docking and is it for me? `_" msgstr "" "창고 정리 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 블로그 '크로스 도킹이란 무엇이며 어떤 비즈니스에 적합한가요?'를 참조하세요. " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:20 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "*재고 관리* 앱에서 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 설정`을 열고 *다중 단계 경로*를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:27 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "이렇게 하면 *보관 위치* 기능도 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " "with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" "이제 *입고*와 *출고*가 모두 2단계로 작동하도록 구성되어야 합니다. 설정을 구성하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> " "환경설정 --> 창고`로 이동하여 창고를 편집합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " "can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" "이 변경은 *크로스 도킹* 경로를 생성하며, :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 경로`에서 확인할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:43 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "크로스 도킹 경로로 제품 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:45 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " "purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " "for it." msgstr "" "*크로스 도킹 경로*를 사용하는 제품을 생성한 다음 재고 탭에서 *구매* 및 *크로스 도킹* 경로를 선택합니다. 이제 구매 탭에서 제품을" " 구매할 공급업체를 지정하고 가격을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:55 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " "The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " "Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " "area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " "your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" "그런 다음 제품에 대한 판매 주문을 생성하고 확인합니다. Odoo는 판매 주문에 연결된 두 개의 이동을 자동으로 생성합니다. 첫 번째는 " "*입고 위치*에서 *출고 위치*로의 전송이며, 이는 *크로스 도킹* 구역에서 제품을 이동하는 것에 해당합니다. 두 번째는 *출고 " "위치*에서 *고객 위치*로의 배송입니다. 아직 공급업체에서 제품을 주문해야 하므로 두 가지 모두 *다른 작업 대기 중* 상태로 " "표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" "이제 *매입* 앱으로 이동합니다. 여기에서는 시스템에서 자동으로 진행된 구매발주서를 확인하실 수 있습니다. 확인 후 *수령 장소*에서 " "상품을 수령합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:77 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "공급자로부터 품목을 수령하면 초기 판매 주문으로 돌아가 *입고*에서 *출고* 위치로의 내부 이동을 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:86 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "이제 배송 주문을 처리 및 승인할 준비가 완료되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" msgstr "순환 계산" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" "For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " "This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" " scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" " of the current year." msgstr "" "대부분의 기업에서 창고 재고는 1년에 한 번만 계산합니다. 따라서 Odoo에서 *재고 조사*를 수행한 후에는 기본적으로 현재 연도의 " "12월 31일이 다음 재고 조사 일자로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" "However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " "count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " "stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " "their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " "physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" "하지만 일부 비즈니스의 경우, 항상 정확한 재고 수준을 파악하는 것이 중요합니다. 이러한 기업들은 재고 수준을 정확하게 유지하기 위해 " "*주기 계산*을 사용합니다. 주기 계산은 기업이 특정 *위치*에서 재고를 더 자주 계산하여 실제 재고 수와 시스템 상의 재고 기록이 " "일치하는지 확인하는 방법입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:15 msgid "Activate storage locations" msgstr "보관 위치 활성화" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" "In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" " feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 주기 계산는 위치 기반으로 작동합니다. 따라서 주기 계산을 수행하려면 먼저 *보관 위치* 기능을 활성화해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:20 msgid "" "To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " "Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" "이 기능을 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동한 다음 " ":guilabel:`창고` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 옆의 체크박스를 클릭합니다. " "마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 눌러 모든 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "재고 관리 설정에서 보관 위치 설정을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:29 msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "위치별 재고 수 계산 주기 변경" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" "Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " "frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." msgstr "이제 보관 위치 설정이 활성화되었으므로 창고에 생성된 특정 위치에 대해 재고 계산 빈도를 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:34 msgid "" "To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " "containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." msgstr "" "창고 위치를 보고 편집하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 위치`로 이동합니다. 그러면 창고에 현재 " "생성되어 나열된 모든 위치가 포함된 :guilabel:`위치` 페이지가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:38 msgid "" "From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " "configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " "location settings." msgstr "" "이 페이지에서 위치를 클릭하면 해당 위치와 관련된 설정 및 구성 페이지가 열립니다. 위치 설정을 수정하려면 :guilabel:`편집`을 " "선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:41 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" " this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " "value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`정기 재고 조사` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`재고 주기 (일수)` 필드를 확인합니다. (이 위치를 이전에 편집하지 " "않은 경우 '0'으로 설정해야 합니다.) 이 필드의 값을 원하는 일수로 조정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Location frequency setting on location." msgstr "위치에서 위치 빈도 설정." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:50 msgid "" "A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." msgstr "" "30일마다 재고 계산이 필요한 위치의 경우 :guilabel:`재고 주기 (일수)` 값이 `30`으로 설정되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:53 msgid "" "Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " "applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " "set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " "(Days)` field." msgstr "" "원하는 일수로 재고 주기를 수정한 후 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 적용합니다. 이후 이 위치에 대한 재고 조정이 " "구현되면 시스템은 :guilabel:`재고 주기 (일수)` 필드에 입력된 값을 고려하여 다음 예약된 재고 조사 날짜를 자동으로 " "설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:59 msgid "Count inventory by location" msgstr "위치별 재고 계산" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:61 msgid "" "To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " "This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " "products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." msgstr "" "특정 창고 위치에 대한 주기 계산을 수행하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 운영 --> 재고 조정`으로 이동합니다." " 그러면 현재 재고가 있는 모든 제품이 각 제품마다 고유한 줄에 나열되어 있는 :guilabel:`재고 조정` 페이지가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:66 msgid "" "From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" " the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " "select specific locations and perform inventory counts." msgstr "" "이 페이지 상단의 :guilabel:`검색...` 표시줄 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`필터` 및 :guilabel:`그룹별 기준` " "버튼을 사용하여 특정 위치를 지정하고 재고 조사를 시행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Inventory adjustments page." msgstr "재고 조정 페이지." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:74 msgid "" "To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " "click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " "reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." msgstr "" "특정 위치를 선택하고 해당 위치 내의 모든 제품을 보려면 :guilabel:`그룹별 기준`을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`사용자 지정" " 그룹 추가`를 클릭하면 오른쪽에 새 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:77 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " ":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " "location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " "be performed for all products in that location." msgstr "" "드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`위치`를 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭합니다. 이제 페이지에 재고가 있는 창고 내 " "각 위치에 대한 압축된 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시되며, 특정 위치 내의 모든 제품에 대해 재고 조사를 실행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:82 msgid "" "In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " "it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " "from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." " Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." msgstr "" "여러 위치에 많은 제품이 있는 대형 창고에서는 원하는 위치를 검색하는 것이 더 편리할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하려면 " ":guilabel:`재고 조정` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`필터`를 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`사용자 지정 필터 " "추가`를 클릭하면 오른쪽에 새 메뉴가 표시됩니다. 이 메뉴를 클릭하면 세 개의 드롭다운이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:87 msgid "" "For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" "down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " "the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " "for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." msgstr "" "첫 번째 필드의 경우 드롭다운에서 :guilabel:`위치`를 클릭하고 선택합니다. 두 번째 필드에 대해 :guilabel:`포함` 값을" " 유지합니다. 세 번째 필드에 찾고자 하는 위치의 이름을 입력합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭하여 페이지에 해당 " "위치가 표시되도록 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "재고 조정 페이지에서 필터 및 그룹 기준 적용." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:97 msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" msgstr "전체 재고 조사 주기 변경" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:99 msgid "" "While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " "for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " "be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." msgstr "" "주기 계산은 일반적으로 위치별로 수행되지만, 창고에 있는 모든 재고의 전체 재고 카운트 예정일을 수동으로 변경하여 예약 날짜를 처음에 " "나열된 날짜보다 더 빠른 시간으로 앞당길 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:103 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " "field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " "by default." msgstr "" "기본 예약 날짜를 변경하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. " ":guilabel:`작업` 섹션에서 기본적으로 `31` :guilabel:`12월`로 설정된 드롭다운이 있는 :guilabel:`연간 " "재고 요일 및 월` 설정 필드를 찾습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." msgstr "재고 관리 앱 설정의 주기 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:112 msgid "" "To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " "`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "요일을 조정하려면 `31`을 선택하고 원하는 연도 월에 따라 `1-31` 범위 내의 날짜로 수정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:196 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "" "그런 다음 월을 수정하려면 :guilabel:`12월`을 클릭하여 드롭다운 메뉴를 표시한 다음 옵션에서 원하는 월을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "설정이 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 모든 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`../inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr ":doc:`../inventory_management/count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" msgstr "위탁: 재고를 소유하지 않고 재고를 사고 파는 행위" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either " "purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers " "will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's " "warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called " "*consignment*." msgstr "" "일반적으로 회사 창고에 보관되는 제품은 공급업체로부터 구입하거나 자체적으로 생산합니다. 간혹 공급업체가 제품을 미리 구매하지 않아도 회사" " 창고에 제품을 보관하고 판매할 수 있도록 허용하는 경우가 있는데, 이를 *위탁*이라고 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:10 msgid "" "Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and " "easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company " "storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their " "efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing " "products they don't actually own." msgstr "" "위탁은 공급업체가 새로운 제품을 출시하고 고객에게 편리하게 배송할 수 있는 유용한 방식입니다. 동시에 제품을 보관하는 회사 " "(수탁자)에게는 노력에 대한 수익을 얻을 수 있는 기회를 제공합니다. 수탁업체는 자신이 직접 소유하지 않은 제품을 편리하게 보관하는 것에" " 대해 수수료를 부과할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:16 msgid "Enable the consignment setting" msgstr "위탁 설정 활성화" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:18 msgid "" "To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be " "enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section," " check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" "위탁 재고를 수령, 보관 및 판매하려면 설정에서 해당 기능을 활성화해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 " "--> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`추적성` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`위탁` 옆의 확인란을 선택한 다음" " :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration." msgstr "재고 관리 환경설정에서 위탁을 사용하도록 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock" msgstr "위탁 재고 입고 (및 보관)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" "With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into" " a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into" " the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 이 기능을 활성화하면 이제 위탁 재고를 창고로 입고할 수 있습니다. 기본 :menuselection:`재고 관리` 대시보드로" " 이동하여 :guilabel:`입고` 섹션에 액세스한 다음 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:35 msgid "" "Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply " "received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase " "orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of " "consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts." msgstr "" "위탁 재고는 실제로 공급업체로부터 구매하는 것이 아니라 단순히 수령하여 보관하는 것입니다. 따라서 위탁 재고를 입고하는 과정에는 견적서나" " 구매 주문서가 포함되지 않습니다. *모든* 위탁 재고는 입고될 때마다 수동 입고 생성으로 시작됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:39 msgid "" "Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then " "choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field." msgstr "" "공급업체를 선택하여 :guilabel:`출고 업체` 필드에 입력한 다음, 동일한 공급업체를 선택하여 :guilabel:`소유자 배정` " "필드에 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:43 msgid "" "Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same " "vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields " "must match." msgstr "" "공급업체로부터 받은 제품은 동일한 공급업체가 소유하게 되므로 :guilabel:`출고업체` 및 :guilabel:`소유자 배정` 필드의 " "값은 반드시 동일해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:46 msgid "" "Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the " "warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of " "Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be " "changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, " ":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt." msgstr "" "공급업체 관련 필드가 설정되면 :guilabel:`품목t` 줄에 제품을 입력하고 :guilabel:`완료` 열 아래에 창고에 입고할 " "수량을 설정합니다. :guilabel:`단위` 기능이 활성화된 경우 :abbr:`UoM (측정 단위)`도 변경할 수 있습니다. 모든 위탁" " 재고가 입고되었으면 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation." msgstr "위탁 입고 생성에서 공급업체 필드를 일치시킵니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:56 msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock" msgstr "위탁 판매 및 배송" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:58 msgid "" "Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold " "the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` " "option enabled on the product form." msgstr "" "창고에 위탁 재고가 입고된 후에는 제품 양식에서 :guilabel:`판매 가능` 옵션이 활성화된 다른 재고 제품과 동일한 방식으로 판매할" " 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:61 msgid "" "To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and " "from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, " "choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field." msgstr "" "판매 주문을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`판매` 앱으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`견적` 현황에서 " ":guilabel:`생성`을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`고객` 필드에 입력할 고객을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:66 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` " "that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse." msgstr ":guilabel:`고객`은 창고에 입고 (및 보관)된 위탁 재고를 공급한 :guilabel:`공급업체`와 달라야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:69 msgid "" "Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the " "order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent " "product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "주문 항목의 :guilabel:`품목` 열 아래에 위탁 제품을 추가하고 :guilabel:`수량`을 설정한 다음 양식에 기타 관련 제품 " "세부 정보를 입력합니다. 견적이 완료되면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Sales order of consignment stock." msgstr "위탁 재고의 판매 주문." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` has been confirmed, it will " "become a sales order. From here, the products can be delivered by clicking " "on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate`" " to validate the delivery." msgstr "" ":abbr:`견적 요청(RFQ)`이 확인되면 판매 주문으로 전환됩니다. 이후 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하고 " ":guilabel:`승인`을 선택하여 제품 배송을 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:82 msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock" msgstr "위탁 재고 추적 및 보고" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:84 msgid "" "Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not " "by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will " "*still* appear in certain inventory reports." msgstr "" "위탁 재고는 창고에 보관하는 회사가 아니라 이를 공급한 공급업체가 소유하지만, 위탁 제품은 특정 재고 보고서에 *여전히* 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:87 msgid "" "To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, " "and choose a report to view." msgstr "" "재고 관리 보고서를 찾으려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 보고서`로 이동한 다음 필요한 보고서를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:91 msgid "" "Since the consignee does not actually own consigment stock, these products " "are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no " "impact on the consignee's inventory valuation." msgstr "" "수취인이 위탁 재고를 실제로 소유하고 있지 않으므로 이러한 제품은 :guilabel:`재고 평가` 보고서에 *반영되지 않으며*, 따라서 " "수취인의 재고 평가에 영향을 미치지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:96 msgid "Product moves report" msgstr "품목 이동 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:98 msgid "" "To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the the " ":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information " "in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product " "moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and " ":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` " "are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from " ":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`." msgstr "" "보유 재고 이동에 대한 종합적인 세부 정보를 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 보고 --> 품목 이동`으로 " "이동하여 :guilabel:`제품 이동` 대시보드를 확인합니다. 위탁 제품의 경우 이 보고서에 표시되는 정보는 다른 제품의 정보와 " "동일합니다. 제품 이동 이력을 검토하고, :guilabel:`수량 완료` 및 :guilabel:`참고` 문서와 " ":guilabel:`위치`를 사용할 수 있습니다. 특히 위탁 재고는 :guilabel:`파트너 위치/공급업체`에서 추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:106 msgid "" "To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the " ":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` " "parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to " "finish." msgstr "" "소유권을 기준으로 위탁 제품의 이동을 확인하려면 :guilabel:`그룹 기준` 필터를 활용하세요. :guilabel:`사용자 지정 그룹" " 추가` 매개변수를 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`소유주로부터`를 선택하고 :guilabel:`적용`을 차례로 선택하여 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Consignment stock moves history." msgstr "위탁 재고 이동 기록." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:115 msgid "" "To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`." msgstr "예상 위탁 재고 단위를 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 보고 --> 예상 재고`로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:119 msgid "Stock on hand report" msgstr "보유 재고 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:121 msgid "" "View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this " "report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in " "addition to the quantities per location. For consigment products, the " ":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products," " or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`재고 --> 보고 --> 재고 보고서`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`보유 재고` 대시보드를 확인합니다. 이" " 보고서에서는 모든 보유 재고의 :guilabel:`위치`가 각 위치별 수량과 함께 표시됩니다. 위탁 제품의 경우, 해당 제품의 소유자," " 특히 처음에 제품을 공급한 원래 공급업체가 :guilabel:`소유자` 열에 채워집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:3 msgid "Putaway rules" msgstr "보관 규칙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:6 msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" msgstr "보관 규칙이란 무엇인가요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:8 msgid "" "A good warehouse implementation makes sure that products automatically move " "to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" " uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the " "received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location." msgstr "" "효율적인 창고 관리는 제품이 지정된 목적지 위치로 원활하게 이동하도록 보장합니다. 이 프로세스를 간소화하기 위해 Odoo는 입고된 " "배송에서 제품을 가져와 적절한 위치에 놓는 작업을 포함하는 *보관 규칙*을 사용하고 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:13 msgid "" "If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " "to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " "because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules " "intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "" "창고에 휘발성 물질이 보관되어 있는 상황에서는 화학 반응이 일어날 수 있으므로 특정 제품을 가까이 보관하지 않도록 하는 것이 중요합니다." " 이때 제품의 부적절한 보관을 방지하기 위한 보관 규칙이 작동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:20 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature. By doing " "so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " "activated." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`재고 관리` 앱에서 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`다중 단계 " "경로` 기능을 활성화합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 기능도 자동으로 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "재고 관리 설정에서 다중 단계 경로를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:29 msgid "Setting up a putaway rule" msgstr "보관 규칙 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" "In some cases, like for a retail shop storing fruits and vegetables, " "products should be stored in different locations depending on several " "factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, " "and so on." msgstr "" "과일과 채소를 판매하는 소매점과 같은 특정 경우에는 주기, 사이즈, 제품 카테고리, 특정 환경 요건 및 이와 유사한 고려 사항에 따라 " "서로 다른 위치에 제품을 보관해야 하는 경우도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:35 msgid "" "In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with" " the following sub-locations:" msgstr "이 예제에서는 다음과 같은 하위 위치가 있는 창고 위치 **WH/Stock**이 하나 있다고 가정합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:38 msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets" msgstr "WH/Stock/Pallets" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:40 msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1" msgstr "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:41 msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2" msgstr "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:42 msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3" msgstr "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:44 msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1" msgstr "WH/Stock/Shelf 1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:46 msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2" msgstr "WH/Stock/Shelf 2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:48 msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator" msgstr "WH/재고/선반 2/소형 냉장고" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:50 msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3" msgstr "WH/Stock/Shelf 3" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:52 msgid "" "Manage those locations with putaway rules. To create a putaway rule, open " "the :guilabel:`Inventory` app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Putaway Rules`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure a putaway " "rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being " "redirected to the right storage location." msgstr "" "보관 규칙을 활용하여 해당 위치를 관리합니다. 보관 규칙을 설정하려면 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 앱을 열고 " ":menuselection:`환경설정 --> 보관 규칙`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`생성`을 선택하고 제품이 적절한 " "보관 위치로 이동하기 전에 처음에 들어갈 기본 위치를 지정하는 보관 규칙을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:58 msgid "" "The putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category and/or " "package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). " "Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found." msgstr "" "반품 규칙은 제품/제품 카테고리 및/또는 패키지 유형에 따라 설정할 수 있습니다. (이를 위해서는 :guilabel:`패키지` 설정이 " "활성화되어 있는지 확인해야 함) 이러한 규칙은 일치하는 항목을 찾을 때까지 순차적으로 읽혀집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:62 msgid "Take the following example:" msgstr "다음 예를 살펴보겠습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:64 msgid "" "If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be" " redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator." msgstr "물 (카테고리 전체/음료)이 도착하면 포장에 관계없이 WH/재고/선반 2/소형 냉장고로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:66 msgid "" "If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be " "redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2." msgstr "박스 포장된 오렌지 주스 캔이 입고되면 WH/재고/선반 2로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:68 msgid "" "If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will " "be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3." msgstr "박스 포장된 물이나 사과 주스 병이 입고되면 WH/재고/선반 3으로 경로가 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:70 msgid "" "If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to " "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." msgstr "레모네이드 캔 팔레트가 입고되면 WH/재고/팔레트/PAL1로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." msgstr "보관 규칙의 몇 가지 예" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:77 msgid "Using Storage Categories" msgstr "보관 카테고리 사용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:79 msgid "" "A *Storage Category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories " "allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the " "location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules." msgstr "" "*보관 카테고리*는 추가 위치 속성입니다. 이를 통해 사용자는 해당 위치에 보관할 수 있는 제품의 수량을 지정할 수 있으며, 보관 규칙을" " 사용하여 위치를 선택하는 방법을 결정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:86 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. By doing " "so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " "activated." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`재고 관리` 앱 내에서 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`보관 " "카테고리` 기능을 활성화합니다. 이 기능을 활성화하면 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 기능도 자동으로 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:91 msgid "Create a Storage Category" msgstr "보관 위치 카테고리 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:93 msgid "" "To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Save` and click :guilabel:`Storage Categories` or go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new " "storage category." msgstr "" "보관 장소 카테고리를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 보관 장소 카테고리`로 이동하여 " ":guilabel:`생성`을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`보관 장소 카테고리`를 " "클릭하거나 :guilabel:`환경설정 --> 보관 장소 카테고리`로 이동하여 새 스토리지 카테고리를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "" "Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "Odoo 재고 관리 환경설정에서 보관 장소 카테고리를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:102 msgid "" "First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category." msgstr "먼저 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하고 보관 장소 카테고리의 이름을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 msgid "" "Then, there are options to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by " "package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " "location is considered available to store a product:" msgstr "" "다음으로 무게, 제품 또는 패키지 유형에 따라 용량을 제한하는 옵션이 있습니다. :guilabel:`새 품목 허용` 필드는 위치가 새 " "제품을 보관할 준비가 된 것으로 간주되는 시기를 결정합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " "location is empty." msgstr ":guilabel:`위치가 비어 있는 경우`: 해당 위치가 비어 있는 경우에만 품목을 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " "the same product is already there." msgstr ":guilabel:`품목이 동일한 경우`: 해당 위치에 동일한 제품이 이미 있는 경우에만 품목을 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " "in this location at the same time." msgstr ":guilabel:`혼합 제품 허용`: 이 위치에 여러 가지 제품을 동시에 저장할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be " "linked to a location." msgstr "보관 카테고리 설정을 저장하면 보관 카테고리를 특정 위치에 연결할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "" "When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " "location." msgstr "보관 카테고리를 생성하면 창고 위치와의 연결을 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:121 msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules" msgstr "보관 규칙의 보관 카테고리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:123 msgid "" "To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on " "the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:" msgstr "" "앞서 언급한 예에서 계속하여 PAL1 및 PAL2 위치에 \"고빈도 팔레트\"를 구현하고 아래에 설명된 대로 보관 규칙을 수정합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:126 msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" msgstr "레모네이드 캔 팔레트 하나가 도착했다고 가정합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:128 msgid "" "If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to " "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." msgstr "PAL1과 PAL2가 비어 있으면 팔레트가 WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1로 리디렉션됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:129 msgid "" "If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." msgstr "PAL1이 가득 차면 팔레트가 WH/재고/팔레트/PAL2로 리디렉션됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:130 msgid "" "If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets." msgstr "PAL1과 2가 가득 차면 팔레트가 WH/재고/팔레트로 리디렉션됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." msgstr "보관 카테고리는 다양한 보관 규칙에 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:3 msgid "Removal strategies (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO)" msgstr "제거 전략 (선입선출, 후입선출, 선한선출)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:7 msgid "" "For companies with warehouses, **removal strategies** determine which " "products are taken from the warehouse, and when. Removal strategies are " "typically defined for specific picking operations. This helps companies to " "select the best products, optimize the distance workers need to travel when " "picking items for orders, and account for quality control, such as moving " "products with expiration dates." msgstr "" "창고가 있는 기업의 경우, 창고에서 어떤 제품을 언제 회수할지 결정하는 데 있어 **제거 전략**이 중요한 역할을 합니다. 이러한 전략은" " 일반적으로 특정 피킹 작업에 맞게 조정되며, 기업이 최적의 제품을 선택하고, 주문 피킹 중 작업자의 이동 거리를 최소화하며, 유통기한이" " 지난 제품의 재배치 등 품질 관리 고려 사항을 해결하는 데 도움이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:13 msgid "" "Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " "the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " "control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " "date." msgstr "" "일반적으로 *제거 전략*은 작업자의 이동 거리를 최적화하고, 품질 관리 요구 사항을 해결하거나, 유통기한이 가장 가까운 제품을 우선적으로" " 재배치하고, 가장 적합한 제품을 선택하기 위해 피킹 작업 내에 정의됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:17 msgid "" "When a product needs to be moved, Odoo finds available products that can be " "assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products depends on the" " :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` defined in either the :guilabel:`Product " "Category` or the :guilabel:`Location` dashboards." msgstr "" "제품을 이동해야 하는 경우 Odoo는 이동에 할당할 수 있는 사용 가능한 제품을 찾습니다. Odoo가 이러한 제품을 할당하는 방법은 " ":guilabel:`제품 카테고리` 또는 :guilabel:`위치` 대시보드에 지정된 :guilabel:`제거 전략`에 따라 달라집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:21 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Locations` or :menuselection:`Product Categories`." " Click on a :guilabel:`Location` or :guilabel:`Product Category`, and then " "click :guilabel:`Edit`. Change the product category :guilabel:`Force Removal" " Strategy` or the location :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` by clicking on the " "drop-down menu and selecting the desired removal strategy. After selecting " "the new removal strategy, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`제거 전략`을 변경하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 위치` 또는 " ":menuselection:`품목 카테고리`로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`위치` 또는 :guilabel:`품목 카테고리`를 클릭한 " "다음 :guilabel::`편집`을 클릭합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`강제 제거 전략` 또는 위치 " ":guilabel:`제거 전략` 중 원하는 제거 전략을 선택합니다. 새로운 제거 전략을 선택했으면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 " "변경 사항을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "" "Change the Force Removal Strategy for either the Product Categories or " "Locations." msgstr "품목 카테고리 또는 위치에 대한 강제 제거 전략을 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:33 msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" msgstr "창고 안에서는 어떤 일이 발생하나요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:35 msgid "" "Most warehouses share the same important areas: receiving docks and sorting " "areas, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping/loading " "docks. While all products entering or leaving the warehouse might go through" " each of these locations at some point, removal strategies can have an " "effect on which products are taken, from where, and when." msgstr "" "대부분의 창고는 입고 도킹 구역과 분류 구역, 보관 장소, 피킹 및 포장 구역, 배송/적재 도킹 구역과 같은 공통된 주요 구역이 " "있습니다. 창고에 들어오고 나가는 모든 제품은 어느 단계에서든 이러한 각 위치를 거치게 되지만, 제거 전략에 따라 어떤 제품을 언제, " "어디서, 어디로 가져갈지는 달라질 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:40 msgid "" "In this example below, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the " "receiving docks. Then, operators scan the products in the receiving area, " "with the reception date and expiration date. After that, products are stored" " in their respective storage locations." msgstr "" "아래 예시에서는 공급업체 트럭이 입고 구역에서 상품 팔레트를 하역합니다. 그런 다음 작업자가 입고 구역에서 입고 날짜와 유통기한이 표시된" " 제품을 스캔합니다. 그 후 제품은 각자 지정된 보관 장소에 보관됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:45 msgid "" "Not all products have expiration dates, but in this example, expiration " "dates apply." msgstr "모든 품목에 유효기간이 있는 것은 아니지만 이 예제에서는 만료일이 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area." msgstr "입고 구역을 통해 재고가 들어오는 제품입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:51 msgid "" "In Odoo, receive products by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application, and in the kanban view, click on either the " ":guilabel:`Receipts` heading or :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button. On the " ":guilabel:`Receipts` dashboard, find and click on the individual receipt " "which will open the warehouse intake form. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " "enter the received quantity in the :guilabel:`Done` column. To finish, " ":guilabel:`Validate` to receive the products and register them in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 :menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱으로 이동하여 품목을 입고하고 칸반 보기에서 :guilabel:`입고` 또는 " ":guilabel:`# 진행 대기` 버튼을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`입고` 현황판에서 개별 입고 내역을 찾아 클릭하면 창고 접수 " "양식이 열립니다. :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`완료` 열에 입고 수량을 입력합니다. 마지막으로 " ":guilabel:`승인`을 클릭하여 입고를 완료하고 Odoo 데이터베이스에 등록합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:59 msgid "" "Receiving products can also be done within the Odoo *Barcode* application. " "If using the *Barcode* app, scan the product(s), update the quantity, and " "finally, click :guilabel:`Validate`. After products are received in Odoo, " "the products can then be moved to their respective storage locations." msgstr "" "Odoo *바코드* 앱을 통해서도 제품을 입고할 수 있습니다. *바코드* 앱을 사용할 경우, 제품을 스캔하고 필요에 따라 수량을 조정한 " "후 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭합니다. Odoo에 제품이 입고되면 해당 제품을 지정된 보관 장소로 옮길 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:64 msgid "" "Continuing with the same example, below, imagine several sales orders are " "made for the products received earlier, that use expiration dates. In this " "example, the products weren't received on the same day, and they don't have " "the same expiration date. In this situation, logically, sending products " "with the closest expiration date is preferred, instead of products received " "first or last. Using the chosen removal strategy configured for those " "products (in this example, :ref:`FEFO `), Odoo generates a " "transfer for the products with the soonest expiration date to the picking " "area, then the packing area, and finally, to the shipping docks for delivery" " to the customer." msgstr "" "아래에서 동일한 예제를 계속 살펴보면서 이전에 입입고된 제품 중 유통기한이 포함된 제품에 대해 여러 건의 판매 주문이 접수되었다고 가정해" " 보겠습니다. 이 경우 제품이 같은 날에 입고되지 않았고 유통기한이 서로 다르기 때문에, 먼저 또는 마지막으로 입고된 제품이 아니라 " "유통기한이 가장 가까운 제품을 우선적으로 발송하는 것이 합리적입니다. Odoo는 해당 제품에 대해 구성된 선택된 제거 전략(이 예제에서는" " :ref:`FEFO `)을 사용하여 만료일이 가장 빠른 제품에 대해 피킹 영역, 포장 영역을 거쳐 최종적으로 " "고객에게 배송하기 위해 배송 구역으로 전송을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "" "Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking the expiration dates into\n" "account." msgstr "" "유통기한을 고려하여 배송을 위해 포장 구역에서 제품을 \n" "포장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:79 msgid "" "To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the " "transfer form. To learn more about picking and shipping, refer to either the" " :ref:`Two-step delivery ` or " ":ref:`Three-step delivery ` documentation." msgstr "" "배송 피킹의 경우 이동 양식에서 제품의 로트/일련 번호를 찾을 수 있습니다. 피킹 및 배송에 대해 자세히 알아보려면 :ref:`2단계 " "배송 ` 또는 :ref:`3단계 배송 " "` 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:85 msgid "How each removal strategy works" msgstr "각 제거 전략이 작동하는 방식" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:87 msgid "" "Removal strategies determine which products are taken from the warehouse " "when orders are confirmed." msgstr "제거 전략은 주문이 확인되면 창고에서 어떤 제품을 가져올지 결정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:90 msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "선입선출 (FIFO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:92 msgid "" "When using a :guilabel:`First In, First Out (FIFO)` strategy, demand for a " "product triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the " "lot/serial number that entered the stock first (and therefore, has been in " "stock for the longest time)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`선입선출 (FIFO)` 전략을 사용하는 경우, 제품에 대한 수요가 발생하면 재고에 가장 먼저 입고된 로트/일련 번호," " 즉 가장 오랜 기간 동안 재고로 남아 있는 제품에 대한 이동을 요청하는 제거 규칙이 트리거됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:96 msgid "" "For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse, and " "have the corresponding lot numbers: `00001`, `00002`, `00003`. Each lot has " "five boxes of nails in it." msgstr "" "예를 들어 창고에 3개의 못 로트가 있고 각각 `00001`, `00002`, `00003` 로트 번호와 연결되어 있다고 가정하겠습니다." " 각 로트에는 5개의 못 상자가 들어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:99 msgid "" "Lot `00001` entered the stock on May 23, lot `00002` on May 25, and lot " "`00003` on June 1. A customer orders six boxes on June 11." msgstr "" "로트 `00001`은 5월 23일에, 로트 `00002`는 5월 25일에, 로트 `00003`은 6월 1일에 재고에 입고되었습니다. " "고객이 6월 11일에 6박스를 주문합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:102 msgid "" "Using the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy, a transfer " "request will pick the five boxes from lot `00001` first, and then from the " "boxes in lot `00002`, since lot `00001` entered the stock first. The box " "from lot `00002` is taken next because it has the oldest receipt date after " "lot `00001`." msgstr "" ":abbr:`FIFO(선입선출)' 제거 전략을 사용하는 경우, 이전 요청은 `00001` 로트가 먼저 입고되었으므로 `00001` 로트의" " 상자 5개를 먼저 선택한 다음, `00002` 로트의 상자에서 선택합니다. 로트 `00002`의 상자는 로트 `00001` 다음으로 " "수령 날짜가 가장 오래되었기 때문에 다음으로 가져옵니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "" "The detailed operations for the transfer shows the nail lots to be removed." msgstr "이동에 대한 세부 작업에는 제거해야 할 못 상자의 로트가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:112 msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" msgstr "후입선출 (LIFO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:114 msgid "" "Similar to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` method, the " ":guilabel:`Last In, First Out (LIFO)` removal strategy moves products based " "on the date they entered a warehouse's stock. Instead of removing the oldest" " stock on-hand, however, it targets the **newest** stock on-hand for " "removal." msgstr "" ":abbr:`FIFO (선입선출)` 방식과 마찬가지로, :guilabel:`LIFO (후입선출)` 제거 전략은 창고에 입고된 날짜에 따라" " 제품을 정렬하는 방식으로 작동합니다. 그러나 가장 오래된 재고를 제거하는 것과는 달리 **최신** 재고를 제거 대상으로 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:118 msgid "" "Every time an order for products with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` " "method is placed, a transfer is created for the lot/serial number that has " "most recently entered the stock (the **last** lot/serial number that entered" " the warehouse's inventory)." msgstr "" ":abbr:`LIFO (후입선출)` 방법을 사용하여 제품을 주문할 때마다 가장 최근에 재고에 입고된 로트/일련 번호 (창고 재고의 일부가" " 된 **마지막** 로트/일련 번호)에 대한 전송이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:123 msgid "" "In many countries, the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy in" " banned, since it can potentially result in old, expired, or obsolete " "products being delivered to customers." msgstr "" "많은 국가에서는 오래되거나 유통기한이 지난 제품 또는 단종된 제품이 고객에게 배송될 가능성이 있기 때문에 :abbr:`LIFO " "(후입선출)` 제거 전략의 사용이 금지되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:126 msgid "" "For example, imagine there are three lots of boxes of screws in the " "warehouse, and have the corresponding lot numbers: `10001`, `10002`, and " "`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws per lot." msgstr "" "예를 들어 창고에 `10001`, `10002`, `10003` 로트 번호로 식별되는 세 개의 나사 상자가 있다고 가정해 보겠습니다. 각" " 로트에는 10개의 나사가 들어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:129 msgid "" "Lot `10001` entered the stock on June 1, lot `10002` on June 3, and lot " "`10003` on June 6. A customer orders seven boxes on June 8." msgstr "" "로트 `10001`은 6월 1일에, 로트 `10002`는 6월 3일에, 로트 `10003`은 6월 6일에 재고에 입고되었습니다. 고객이 " "6월 8일에 7박스를 주문합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:132 msgid "" "Using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy, a transfer is " "requested for seven boxes of screws from lot `10003` because that lot is the" " last one to have entered the stock." msgstr "" "로트 `10003`이 가장 최근에 재고에 추가된 로트이기 때문에 :abbr:`LIFO (후입선출)` 제거 전략을 적용하면 로트 " "`10003`의 나사 7개 상자에 대한 이송이 시작됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "세부 작업은 피킹을 위해 어떤 로트가 선택되는지 보여줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:140 msgid "First Expired, First Out (FEFO)" msgstr "선한선출 (FEFO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:142 msgid "" "While the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` and :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First" " Out)` methods target products for removal based on date of entry into the " "warehouse, the :guilabel:`First Expired, First Out (FEFO)` method targets " "products for removal based on their assigned expiration dates." msgstr "" ":abbr:`FIFO (선입선출)` 및 :abbr:`LIFO (후입선출)` 방식은 모두 창고에 입고된 날짜를 기준으로 제거할 품목의 " "우선순위를 지정하지만 :guilabel:`FEFO (선한선출)` 방식은 지정된 유통기한에 따라 제품을 제거하는 데 중점을 둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:146 msgid "" "Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, every " "sales order that includes products with this removal strategy assigned " "ensures that transfers are requested for products with the expiration date " "soonest to the order date." msgstr "" ":abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)` 제거 전략을 사용하는 경우 이 전략이 할당된 품목이 포함된 각 판매 주문은 주문 날짜에 가장 가까운 " "만료일을 가진 품목에 대해 전송을 요청합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:150 msgid "" "As an example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes. Those three " "lots have the following lot numbers: `20001`, `20002`, and `20003`, each " "with five boxes in it." msgstr "" "예를 들어 6개들이 달걀 상자가 3개 로트인 시나리오를 생각해 보겠습니다. 이러한 로트는 `20001`, `20002`, `20003`의" " 로트 번호로 식별되며, 각 로트에는 5개씩의 상자가 들어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:153 msgid "" "Lot `20001` entered the stock on July 1 and expires on July 15, lot `20002` " "entered on July 2 and expires on July 14, and lot `20003` entered on July 3 " "and expires on July 21. A customer orders six boxes on July 5." msgstr "" "로트 `20001`은 7월 1일에 입고되어 7월 15일에 만료되고, 로트 `20002`는 7월 2일에 입고되어 7월 14일에 만료되며, " "로트 `20003`은 7월 3일에 입고되어 7월 21일에 만료됩니다. 고객이 7월 5일에 상자 6개를 주문합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:157 msgid "" "Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` method, a transfer is " "requested for the five boxes from lot `20002` and one from lot `20001`. All " "the boxes in lot `20002` are transferred because they have the earliest " "expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from lot `20001` because" " it has the next closest expiration date after lot `20002`." msgstr "" ":abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)` 방법을 적용하면 로트 `20002`의 상자 5개와 로트 `20001`의 상자 1개에 대한 이동이 " "시작됩니다. 로트 `20002`의 모든 상자는 만료일이 가장 빠르기 때문에 이동됩니다. 또한 로트 `20001`의 상자 1개는 로트 " "`20002` 다음으로 만료일이 가깝기 때문에 이동에 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "The detailed operations for the transfer shows the lots to be removed." msgstr "이송에 대한 세부 작업에는 제거할 로트가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:167 msgid "Using removal strategies" msgstr "제거 전략 사용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:169 msgid "" "To differentiate some units of products from others, the units need to be " "tracked, either by :guilabel:`Lot` or by :guilabel:`Serial Number`. To do " "so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " "activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, " "and :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings. Click :guilabel:`Save` to " "save changes." msgstr "" "일부 제품 단위를 다른 제품과 구분하려면 :guilabel:`로트` 또는 :guilabel:`일련 번호`로 단위를 추적해야 합니다. " "이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`보관 " "위치`, :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 및 :guilabel:`로트 및 일련번호` 설정을 활성화합니다. 변경 사항을 적용하고 " "저장하려면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid ":alt: Traceability settings." msgstr ":alt: 추적성 설정." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid ":alt: Warehouse settings." msgstr ":alt: 창고 설정." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:183 msgid "" "To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the " ":guilabel:`Expiration Dates` setting needs to be activated as well. To " "enable this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " "the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Remember to click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" ":abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)` 제거 전략을 사용하려면 :guilabel:`만료일` 설정도 활성화해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 " ":menuselection:`재고관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`추적가능성` 섹션까지 아래로 " "스크롤한 다음 :guilabel:`유통기한` 옆의 확인란을 선택합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 " "적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:189 msgid "" "Now, specific removal strategies can be defined on product categories. To do" " this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories`, and choose a product category to define the removal strategy " "on. In the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` field, choose a removal " "strategy." msgstr "" "이제 품목 카테고리에 대한 정확한 제거 전략을 지정할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> " "환경설정 --> 품목 카테고리`로 이동하여 제거 전략을 정의할 품목 카테고리를 선택합니다. :guilabel:`강제 제거 전략` 필드에서" " 원하는 제거 전략을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:194 msgid "" "The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the " "other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, " "the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the " "stock." msgstr "" "*선한선출* (FEFO) 전략은 다른 두 가지 제거 전략과 약간 다릅니다. :abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)`의 경우 제품이 처음 입고된" " 날짜가 아닌 유통기한에 중점을 둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:198 msgid "" "For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific" " case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure " "`)." " Those three lots have the following numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, " ":guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each with five boxes in it." msgstr "" "예를 들어 6개의 달걀 상자로 구성된 세 개의 배치가 있다고 가정해 보겠습니다 (이 특정 사례에서는 :doc:`단위 1`을 사용해야 " "함). 이 세 로트의 번호는 각각 5개의 상자가 들어 있는 :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, " ":guilabel:`20003`입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the " "15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th " "of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of" " July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO " "(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for " "the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The " "transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the" " closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from " ":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot " ":guilabel:`20002`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`20001`은 7월 1일에 입고되었으며 7월 15일에 만료되고, :guilabel:`20002`는 2일에 입고되었으며" " 7월 14일에 만료됩니다. :guilabel:`20003`은 4일에 입고되었고, 7월 21일에 만료되는 상품입니다. 한 고객이 7월 " "5일에 6박스를 주문했습니다. :abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)` 전략을 선택할 경우, :guilabel:`20002`에 있는 제품의 " "만료일이 가장 가까우므로 :guilabel:`20002` 5박스와 그 다음으로 만료일이 가까운 :guilabel:`20001`1박스에 " "대한 이송이 요청됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:213 msgid "" "Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First " "Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that " "has the nearest expiration date from the order date." msgstr "" "기본적으로 :abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)` 전략에 따라 제품의 각 판매 주문에 대해 주문 날짜를 기준으로 만료일이 가장 가까운 제품에" " 대한 이송이 시작됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:218 msgid "Closest Location" msgstr "가까운 위치" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:220 msgid "" "The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other " "removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse," " but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products " "that do not deteriorate with time." msgstr "" "*가장 가까운 위치* 전략은 다른 제거 전략과 완전히 다릅니다. 이 전략은 창고 입고 날짜와는 무관하며, 대신 제품의 실제 위치를 " "기준으로 합니다. 이 전략은 일반적으로 시간이 지나도 품질이 저하되지 않는 제품에 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:224 msgid "" "The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the " "bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. " "This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting " "is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the " "alphabetic order." msgstr "" "이 방법은 창고 작업자가 가까운 위치에서 제품을 사용할 수 있는 경우 재고의 아래쪽까지 장시간 이동하는 것을 방지하는 데 목적이 " "있습니다. 이 방식은 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 설정이 활성화된 경우에만 사용할 수 있습니다. 가장 가까운 위치는 알파벳 순서로 " "결정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:230 msgid "Use removal strategies" msgstr "제거 전략 사용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:232 msgid "" "To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, " "either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate " "the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings." msgstr "" "특정 유닛을 다른 유닛과 구별하려면 *로트* 또는 *일련 번호*로 유닛을 추적해야 합니다. 이를 위해 :menuselection:`재고 " "관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`보관 위치`, :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 및" " :guilabel:`로트 및 일련 번호` 설정을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Removal strategy on a product category." msgstr "제품 카테고리에 대한 제거 전략." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:241 msgid "" "To view all products with lots/serial numbers assigned to them, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. This " "reveals a page with drop-down menus of all products assigned lots or serial " "numbers, filtered by *product* by default. To change the category these " "products are filtered by, click :guilabel:`Product` (in the search bar, in " "the top right of the page) to remove the default filter, and select a new " "filter if desired." msgstr "" "로트/일련 번호가 할당된 모든 제품을 보려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 로트/일련 번호`로 " "이동합니다. 그러면 로트 또는 일련 번호가 할당된 모든 제품의 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시되는 페이지가 열리며, 처음에는 *제품*을 기준으로 " "필터링됩니다. 이러한 제품을 필터링하는 데 사용되는 카테고리를 수정하려면 페이지 오른쪽 상단의 검색 창에서 :guilabel:`품목`을 " "클릭하여 기본 필터를 제거하고 원하는 경우 새 필터를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "" "Click on Products, then Lots/Serial Numbers to display all the products with lots or serial\n" "numbers." msgstr "" "품목을 선택한 다음 로트/일련 번호를 선택하면 로트 또는 일련 번호와 관련된 모든 제품을 \n" "볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:252 msgid "" "To view the serial numbers being selected for a sales order, go to the " ":guilabel:`Sales app` and select the sales order in question. In the sales " "order, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top right. In the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (Detailed Operations)` " "icon in the far right for the product in question. The :guilabel:`Detailed " "Operations` window appears, and displays the lot or serial numbers selected " "for that specific product for the delivery order." msgstr "" "판매 주문에 대해 선택된 일련 번호를 확인하려면 :guilabel:`판매 앱`으로 이동하여 관련 판매 주문을 선택합니다. 판매 주문 " "내에서 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`작업` 탭에서 특정 제품의 맨 " "오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`⦙≣ (세부 작업)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 배송 주문에서 해당 특정 제품에 대해 " "선택한 로트 또는 일련 번호가 표시된 :guilabel:`세부 작업` 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:260 msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" msgstr "FIFO (선입선출)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:262 msgid "" "The :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies that " "products which enter a warehouse's stock first are removed first. Companies " "should use this method if they are selling products with short demand " "cycles, such as clothes, to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles " "in stock." msgstr "" "FIFO (선입선출) 제거 전략은 창고에 먼저 입고되는 제품이 먼저 제거되는 방식입니다. 의류와 같이 수요 주기가 짧은 제품을 취급할 때" " 이 방법을 선택하면 오래된 스타일이 재고로 남는 것을 방지할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:267 msgid "" "In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from " "the *All/Clothes* category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal strategy. In " "the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different receipts are" " listed with the amounts." msgstr "" "이 예시에서는 *모든/의류* 카테고리에 속하는 흰색 셔츠 로트 3개가 있으며, *선입선출* 제거 전략이 적용되었습니다. " ":guilabel:`재고 평가 보고서`에는 이러한 셔츠에 대한 다양한 입고 내역이 각각의 수량과 함께 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "View of the lots of white shirts in the inventory valuation report." msgstr "재고 평가 보고서의 흰색 셔츠 로트 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:275 msgid "" "Lot `000001` contains five shirts, lot `000002` contains three shirts, and " "lot `000003` contains two shirts." msgstr "" "로트 `000001`은 셔츠 5개, 로트 `000002`는 셔츠 3개, 로트 `000003`은 셔츠 2개로 구성되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:278 msgid "" "To see the removal strategy in action, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` " "and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a sales order. Next, select a " ":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down menu. Then click :guilabel:`Add a " "product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Select a product (for this " "example, the :guilabel:`White Shirt`) from the drop-down menu, or type in " "the name of the product in the field. Enter a quantity (for this example, " "`6.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`, then" " click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "제거 전략이 실제로 작동하는지 확인하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하고 판매 " "주문을 시작합니다. 그런 다음 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`고객`을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`주문 항목` 탭에서 " ":guilabel:`제품 추가`를 클릭합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 제품 (이 예제에서는 :guilabel:`흰 셔츠`)을 선택하거나 필드에" " 제품 이름을 입력합니다. guilabel:`수량` 필드에 수량 (이 예제에서는 `6.00`)을 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을" " 클릭하고 이어서 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:285 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, the delivery order will be created and " "linked to the picking, and the oldest lot numbers will be reserved thanks to" " the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` strategy. All five shirts from lot " "`000001` and one shirt from lot `000002` will be selected to be sent to the " "customer." msgstr "" "판매 주문이 확인되면 배송 주문이 생성되고 피킹 프로세스에 연결됩니다. 가장 오래된 로트 번호를 예약하기 위해 :abbr:`FIFO " "(선입선출)` 전략이 사용됩니다. 그 후 `000001` 로트의 셔츠 5개와 `000002` 로트의 셔츠 1개가 모두 고객에게 배송되도록" " 선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." msgstr "선입선출 전략으로 판매 주문을 위해 두 개의 로트가 예약되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:295 msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" msgstr "LIFO (후입선출)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:297 msgid "" "The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy works in the " "**opposite** manner from the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` strategy. " "With this method, the products that are received **last** are moved out " "first. This method is mostly used for products without a shelf life, and no " "time-sensitive factors, such as expiration dates." msgstr "" ":abbr:`LIFO (후입선출)` 제거 전략은 :abbr:`FIFO (선입선출)` 전략과 **반대** 방식으로 작동합니다. 이 " "방식에서는 **가장 최근에** 입고된 상품이 가장 먼저 출고됩니다. 이 방법은 주로 유통기한이 없고 유통기한과 같이 시간에 민감한 고려 " "사항이 적용되지 않는 제품에 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:302 msgid "" "In this example, there are three lots of cinder blocks. The blocks are from " "the *All/Building Materials* category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal " "strategy. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different" " receipts are listed with the amounts." msgstr "" "이 예제에서는 *모든/건축 자재* 카테고리 내에 콘크리트 블록 로트 3개가 있으며, *FIFO* 제거 전략을 사용합니다. " ":guilabel:`재고 평가 보고서`에는 이러한 콘크리트 블록에 대한 개별 입고 내역이 각각의 수량과 함께 열거되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "View of the lots of cinder blocks in the inventory valuation report." msgstr "재고 평가 보고서의 콘크리트 블록 로트 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:310 msgid "" "Lot `000020` contains three cinder blocks, lot `000030` contains five cinder" " blocks, and lot `0000400` contains four cinder blocks." msgstr "" "로트 `000020`에는 콘크리트 블록 3개, 로트 `000030`에는 콘크리트 블록 5개, 로트 `0000400`에는 콘크리트 블록 " "4개가 들어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:313 msgid "" "To see how the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy works, first " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories`, and select a product category (for this example, the " ":guilabel:`All/Building Materials` category) to edit. This reveals a product" " category form." msgstr "" ":abbr:`LIFO (선입선출)` 전략의 작동 방식을 확인하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 -->" " 품목 카테고리`로 이동합니다. 편집할 제품 카테고리 (이 예제에서는 :guilabel:`모든/건축 자재` 카테고리)를 선택하면 품목 " "카테고리 양식이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:318 msgid "" "Once on the product category form, under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, " "change the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` to :guilabel:`Last In First " "Out (LIFO)`." msgstr "" "품목 카테고리 양식의 :guilabel:`물류` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`강제 제거 전략`을 " ":guilabel:`선입선출(LIFO)`로 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Last in first out (LIFO) strategy set up as forced removal strategy." msgstr "강제 제거 전략으로 설정된 선입선출 (LIFO) 전략." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:325 msgid "" "To see the removal strategy in action, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` " "and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a sales order. Next, select a " ":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down menu. Then click :guilabel:`Add a " "product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Select a product (for this " "example, the :guilabel:`Cinder Block`) from the drop-down menu, or type in " "the name of the product in the field. Enter a quantity (for this example, " "`5.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`, then" " click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" "제거 전략이 실제로 작동하는 것을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하여" " 판매 주문을 생성합니다. 그런 다음 제공된 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`고객`을 선택합니다. 이어서 :guilabel:`주문 " "항목` 탭에서 :guilabel:`품목 추가`를 클릭합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 제품을 선택하거나 (이 예제에서는 " ":guilabel:`콘크리트 벽돌`을 선택) 해당 필드에 제품 이름을 직접 입력합니다. :guilabel:`수량` 필드에 수량 (예: " "`5.00`)을 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 누르고 이어서 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:332 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, the delivery order will be created and " "linked to the picking, and the newest lot numbers will be reserved thanks to" " the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy. All four cinder blocks from" " lot `0000400` and one cinder block from lot `000030` will be selected to be" " sent to the customer." msgstr "" "판매 주문이 확인되면 배송 주문이 생성되고 피킹 프로세스에 연결됩니다. 최신 로트 번호를 예약하기 위해 :abbr:`LIFO " "(후입선출)` 전략이 적용됩니다. 따라서 로트 `0000400`의 콘크리트 블록 4개와 로트 `000030`의 콘크리트 블록 1개가 모두" " 고객에게 배송되도록 선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy." msgstr "후입선출 전략으로 두 개의 로트가 판매 예약되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:344 msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)" msgstr "FEFO (선한선출)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:346 msgid "" "The :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy differs from " "the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` and :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`" " strategies, because it targets products for removal based on **expiration " "dates** instead of their warehouse receipt dates. With this method, the " "products that are going to expire first are moved out first. This method is " "used for perishable products, such as medicine, food, and beauty products." msgstr "" ":abbr:FEFO (선한선출)` 제거 전략은 창고 입고 날짜가 아닌 **유통기한**을 기준으로 제품을 제거하는 데 중점을 두기 때문에 " ":abbr:`FIFO (선입선출)` 및 :abbr:`LIFO (후입선출)` 전략과 차별화됩니다. 이 접근 방식에서는 유통기한이 가장 빠른" " 제품이 우선적으로 제거되기 때문에 의약품, 식품, 미용 제품 등 부패하기 쉬운 상품에 특히 적합합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:352 msgid "" "Lots are picked based on their **removal date** from earliest to latest. " "Removal dates indicate how many days *before* the expiration date the " "product needs to be removed from stock. The removal date is set on the " "product form. Lots without a removal date defined are picked after lots with" " removal dates." msgstr "" "로트는 가장 빠른 날짜부터 최근 날짜까지 **제거 날짜**를 기준으로 선택됩니다. 제거 날짜는 제품을 재고에서 제거해야 하는 만료일 " "*전* 일수를 지정합니다. 제거 날짜는 품목 양식에서 설정할 수 있습니다. 제거 날짜가 정의되지 않은 로트는 제거 날짜가 설정된 로트 " "다음으로 선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:358 msgid "" "If products are not removed from stock when they should be, lots that are " "past the expiration date may still be picked for delivery orders!" msgstr "제품을 필요한 시점에 재고에서 즉시 제거하지 않으면 만료일이 지난 로트가 여전히 배송 주문에 선택될 위험이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:362 msgid "" "For more information about expiration dates, reference the :doc:`Expiration " "dates <../../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates>` " "document." msgstr "" "만료일에 대한 자세한 내용은 :doc:`만료일 " "<../../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates>` 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:365 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and ensure :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` is enabled. Once the " ":guilabel:`Expiration Dates` setting is enabled, it's possible to define " "different expiration dates for individual serialized products, as well as " "for lot numbers containing many products." msgstr "" "먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`유효기간`이 활성화되어 " "있는지 확인합니다. guilabel:`만료일` 설정이 활성화되면 개별 일련번호 제품뿐만 아니라 여러 제품이 포함된 로트 번호에 대해 서로" " 다른 만료일을 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:370 msgid "" "In this example, there are three lots of hand cream. The creams are from the" " *All/Health & Beauty* category, where *FEFO* is set as the removal " "strategy. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different" " receipts are listed with the amounts." msgstr "" "이 예제에는 *모든/건강 및 미용* 카테고리 내에 핸드크림 로트 3개가 있으며, *선한선출* 제거 전략을 활용합니다. " ":guilabel:`재고 평가 보고서`에는 이러한 핸드크림에 대한 입고 내역이 각각의 수량과 함께 열거되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:374 msgid "" "Lot `0000001` contains twenty tubes of hand cream, expiring on Sept 30, lot " "`0000002` contains ten tubes of hand cream, expiring on November 30, and lot" " `0000003` contains ten tubes of hand cream, expiring on October 31." msgstr "" "로트 `0000001`은 9월 30일에 만료되는 핸드크림 20튜브로 구성되어 있습니다. 로트 `0000002`는 유통기한이 11월 " "30일인 핸드크림 튜브 10개로 구성되어 있고, 로트 `0000003`은 10월 31일에 유통기한이 만료되는 핸드크림 튜브 10개로 " "구성되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "" "View the hand cream lot numbers and expiration dates in the inventory " "report." msgstr "재고 보고서에서 핸드크림 로트 번호와 만료일을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:382 msgid "" "Expiration dates can be entered when validating the received products, or " "set on products by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Lots/Serial Numbers`. Click :guilabel:`Create`, enter the serial number, and" " select the product from the drop-down menu. Next, select the expiration " "date in the :guilabel:`Dates` tab. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "유효기간은 수령한 제품을 확인할 때 입력하거나 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 로트/일련 번호`로 이동하여" " 제품에 설정할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하고 일련번호를 입력한 후 드롭다운 메뉴에서 제품을 선택합니다. 다음으로 " ":guilabel:`날짜` 탭에서 만료일을 지정합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001." msgstr "0000001에 대한 제거 날짜 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:391 msgid "" "To see how the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy works, first" " navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories`, and select a product category (in this example, the " ":guilabel:`All/Health & Beauty` category) to edit. This reveals a product " "category form." msgstr "" ":abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)` 전략의 기능을 확인하려면 먼저 :menuseelction:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 품목" " 카테고리`로 이동합니다. 편집할 품목 카테고리(예: :guilabel:`전체/건강 및 뷰티` 카테고리)를 선택하면 품목 카테고리 양식이" " 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:396 msgid "" "Once on the product category form, under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, " "change the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired," " First Out)`." msgstr "" "품목 카테고리 양식의 :guilabel:`물류` 섹션 아래에서 :guilabel:`강제 제거 전략`을 :abbr:`FEFO " "(선한선출)`로 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "FEFO forced removal strategy set on the product category." msgstr "제품 카테고리에 설정된 FEFO 강제 제거 전략입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:403 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and click :guilabel:`Create` to " "create a sales order. Next, select a :guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down" " menu. Then click :guilabel:`Add a product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " "tab. Select a product (for this example, the :guilabel:`Hand Cream`) from " "the drop-down menu, or type in the name of the product in the field. Enter a" " quantity (in this example, `25.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then" " click :guilabel:`Save`, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" ":menuselection:`판매 앱`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`생성`을 선택하여 판매 주문을 생성합니다. 그런 다음 드롭다운 " "메뉴에서 :guilabel:`고객`을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`주문 항목` 탭에서 :guilabel:`품목 추가`를 " "클릭합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 제품 (예: :guilabel:`핸드크림`)을 선택하거나 필드에 제품 이름을 입력합니다. " ":guilabel:`수량` 필드에 수량 (예: `25.00`)을 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 선택하고 마지막으로 " ":guilabel:`확인`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:410 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, the delivery order will be created and " "linked to the picking, and the lot numbers expiring first will be reserved " "thanks to the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy. All twenty " "tubes of hand cream from lot `0000001` and five from lot `0000003` will be " "selected to be sent to the customer, detailed in the :guilabel:`Detailed " "Operations` tab in the sales order." msgstr "" "판매 주문이 확인되면 배송 주문이 생성되고 피킹 프로세스에 연결됩니다. 먼저 만료되는 로트 번호를 예약하기 위해 :abbr:`FEFO " "(선한선출)` 전략이 적용됩니다. 따라서 `0000001` 로트의 핸드크림 20개 튜브와 `0000003` 로트의 5개 튜브가 모두 " "고객에게 발송되도록 선택되며, 자세한 내용은 판매 주문의 :guilabel:`세부 작업` 탭에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Hand cream lot numbers selected for the sales order." msgstr "판매 주문에 대해 선택된 핸드크림 로트 번호입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations" msgstr "가상 위치를 사용하여 여러 창고에서 재고 판매하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for " "smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell " "from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations." msgstr "" "하나의 창고에서 재고를 관리하고 제품을 판매하는 것이 소규모 기업에는 적합할 수 있지만, 대규모 기업에서는 여러 위치에 있는 여러 " "창고에서 재고를 관리하고 판매할 수 있는 기능이 필요할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo, sometimes products included in a single sales order might take " "stock from two (or more) warehouses. In Odoo, pulling products from multiple" " warehouses to satisfy sales demands can be done by using *virtual " "locations*." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 단일 판매 주문에 포함된 제품을 두 개 이상의 창고에서 재고를 가져올 수 있습니다. *가상 위치*를 활용하면 판매 수요를 " "충족하기 위해 여러 창고에서 제품을 가져오는 프로세스가 용이해집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" "In order to create virtual locations in warehouses and proceed to the " "following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step" " Routes` features will need to be enabled in the :menuselection:`Settings` " "app." msgstr "" "창고에 가상 위치를 설정하고 다음 단계를 진행하려면 :menuselection:`설정` 앱에서 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 및 " ":guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 기능을 사용하도록 설정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:18 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, " "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click the checkboxes " "next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. " "Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." msgstr "" "이러한 기능을 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`창고` " "섹션까지 아래로 스크롤한 다음 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 및 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 옆의 확인란을 선택합니다. 그런 " "다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:23 msgid "Create and configure a virtual parent location" msgstr "가상 상위 위치 생성 및 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:25 msgid "" "Before creating any virtual stock locations, a new warehouse will need to be" " created. This new warehouse will act as a *virtual* warehouse, and will be " "the *parent* location of other physical warehouses." msgstr "" "가상 재고 위치를 생성하기 전에 새 창고를 생성해야 합니다. 새로 생성된 창고는 *가상* 창고로 작동하며 다른 물리적 창고의 *상위* " "위치 역할을 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "" "Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical " "warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs " "out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock " "on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be " "used to fulfill a single sales order." msgstr "" "가상 창고는 여러 개의 물리적 창고를 운영하는 기업에게 적합합니다. 특히 한 창고에서 특정 제품의 재고가 부족한 반면 다른 창고에는 " "재고가 남아 있는 경우에 유용합니다. 이러한 경우 두 개 이상의 창고에 있는 재고를 활용하여 단일 판매 주문을 처리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:36 msgid "" "The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory " "stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability " "purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." msgstr "" "\"가상\" 창고는 회사의 물리적 창고에 저장된 모든 재고를 통합하는 단일 애그리게이터 역할을 하며, 특히 추적성을 목적으로 Odoo에서" " 위치 계층을 설정하는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 msgid "Create a new warehouse" msgstr "새 창고 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:43 msgid "" "To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration" " --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the warehouse " ":guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and other " "warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " "Configuration` tab." msgstr "" "새 창고 생성을 시작하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 창고`로 이동한 후 :guilabel:`생성`을" " 클릭합니다. 그 후 창고 :guilabel:`이름` 및 :guilabel:`별칭`을 수정할 수 있으며, 창고 세부 정보는 " ":guilabel:`창고 구성` 탭에서 추가로 조정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:48 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Shipments` heading, set the number of steps used to " "process :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` by" " selecting between the :guilabel:`1 step`, :guilabel:`2 steps`, and " ":guilabel:`3 steps` radio buttons. The desired option for " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` will " "depend on the warehouse's procurement process, and might differ for " "individual products or product categories." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`배송` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`1단계`, :guilabel:`2단계`, :guilabel:`3단계` 라디오 버튼" " 중 하나를 선택하여 :guilabel:`입고 배송` 및 :guilabel:`출고 배송`을 처리하는 데 사용되는 단계 수를 지정합니다. " ":guilabel:`입고 배송` 및 :guilabel:`출고 배송`에 대한 선택 사항은 창고의 조달 프로세스와 일치해야 하며 개별 품목 " "또는 품목 카테고리에 따라 다를 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:55 msgid "" ":doc:`How to choose the right flow to handle receipts and deliveries? " "`" msgstr "" ":doc:`입고 및 배송을 처리하는 데 적합한 플로우를 선택하는 방법은 무엇인가요? " "`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:58 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Resupply` heading, configure the method(s) for how the " "warehouse resupplies its inventory:" msgstr ":guilabel:`재고 보충` 섹션 아래에서 창고에서 재고를 보충하는 방법을 설정합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: resupply subcontractors with components" " from this warehouse." msgstr ":guilabel:`하청업체 재공급`: 이 창고에 있는 부품을 하청업체에 재공급합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " "can be manufactured in this warehouse." msgstr ":guilabel:`제조 후 재공급`: 제품이 제조되면 이 창고 내에서 생산할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: to produce right away, move the components to the " "production location directly and start the manufacturing process; to pick " "first and then produce, unload the components from the stock to input " "location first, and then transfer it to the production location." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`제조`: 즉시 생산하려면 부품을 생산 위치로 직접 이동하고 제조 프로세스를 시작합니다. 또는 먼저 피킹한 다음 " "생산하려면 먼저 재고에서 입력 위치로 부품을 언로드한 다음 생산 위치로 옮깁니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are bought, they can be delivered" " to this warehouse." msgstr ":guilabel:`재공급 구매`: 제품을 구매하면 재공급을 위해 이 창고로 직접 배송할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: automatically create routes to resupply this " "warehouse from another chosen warehouse" msgstr ":guilabel:`재공급처`: 지정된 다른 창고에서 이 창고를 재공급하는 경로를 자동으로 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:73 msgid "" "*Routes* can be set and configured directly from the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "form, by clicking on the :guilabel:`Routes` smart button. Once the warehouse" " is configured, virtual *Locations* can be created." msgstr "" "*경로*는 :guilabel:`창고` 양식에서 :guilabel:`경로` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 직접 설정 및 구성할 수 있습니다. " "창고가 구성되면 가상 *위치*를 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "The edit screen for creating a new warehouse." msgstr "새 창고 생성을 위한 편집 화면입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:81 msgid "" "In order to apply this virtual warehouse as the *parent* location of two " "*child* location warehouses, there need to be two warehouses configured with" " physical stock locations." msgstr "이 가상 창고를 두 *하위* 위치 창고의 *상위* 위치로 지정하려면 실제 재고 위치가 있는 두 창고를 구성해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" msgstr "**상위 창고**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" msgstr ":guilabel:`창고`: `가상 창고`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH`" msgstr ":guilabel:`위치`: `VWH`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Child Warehouses**" msgstr "**하위 창고**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" msgstr ":guilabel:`창고`: `창고 A` 및 `창고 B`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA/Stock` and `WHB/Stock`" msgstr ":guilabel:`위치`: `WHA/Stock` 및 `WHB/Stock`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:95 msgid "Create a virtual parent location" msgstr "가상의 상위 위치 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:98 msgid "" "In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, " "there need to be at least **two** warehouses acting as *child locations* of " "the *virtual parent location* warehouse." msgstr "" "여러 창고에서 재고를 가져와 판매 주문을 처리하려면 *가상 상위 위치* 창고 아래에 최소 **2개** 창고를 *하위 위치*로 설정해야 " "합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:101 msgid "" "To create and edit *Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Locations`. All :guilabel:`Locations` are listed here, " "including the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` of the virtual warehouse that was" " created. Click into the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` for the virtual " "warehouse that was previously created (:dfn:`Warehouse Name/Stock`)." msgstr "" "*위치*를 생성하고 편집하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 위치`로 이동합니다. 이전에 생성한 가상 " "창고의 *재고* :guilabel:`위치`를 포함하여 모든 :guilabel:`위치`가 여기에 표시됩니다. 가상 창고 (:dfn:`창고 " "이름/재고`)에 해당하는 *재고* :guilabel:`위치`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:106 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, change the " ":guilabel:`Location Type` from :guilabel:`Internal Location` to " ":guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." msgstr "" "다음으로, :guilabel:`추가 정보` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`위치 유형`을 :guilabel:`내부 위치`에서 " ":guilabel:`보기`로 수정합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:109 msgid "" "This identifies this :guilabel:`Location` as a *virtual location*, which is " "used to create a hierarchical structure for a warehouse and aggregate its " "*child locations*." msgstr "" "이렇게 하면 이 :guilabel:`위치`가 *가상 위치*로 식별되며, 이 위치는 창고에 대한 계층 구조를 만들고 해당 *하위 위치*를 " "집계하는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:113 msgid "" "Products can *not* be stored in a :guilabel:`View` :guilabel:`Location " "Type`." msgstr "품목은 :guilabel:`보기` :guilabel:`위치 유형`에 보관할 수 *없습니다*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." msgstr "위치 생성 화면의 창고 위치 유형입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:120 msgid "Configure physical warehouse locations" msgstr "실제 창고 위치 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:122 msgid "" "Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Locations` overview (via the breadcrumbs), " "and remove any filters in the :guilabel:`Search Bar`. Then, click into the " "first physical warehouse :guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to" " be a *child location*, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" "이동 경로를 통해 :guilabel:`위치` 개요로 돌아가서 :guilabel:`검색창`에서 필터를 모두 제거합니다. 그런 다음 이전에 " "*하위 위치*로 생성한 첫 번째 물리적 창고 :guilabel:`위치`를 선택하고 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:126 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Parent Location`, select the virtual warehouse from the " "drop-down menu, and :guilabel:`Save` changes. Then, navigate back to the " ":guilabel:`Locations` overview, and repeat this step for the second physical" " warehouse stock location. Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes again." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`상위 위치` 아래의 드롭다운 메뉴에서 가상 창고를 선택하고 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 " "적용합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`위치` 개요로 다시 이동하여 두 번째 실제 창고 재고 위치에 대해 이 과정을 반복합니다. 변경" " 사항을 적용하려면 :guilabel:`저장`을 다시 클릭해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:130 msgid "" "Both locations are now *child locations* of the virtual warehouse *parent " "location*. This allows stock to be taken from multiple locations to fulfill " "a single sales order, if there is not enough stock in any one location " "(provided they are both tied to the same virtual warehouse *parent " "location*)." msgstr "" "이제 두 위치가 모두 가상 창고 *상위 위치*의 *하위 위치*로 설정됩니다. 이렇게 하면 한 위치에 재고가 충분하지 않은 경우 여러 " "위치에서 재고를 가져와 단일 판매 주문을 처리할 수 있습니다. (두 위치가 모두 동일한 가상 창고 *상위 위치*에 연결되어 있는 경우)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:136 msgid "Example flow: Sell a product from a virtual warehouse" msgstr "흐름 예시: 가상 창고에서 제품 판매" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:139 msgid "" "To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual *parent* location " "in this flow, there must be at least **two** products and at least **two** " "warehouses configured - with at least **one** product with quantity on-hand " "in each warehouse, respectively." msgstr "" "이 플로우에서 가상 *상위* 위치를 사용하여 여러 창고에서 제품을 판매하려면 최소 **2개** 제품과 최소 **2개** 창고가 구성되어 " "있어야 합니다. 각 창고에 재고 수량이 있는 제품이 각각 최소 **1개** 이상 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:143 msgid "" "To create a new request for quotation, or RFQ, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` from the " ":guilabel:`Quotations` overview. Fill out the information on the new " "quotation by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a " "product` to add the two products stored in the two warehouses." msgstr "" "새 견적 요청(RFQ)을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`판매` 앱으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`견적` 개요에서 " ":guilabel:`생성`을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`고객`을 지정하여 새 견적에 대한 세부 정보를 입력한 다음 " ":guilabel:`제품 추가`를 클릭하여 두 창고에 저장된 두 제품을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:148 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under " "the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field " "value listed to the virtual warehouse that was previously created. Once the " "warehouse has been changed, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to convert the " "quotation into a sales order." msgstr "" "그런 다음 판매 주문 양식에서 :guilabel:`기타 정보` 탭을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`배송` 섹션에서 " ":guilabel:`창고` 필드의 값을 앞서 생성한 가상 창고로 변경합니다. 창고를 변경한 후 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 " "견적을 판매 주문으로 변환합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:153 msgid "" "Now that the quotation has been confirmed as a sales order, click the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse delivery form, confirm" " that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list the" " virtual warehouse location." msgstr "" "이제 견적이 판매 주문으로 확인되었으므로 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 선택합니다. 창고 배송 양식에서 " ":guilabel:`원본 위치` 값이 판매 주문의 :guilabel:`창고` 필드 값과 일치하는지 확인합니다. 두 값 모두 가상 창고 " "위치를 나타내야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:159 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form and the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales " "order form *must* match in order for the products included in the sales " "order to be pulled from different warehouses." msgstr "" "창고 배송 양식의 :guilabel:`원 위치`'와 판매 주문 양식의 :guilabel:`기타 정보` 탭에 있는 " ":guilabel:`창고`가 일치해야 판매 주문에 포함된 제품을 다른 창고에서 가져올 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:163 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Source Location`" " field on the warehouse delivery form, then click :guilabel:`Edit`, make the" " change, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "가상 창고가 창고 배송 양식의 :guilabel:`원 위치` 필드에 있는 값이 아닌 경우 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하고 변경한 " "다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:166 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field" " on the sales order, then a new quotation may need to be generated." msgstr "가상 창고가 판매 주문의 :guilabel:`창고` 필드에 있는 값이 아닌 경우 새 견적을 생성해야 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:168 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then " "the virtual warehouse (and its children warehouses) may not have been set up" " correctly, in which case, review the documentation above again to make sure" " all settings/configuration were done properly." msgstr "" "판매 주문 양식에 :guilabel:`창고` 필드가 누락된 경우 가상 창고 (및 해당 하위 창고)가 올바르게 구성되지 않았을 수 " "있습니다. 이러한 경우 위에 제공된 문서를 검토하여 모든 설정과 구성이 정확하게 구현되었는지 확인하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." msgstr "원본과 하위 위치가 일치하는 배송 주문." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:176 msgid "" "Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed " "Operations` tab, confirm that the *Locations* values under the " ":guilabel:`From` column for each product matches to the *child locations* " "that are tied to the virtual *parent location*." msgstr "" "마지막으로 창고 배송 양식 내에서 :guilabel:`세부 작업` 탭으로 이동하여 각 제품의 :guilabel:`출발지` 열 아래의 " "*위치* 값이 가상 *상위 위치*와 연결된 *하위 위치*와 일치하는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:181 msgid "" "To view which *Locations* the products are coming from on the drop-down " "menus, click the :guilabel:`internal link (arrow)` icon to expand the " "*Location* information. If needed, it can be changed from here (granted " "there is quantity on hand for the product in that location)." msgstr "" "드롭다운 메뉴에서 제품의 출발지 *위치*를 확인하려면 :guilabel:`내부 링크 (화살표)` 아이콘을 클릭하여 *위치* 정보를 " "펼칩니다. 필요한 경우 여기에서 변경할 수 있습니다(해당 위치의 제품에 대한 재고 수량이 있는 경우)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:185 msgid "" "Once everything has been properly set, click :guilabel:`Validate` and then " ":guilabel:`Apply` to validate the delivery. Then, navigate back to the sales" " order form (via the breadcrumbs), and click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` to " "invoice for the sales order." msgstr "" "모든 설정이 올바르게 완료되면 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭하여 배송을 확인합니다. 그런 " "다음 이동 경로를 통해 판매 주문 양식으로 돌아와서 :guilabel:`청구서 생성`을 클릭하여 판매 주문에 대한 송장을 발행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:190 msgid "" "To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales " "orders, each salesperson can have the virtual warehouse assigned to them " "from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " "employee form." msgstr "" "가상 *상위* 위치를 판매 주문의 기본 창고로 사용하려면 각 영업사원은 직원 양식의 :guilabel:`기본 창고` 옆의 드롭다운 " "메뉴에서 가상 창고를 할당할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." msgstr "직원 양식의 기본 창고 위치." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:3 msgid "Units of measure, packages, and packagings" msgstr "측정 단위, 포장 및 패키지" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are a variety of ways to specify the amount of products being" " bought, stocked, and sold. *Units of measure*, *packages*, and *packagings*" " are all available to streamline inventory flows, allowing for a variety of " "configurations for products as they enter and leave the warehouse." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 구매, 보관, 판매되는 제품의 수량을 정의하는 다양한 방법이 있습니다. *측정 단위*, *패키지*, *포장*은 모두 재고 " "흐름을 간소화하는 데 기여하며, 제품이 창고에 들어오고 나갈 때 다양한 구성을 제공합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:12 msgid "Units of measure" msgstr "단위" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:14 msgid "" "A *unit of measure (UoM)* refers to any of the different standards used to " "measure and handle a quantifiable amount of products, such a units, weight, " "time, or size. Different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for weight, for " "example, can be kilos, pounds, ounces, grams, and so on." msgstr "" "*측정 단위 (UoM)*는 단위, 무게, 시간 또는 크기를 포함하여 제품을 정량화하고 관리하는 데 사용되는 다양한 표준을 나타냅니다. " "예를 들어, 무게의 경우 킬로그램, 파운드, 온스, 그램 등을 포함하는 다양한 :abbr:`UoM(측정 단위)`을 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:18 msgid "" "In Odoo, stock management and purchasing from suppliers are streamlined by " "specifying different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for both buying and " "selling products." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 제품 구매와 판매 모두에 대해 서로 다른 :abbr:`UoM (측정 단위)`을 지정하여 재고 관리와 공급업체 구매를 " "간소화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst-1 msgid "Specify unit of measure for selling a product vs purchasing." msgstr "제품 판매와 구매에 대한 측정 단위를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:25 msgid "" "Once a product has a default :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and " ":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` set on the product form, Odoo " "automatically converts the different units in the product's purchase/sales " "orders and the corresponding delivery orders/receipts." msgstr "" "제품 양식에 기본 :guilabel:`단위` 및 :guilabel:`구매 단위`가 설정되어 있으면 Odoo는 제품의 구매/판매 주문서 및" " 해당 배송 주문서/영수증에 있는 다양한 단위의 변환을 자동으로 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:29 msgid "" "The only condition is that all of the units have to be in the *same " "category* (unit, weight, volume, length, etc.)." msgstr "유일한 조건은 모든 단위가 *동일한 카테고리* (단위, 무게, 부피, 길이 등)에 속해야 한다는 것입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:33 msgid "On the product form for `Rope`, the following fields are set as:" msgstr "`밧줄`에 대한 품목 양식에서 다음 필드는 다음과 같이 설정됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` in `ft` (feet), and" msgstr ":guilabel:`측정 단위``는 `ft`(피트)로," #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` in `cm` (centimeters)." msgstr ":guilabel:`구매 측정 단위는 `cm`(센티미터) 단위입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:38 msgid "" "Because the vendor sells rope in `cm`, the purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is used " "to represent the quantity on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, which is also " "in centimeters." msgstr "" "공급업체가 밧줄을 `cm` 단위로 판매하므로 :abbr:`PO (구매주문서)`에 수량을 표시하는 데 :guilabel:`단위`는 " "센티미터로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Display purchase order for the product, rope, in centimeters." msgstr "제품인 밧줄의 구매주문서를 센티미터 단위로 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:45 msgid "" "After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the quantity of product " "(found under the now visible :guilabel:`Demand` column) is converted from " "the purchase :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` to the :guilabel:`Unit of " "Measure`. Then, when the product is received by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button, the quantity in :guilabel:`Done` is " "automatically adjusted to match the :guilabel:`Demand` column." msgstr "" "abbr:`PO (발주서)`를 확인하면 제품 수량 (현재 표시되는 :guilabel:`수요` 열 아래에 위치)이 구매 :abbr:`UoM" " (측정 단위)`에서 :guilabel:`단위`로 변환됩니다. 그 후 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 클릭하여 제품을 수령하면 " ":guilabel:`완료` 열의 수량이 :guilabel:`수요` 열에 맞게 자동으로 조정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:52 msgid "" "On the *receipt* for `Rope`, the quantities are automatically converted from" " `500 cm` that was requested on the purchase order, to `16.40 ft` to match " "the internal/stock :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` value." msgstr "" "`밧줄`에 대한 *입고*에서 수량은 내부/재고 :guilabel:`단위` 값에 맞게 발주서에 요청된 `500cm`에서 `16.40ft`로" " 자동 변환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Rope quantity is converted from cm to ft during warehouse reception." msgstr "창고 입고 시 로프 수량은 cm에서 ft로 변환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:61 msgid "" ":ref:`Use Different Units of Measure " "`" msgstr ":ref:`다른 측정 단위 사용 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:66 msgid "Packages" msgstr "패키지" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:68 msgid "" "Packages are a physical container that holds one or several products from a " "picking, typically used for outgoing deliveries or internal transfers. " "Packages can be a reusable or disposable (shipping) box, and are **not** " "specific to a product." msgstr "" "패키지는 피킹에서 하나 또는 여러 개의 제품을 담는 물리적 컨테이너 역할을 하며, 일반적으로 출고 배송이나 내부 이동에 사용됩니다. " "이러한 패키지는 재사용이 가능하거나 일회용 (배송) 상자가 될 수 있으며 특정 제품에 **특정되지** 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:72 msgid "" "Reusable boxes temporarily hold products during a picking to be brought to " "either a packing or shipping area. Disposable boxes are the actual shipping " "containers (e.g. cardboard boxes, envelopes, shipping bags, etc). These are " "used to ship the products out to customers." msgstr "" "재사용 가능한 상자는 포장 또는 배송 구역으로 향하는 피킹 프로세스 중에 제품을 임시로 보관하는 데 사용됩니다. 일회용 박스는 실제 배송" " 용기 (예: 판지 상자, 봉투, 배송용 가방 등)입니다. 후자는 고객에게 제품을 배송하는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:76 msgid "" "Multiple items in a sales order (SO) can be separated into different " "packages to accommodate the products. For example, an :abbr:`SO (Sales " "Order)` that has 20 boxes of pencils and 4 boxes of erasers can be separated" " into two separate packages, each containing 10 boxes of pencils and 2 boxes" " of erasers." msgstr "" "판매주문 (SO)에 포함된 여러 품목을 서로 다른 패키지로 분할하여 제품을 쉽게 취급할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, 연필 20박스와 지우개" " 4박스로 구성된 :abbr:`SO (판매주문)`를 두 개의 개별 패키지로 분리할 수 있습니다. 그러면 각 패키지에는 연필 10박스와 " "지우개 2박스가 들어갑니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:82 msgid "" "Products do *not* have to be divided equally. Products can be divided into " "as many packages that are needed to accommodate the :abbr:`SO (Sales " "Order)`." msgstr "" "제품을 균등하게 나눌 필요는 없습니다. abbr:`SO(판매 주문)`의 요구 사항을 충족하는 데 필요한 만큼의 패키지로 분할할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:85 msgid "" "In Odoo, the quantity of products in each package needs to be recorded, so " "there is a full history for each product, including which package each item " "is shipped out in." msgstr "" "Odoo에서는 각 패키지의 제품 수량을 기록해야 하므로 각 품목이 어떤 패키지로 배송되는지 등 각 제품에 대한 전체 이력을 확인할 수 " "있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:88 msgid "" "To use this method, ensure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled, by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Operations`. Click the :guilabel:`Packages` check box, and then " ":guilabel:`Save` to activate the feature." msgstr "" "이 방법을 사용하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정 --> 작업`으로 이동하여 " ":guilabel:`패키지` 옵션이 활성화되어 있는지 확인합니다. :guilabel:`패키지` 확인란을 클릭한 다음 " ":guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:92 msgid "" "On a delivery order, assign which package to use by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon to the right of each product in the" " :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" "배송 주문에서 :guilabel:`≣ (세부 작업)` 탭의 각 제품 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`작업` 아이콘을 클릭하고 사용할 " "패키지를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst-1 msgid "Find detailed operations icon to the right on the product line." msgstr "품목 항목의 오른쪽에 있는 세부 작업 아이콘을 찾아보세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:99 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon of a product reveals a" " pop-up window. In this window, the :guilabel:`Product` name, " ":guilabel:`Demand`, and :guilabel:`Quantity Done` are clearly displayed " "above the customizable product line." msgstr "" "제품의 :guilabel:`≣ (세부 작업)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 팝업 창이 열립니다. 이 창에서는 사용자 지정 가능한 제품 항목 위에 " ":guilabel:`품목` 이름, :guilabel:`수요` 및 :guilabel:`수량 완료`가 눈에 잘 띄게 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:103 msgid "" "Here, the warehouse location the product is coming from can be modified, in " "addition to the :guilabel:`Source Package` and :guilabel:`Destination " "Package`, which represents what package(s) the product(s) will be packaged " "into." msgstr "" "여기에서 제품이 배송되는 창고 위치를 수정할 수 있으며, 제품을 어떤 패키지로 포장할지 나타내는 :guilabel:`원본 패키지` 및 " ":guilabel:`목적지 패키지`도 수정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:107 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to include each additional package used. Enter " "the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Done` field to specify the amount of " "products that will go into the :guilabel:`Destination Package`." msgstr "" "추가로 사용되는 각 패키지를 포함하려면 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`완료` 필드에 원하는 수량을 " "입력하여 :guilabel:`대상 패키지`에 넣을 제품의 양을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:112 msgid "Multiple packages in a single delivery" msgstr "한 번의 배송으로 여러 개의 패키지를 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:114 msgid "" "Although a :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is typically associated with a single" " package, orders can be split by clicking the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed " "Operations)` icon next to the products on an :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` line. " "This opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window with an editable table" " to specify which products are intended for which package." msgstr "" "일반적으로 :abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`는 단일 패키지에 연결되지만, :abbr:`SO (판매 주문)` 항목의 제품 옆의 " ":guilabel:`≣ (세부 작업) 아이콘을 클릭하여 주문을 분할할 수 있습니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 각 패키지에 지정할 제품을 지정할" " 수 있는 편집 가능한 표가 있는 :guilabel:`세부 작업` 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:120 msgid "" "To package 10 boxes of pencils with 2 boxes of erasers from the same " ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, begin by navigating to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery " "Order)`. Then, select the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon to the " "right of the product, `Box of Pencils`. Clicking the icon opens the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window that is used to detail how products, " "like the 20 `Box of Pencils`, are packaged." msgstr "" "연필 10박스와 지우개 2박스를 동일한 :abbr:`SO (판매 주문)`으로 포장하려면 먼저 :abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`로 " "이동합니다. 그런 다음 제품 오른쪽에 있는 `연필 상자` 아이콘인 :guilabel:`≣ (가로줄 4개)`를 선택합니다. 이 아이콘을 " "클릭하면 `연필 상자` 20개와 같은 제품의 포장 방법을 지정하는 데 사용되는 `세부 작업` 창이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:126 msgid "" "Type in `10` under the :guilabel:`Done` field to package 10 products into " "the :guilabel:`Destination Package`. To specify the destination package, " "type the name of an existing package (such as `PACK0000006`) under the " "field, :guilabel:`Destination Package`. If the package does not exist, Odoo " "displays the :guilabel:`Create` button to create a new package. Click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` to assign the remaining products in another package, " "`PACK0000007`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`완료` 필드에 `10`을 입력하여 10개의 제품을 :guilabel:`대상 패키지`에 패키징합니다. 대상 패키지를 " "표시하려면 기존 패키지의 이름 (예: `PACK0000006`)을 :guilabel:`대상 패키지` 필드에 입력합니다. 패키지가 존재하지" " 않는 경우, Odoo는 새 패키지를 생성하기 위해 :guilabel:`생성` 버튼을 표시합니다. 나머지 제품을 " "`PACK0000007`과 같은 다른 패키지에 할당하려면 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "" "Detailed operations pop-up where the amount of product going in a pack can " "be specified." msgstr "패키지에 들어가는 제품의 양을 지정할 수 있는 세부 작업 팝업이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:136 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` on the product line for `Box of " "Erasers` and similarly set 2 :guilabel:`Done` products to `PACK0000006` and " "`PACK0000007` each." msgstr "" "`지우개 상자`에 대한 제품 항목에서 :guilabel:`세부 작업`을 선택하고, 마찬가지로 각 제품의 :guilabel:`완료` 필드에" " 2개를 설정하여 각각 `PACK0000006` 및 `PACK0000007`과 연결합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Put in pack button to match the done amount matches the demand." msgstr "완료된 수량과 수요를 일치시키기 위해 포장하기 버튼을 누릅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:143 msgid "" "Once all the products for each line have been entered, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to return to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "각 항목의 모든 제품을 입력했으면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 :abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`로 돌아갑니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:146 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Done` quantity on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` updates as " "products are selected for each package. When the :guilabel:`Done` amount " "matches the :guilabel:`Demand` amount, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button" " to complete the delivery order." msgstr "" "각 패키지에 대해 제품이 선택되면 :abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`의 :guilabel:`완료` 수량이 업데이트됩니다. " ":guilabel:`완료` 수량이 :guilabel:`수요` 수량과 일치하면 :guilabel:`확인` 버튼을 클릭하여 배송 주문을 " "완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:151 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Put In Pack` button is intended to quickly package all " "products in the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` into one new package. The option" " to rename the package, or modify its contents, is available in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`포장하기` 버튼은 :abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`에 있는 모든 제품을 하나의 새 패키지로 빠르게 포장하기 위한 " "것입니다. 패키지 이름을 변경하거나 내용물을 수정하는 옵션은 :guilabel:`세부 작업` 팝업에서 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:155 msgid "" "Clicking on the :guilabel:`Packages` smart button in the upper-right corner " "of the delivery order reveals a separate page, showing all the packages used" " in that :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" "배송 주문의 오른쪽 상단 모서리에 있는 :guilabel:`패키지` 스마트 버튼을 선택하면 별도의 페이지가 열리며, 해당 " ":abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`에 사용된 모든 패키지가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:159 msgid "Packagings" msgstr "패키지 폭" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:161 msgid "" "*Packaging* is product specific, and refers to a disposable container that " "holds several units of a specific product. Unlike packages, packagings " "cannot be reusable, and each specific packaging must be defined on the " "individual product form." msgstr "" "*포장*은 제품별로 다르며 특정 제품의 여러 단위를 담는 일회용 용기와 관련이 있습니다. 패키지와 달리 포장은 재사용할 수 없으며, " "각각의 특정 포장은 개별 제품 양식에 정의되어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:165 msgid "" "For example, different packages for cans of soda can be configured as a " "6-pack, a 12-pack, or a case of 36. Each flavor of soda would need a `6`, " "`12`, and `36` can packaging configured on the individual product since " "packagings are product specific, not generic." msgstr "" "예를 들어 탄산음료 캔의 경우 6팩, 12팩, 36개입 등 다양한 패키지를 구성할 수 있습니다. 포장은 일반적인 것이 아니라 제품에 따라" " 다르므로 탄산음료의 각 맛에 따라 '6', '12', '36' 캔 포장을 개별 제품에 구성해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:170 msgid "Set up packagings" msgstr "패키지 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:172 msgid "" "To use packagings, ensure the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature is " "enabled. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, " "check the box next to :guilabel:`Product Packagings`, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "패키징을 사용하려면 :guilabel:`제품 패키징` 기능이 활성화되어 있는지 확인합니다. 이를 위해 :menuselection:`재고 " "관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`품목` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`제품 패키징` " "옆의 확인란을 선택하고 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:177 msgid "" "In Odoo, product packagings are used on sales/purchase orders and inventory " "transfers." msgstr "Odoo에서 제품 패키징은 판매/구매 주문 및 재고 이동에 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:179 msgid "" "Next, to create packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Products` and click on the desired product, then click " ":guilabel:`Edit` on the product page." msgstr "" "패키징을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하여 원하는 제품을 선택합니다. 그런 " "다음 제품 페이지에서 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:182 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, a " "pop-up window appears, in which the following information for each packaging" " should be entered:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭에서 아래로 스크롤하여 :guilabel:`포장` 섹션으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`한 줄 " "추가`를 클릭합니다. 그러면 각 포장에 대한 다음 정보를 입력해야 하는 팝업 창이 나타납니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:186 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Packaging`: name of packaging that appears on sales/purchase " "orders as a packaging option for the product" msgstr ":guilabel:`Packaging`: 판매/구매 주문에 제품의 포장 옵션으로 표시되는 포장의 이름입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:188 msgid ":guilabel:`Contained quantity`: amount of product in the packaging" msgstr ":guilabel:`포함된 수량`: 포장에 들어있는 제품의 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier used with the :ref:`Barcode app " "` to trace the packaging of a product during stock" " moves or pickings. Leave blank if not in use" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`바코드`: 재고 이동 또는 피킹 중에 제품의 포장을 추적하기 위해 :ref:`바코드 앱 " "`와 함께 사용되는 식별자입니다. 사용하지 않을 경우 비워둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the " "selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all " "companies." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`회사`:: 선택한 회사에서만 패키징을 사용할 수 있음을 지정합니다. 모든 회사에서 패키징에 액세스할 수 있도록 하려면" " 비워 두세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:195 msgid "" "Create a packaging type for 6 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, by naming " "the :guilabel:`Packaging` to `6-pack` and setting the :guilabel:`Contained " "quantity` to `6` in the pop-up window that appears after clicking on " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" "`포도맛 탄산 음료` 제품 6캔의 포장 카테고리를 설정하려면 :guilabel:`포장`을 `6팩`으로 레이블을 지정하고 " ":guilabel:`항목 추가`를 선택하면 나타나는 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`포함된 수량`을 `6`으로 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Create 6-pack case for product." msgstr " 6팩 케이스를 만듭니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:203 msgid "" "When all the necessary information has been entered, either click " ":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the packaging and return to the product " "detail form, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the packaging and create " "another one in a fresh pop-up window." msgstr "" "필요한 세부 정보를 모두 입력했으면 :guilabel:`저장 후 닫기`를 선택하여 패키징을 저장하고 제품 세부 정보 양식으로 돌아가거나 " ":guilabel:`저장 후 새로 만들기`를 선택하여 패키징을 저장하고 새 팝업 창에서 다른 패키징을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:208 msgid "" "View all product packagings in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product " "form." msgstr "품목 양식의 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭에서 모든 품목 패키징을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "" "Show packaging and contained quantities, specified on the product page form in the\n" "Inventory tab." msgstr "재고 관리 탭의 품목 페이지 양식에 지정된 대로 이름과 포함된 수량을 포함한 포장 정보를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:216 msgid "View all packagings" msgstr "모든 패키지 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:218 msgid "" "To view all packagings that have been created, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. " "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete " "list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new " "packagings by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:224 msgid "" "Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of " "packaging configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each " "product can sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, `12-Pack` of 12 " "products, or a `Case` of 32 products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "List of different packagings for products." msgstr "품목의 다양한 패키지 목록." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:233 msgid "Apply packagings" msgstr "패키지 적용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:235 msgid "" "When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the " "packagings that should be used for the product(s). The chosen packaging is " "displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Package` " "field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:240 msgid "" "18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack " "packagings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line." msgstr "판매 주문 라인에서 패키지를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:247 msgid "" "Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode " "`. When receiving products from suppliers, " "scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the" " packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Process wave transfers" msgstr "웨이브 이송 프로세스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" "While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** " "only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to " "pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " "be a better fit than the other." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:9 msgid "" "To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " "at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:12 msgid "" "In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " "transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:18 msgid "" "Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:21 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In " "the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:30 msgid "Add products to a wave" msgstr "웨이브에 품목 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:32 msgid "" "Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " "products to a wave." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:34 msgid "" "Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same " "operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific " "operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the " "desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots " "icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " ":guilabel:`Operations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:43 msgid "" "On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" " existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." msgstr "웨이브에 추가할 항목을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:51 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " "product, location, carrier, etc..." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:54 msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." msgstr "그러면 팝업 상자가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" "To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the " ":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " "transfer from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` " "option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the " "optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " "selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:64 msgid "View wave transfers" msgstr "웨이브 이송 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:66 msgid "" "To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers" " can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " ":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:5 msgid "Inventory management" msgstr "재고 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:3 msgid "Inventory adjustments" msgstr "재고 조정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:7 msgid "" "In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the " "database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the " "warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to damages, " "human errors, theft, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must " "be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in" " the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:14 msgid "Inventory Adjustments page" msgstr "재고 조정 페이지" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:16 msgid "" "To view the *Inventory Adjustments* page, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:23 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, all products that are " "currently in stock are listed, with each product line containing the " "following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product" " is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory " "adjustment line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the tracking identifier assigned to the " "specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination " "of both." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:32 msgid "" "If a specific product has a quantity of more than `1.00` in stock, and more " "than one serial number (or lot number) assigned to it, each uniquely-" "identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own " "lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded" " in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: the *unit of measure* in which the product is measured. " "Unless otherwise specified (i.e., in :guilabel:`Pounds` or " ":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is " ":guilabel:`Units`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the real quantity counted during an inventory " "count. This field is left blank by default, but can be changed, depending on" " if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, once an inventory adjustment is " "made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made. If not" " otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the " "current year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`User`: the person assigned to the count in the database. This can" " either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the " "count in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the category assigned internally to a specific" " product. Unless otherwise specified (i.e., as :guilabel:`Consumable` or " ":guilabel:`Rental`), the default *Product Category* is set to " ":guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Available Quantity`: the quantity of a specific product that is " "currently available, based on any outstanding/uncompleted sales orders, " "purchase orders, or manufacturing orders that might change the available " "quantity once fulfilled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date on which the adjustments will be " "accounted in the Odoo *Accounting* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose database these inventory adjustments " "are being made on. The company is listed in the top right corner of the " "database, next to the user currently logged in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:63 msgid "" "Some columns are hidden by default. To reveal these columns, click the " ":guilabel:`additional options` button (three dots icon) to the far right of " "the form's top row, and select any desired column to reveal by clicking the " "checkbox next to that option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:68 msgid "Create an inventory adjustment" msgstr "재고 조정 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:70 msgid "" "To create a new inventory adjustment from the :menuselection:`Inventory " "Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so creates a new, blank " "inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:74 msgid "" "On this blank inventory adjustment line, click the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Product` column, and select a product. If the selected product is" " tracked using either lots or serial numbers, the desired lot or serial " "number can also be chosen from the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the " "quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:83 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` for new inventory adjustments is set to " "`0.00` by default. An inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` " "is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history, so it should be " "set to reflect the actual quantity counted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:87 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` and :guilabel:`User` can also be changed via " "their respective drop-down menus. Changing the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " "changes the date that the inventory adjustment should be processed on, and " "selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific " "inventory adjustment (for traceability purposes)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:93 msgid "" "Once all changes have been made to the new inventory adjustment line, click " "away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the" " top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:158 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is less than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **red**. If the" " quantities match, and haven't been changed at all, no value appears in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "재고 조정 페이지의 차액 열." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:106 msgid "" "At this stage, the count (:dfn:`inventory adjustment`) is recorded, but not " "yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has " "not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:110 msgid "" "There are two ways to apply the new inventory adjustment. The first way is " "to click the :guilabel:`Apply` button on the line at the far right of the " "page. The second way is to click the checkbox on the far left of the line. " "Doing so reveals new button options at the top of the page, one of which is " "an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an " ":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" "새 인벤토리 조정을 적용하는 방법에는 두 가지가 있습니다. 첫 번째 방법은 페이지 맨 오른쪽 줄에 있는 :guilabel:`적용` 버튼을 클릭하는 것입니다. 두 번째 방법은 줄 맨 왼쪽에 있는 확인란을 클릭하는 것입니다. 이렇게 하면 페이지 상단에 새 버튼 옵션이 표시되며, 그 중 하나가 :guilabel:`적용` 버튼입니다. 대신 이 버튼을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`인벤토리 조정 참조/이유` 팝업 창이 나타납니다.\n" "새 재고 조정을 적용하는 방법에는 두 가지가 있습니다. 첫 번째 방법은 페이지 맨 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`적용` 버튼을 클릭하는 것입니다. 다른 방법은 줄 맨 왼쪽에 있는 확인란을 선택하는 것입니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 페이지 상단에 :guilabel:`적용` 버튼을 비롯한 추가 버튼 옵션이 표시됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`재고 조정 참조/이유` 팝업 창이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:116 msgid "" "From this pop-up menu, a reference or reason can be assigned to the " "inventory adjustment. By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Reference / " "Reason` field is pre-populated with the date the adjustment is being made " "on, but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:120 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 msgid "Count products" msgstr "제품 개수 계산" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " "Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " "product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:133 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " "If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the " ":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:137 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column to `0.00`. Subsequently, once applied, an " "inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the " "product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "재고 조정 이동 횟수 0." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:146 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " "clicking the :guilabel:`Set` button, record the real value in the field in " "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:150 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " "changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of " "`0.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:154 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " "adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:164 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " "recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " "moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:172 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " "product moves can occur. In that case, the on-hand quantity in the database " "can change and no longer be consistent with the counted quantity. As an " "extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "재고 수 계산 주기 변경" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " "companies, it is crucial that they have an accurate inventory count at all " "times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:185 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, " "which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" " setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:193 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:199 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "대규모 재고 관리 계획" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:207 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:211 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " ":guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:219 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " "Count` pop-up window to appear. From this pop-up, fill in the following " "information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr ":guilabel:`사용자`: 카운트를 담당하는 사용자입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the on-hand quantity of each " "product line with the current value recorded in the database, select " ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:230 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:233 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:237 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts`" msgstr "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "두 번째 창고 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" "A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " "Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" " between them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 msgid "" "By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " "with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," " select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " ":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" msgstr ":guilabel:`창고`: 창고의 전체 이름입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " "referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" " the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " "vendor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 msgid "" "The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" " :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " "they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" " outgoing shipments should follow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " "from this warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " "this warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " "manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " "to be delivered to the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " "the warehouse being created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "" "Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " "Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " "warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 msgid "" "After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " "will be created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" msgstr "새 창고에 재고 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "" "If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " "inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " "Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " "to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " "adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " "adjustment can be referred to by" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " "include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" " added to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " "or leave blank to select any product during the next step" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " "zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " "have no existing inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " "bookkeeping related to the inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " "user's company or as a customer or vendor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " "products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " "affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " "inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " "to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " "adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " "fill out the product line as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" msgstr ":guilabel:`품목`: 재고에 추가되는 품목입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " "the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " "within the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " "serial number used to identify it" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " "location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " "new location or warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " "inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " "values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " ":guilabel:`Counted` column" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 msgid "" "After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " ":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " "values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" " :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " "inventory of the new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" msgstr "다른 창고에서 재공급" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse " "that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a " "local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is " "ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " "warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 msgid "" "To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." msgstr "재고 관리 설정에서 다중 단계 경로를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 msgid "" "View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" "Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the " "warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 msgid "" "After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the " "warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the" " :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second " "warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one " "warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " "resupply this warehouse." msgstr "" "그런 다음 :guilabel:`창고` 페이지로 돌아가서 두 번째 창고에서 보충할 창고를 엽니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`편집`을 " "클릭합니다. :guilabel:`창고 구성` 탭에서 :guilabel:`공급처` 필드를 찾아 두 번째 창고 이름 옆에 있는 확인란을 " "선택합니다. 창고를 여러 창고에서 보충할 수 있는 경우 해당 창고의 확인란도 선택해야 합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 " "클릭하여 설정을 적용합니다. 이제 Odoo가 이 특정 창고를 재공급할 수 있는 창고에 대한 정보를 얻었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "Set route on a product" msgstr "품목 경로 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 msgid "" "After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now " "available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply " "Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a " "product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route" " with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " "by moving the product from one warehouse to another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 msgid "" "When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the " ":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo " "automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from " "the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the " "second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse." " The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " "tracked in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 msgid "" "On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source " "Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " "delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations" msgstr "위치" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" "A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " "room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" "*Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's " "company. These can be a an area where items are stored like an aisle or " "shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " "bays." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" "*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " "exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 msgid "" "*Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where " "items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that have " "not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," " or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 msgid "" "In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be" " enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " "the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" "Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " "form can then be configured as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " "location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" " exists within" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " "is inside of" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " "scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " "returned to this location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :ref:`strategy " "` for how items should be taken from " "inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "The form for creating a new location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:46 msgid "Create location hierarchies" msgstr "위치 계층 구조 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 msgid "" "The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" " to exist within a warehouse or another location. Every location can serve " "as a parent location, and every parent location can have multiple locations " "within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " "structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 msgid "" "Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " "aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " "warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 msgid "" "To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as " "the parent of the room, the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle " "as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " "magnitude." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "경로 및 풀/푸시 규칙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:7 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " "should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " "made available to the retail channel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*," " which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly " "configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" " the configured push/pull rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:16 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "물류창고 내부" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:18 msgid "" "In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, " "storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All " "products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " "locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:27 msgid "" "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the " "receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. " "Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent " "to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in" " the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " "respective locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:36 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " "picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " "the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" " and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" " to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:47 msgid "Pull rules" msgstr "풀 규칙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:49 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:52 msgid "" "Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the " "*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are " "triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " "Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:56 msgid "" "In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from " "the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " "between the two locations is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:59 msgid "" "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " "*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the " "*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are " "triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " "created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:65 msgid "" "All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the" " pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going " "backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these " "transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " "finally the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:71 msgid "Push rules" msgstr "푸시 규칙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:73 msgid "" "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " "generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when " "products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " "product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:77 msgid "" "An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt " "Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be " "applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " "locations for different products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:81 msgid "" "Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to" " the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" " to their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:85 msgid "" "Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " "already generated the product transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:89 msgid "" "Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the " "rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For " "example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are " "grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" " per customer order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:97 msgid "Use routes and rules" msgstr "경로 및 규칙 사용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:99 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " "manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." msgstr "제품 제조망을 관리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:103 msgid "Manage default locations per product." msgstr "품목별 기본 위치를 관리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:104 msgid "" "Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " "as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:106 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:108 msgid "" "To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` " "application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in " "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:117 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " "the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:120 msgid "" "Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " "that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:124 msgid "Pre-configured routes" msgstr "사전 구성된 경로" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:126 msgid "" "To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's " "pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "Odoo 재고 관리의 사전 구성된 창고입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:135 msgid "" "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The " "user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are" " set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" " the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:144 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In " "the route form, the user can view which places the route is " ":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on " "a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company " "environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " "Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:154 msgid "" "At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific " ":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an " ":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " ":guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:163 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "사용자 지정 경로" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:165 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where " "this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " "places." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." msgstr "픽업 배송 경로 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:173 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " "useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " ":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:176 msgid "" "If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to " "be manually set on the product category form by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, " "select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:181 msgid "" "When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in " "the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be " "helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " "from the same category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:189 msgid "" "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to " ":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen " "warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " "that route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:197 msgid "" "If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or " "less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " "quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:201 msgid "" "Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the " "quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " "quotation/sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:208 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " "or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " "manually set on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:211 msgid "" "To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products " "--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " "select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:220 msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:223 msgid "Rules" msgstr "규칙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:225 msgid "" "The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired" " route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " "section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:233 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " "*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " ":guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a" " specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or " "from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need " "appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " "this need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:240 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products " "in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to " "the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " "destination location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:243 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the " "two situations explained above. This means that when products are required " "at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " "fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule " "is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " "are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`풀 앤 푸시`: 이 규칙은 두 가지 다른 상황에서 피킹을 생성할 수 있습니다. 첫 번째 상황에서는 특정 위치에 제품이" " 필요한 경우 이 요구 사항을 충족하기 위해 이전 위치에서 이송이 시작됩니다. 그 후, 이 작업은 초기 위치에서 요구 사항을 생성하고 " "이를 충족하기 위한 규칙을 트리거합니다. 두 번째 요구 사항이 충족되면 제품이 목적지 위치로 푸시되어 모든 요구 사항이 충족됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:248 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " "request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" "zone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:258 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " "defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:261 msgid "" "If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or " ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " ":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:265 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" " of the source location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " "bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the " "products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there" " is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " "products to the source location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "" "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " "Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:277 msgid "" "If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide " "to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:281 msgid "Sample full route flow" msgstr "전체 경로 흐름 샘플" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:283 msgid "" "In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" " flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:286 msgid "" "First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are" " three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " "Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:289 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " ":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:295 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " ":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:303 msgid "" "This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " "ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:311 msgid "" "If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the " "status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " "Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:319 msgid "" "To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " "area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " "output zones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:326 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" " zones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:333 msgid "" "As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the " "process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, " "which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process" " (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, " "everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " "items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:338 msgid "" "In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" " have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3 msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment" msgstr "보충을 사용하여 창고 간 제품 이동하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" "For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to " "transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse " "transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-" "warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during " "and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting " "an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12 msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "물류창고 간 보충을 위한 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" " then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide " "additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are " "needed for inter-warehouse replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an " "additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will " "be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for " "another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be " "identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a" " new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. " "Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that " "will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "" "A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39 msgid "" "For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are " "transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the " "warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San " "Francisco 2\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44 msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "물류창고 간 보충을 위한 품목 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46 msgid "" "Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be " "transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` " "a new one, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable " "the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the " "warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse " "that products are transferred from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59 msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another" msgstr "한 창고에서 다른 창고로 보충" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61 msgid "" "Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select " ":menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will" " be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of " "the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse" " being replenished" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to " "take place" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished" msgstr ":guilabel:`창고`: 보충할 창고입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* " "being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the " "product will be transferred from" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The form for replenishing a product." msgstr "제품 보충 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the " "outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive " "the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and " "incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require " "between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-" "step deliveries and receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82 msgid "Process the delivery order" msgstr "배송 주문 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84 msgid "" "The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the" " warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` " "button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, " "then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order" " page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to " "reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has" " been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the " "quantities shipped." msgstr "" "보충 주문은 제품이 전송되는 창고에서 배송을 처리하는 것으로 시작됩니다. :menuselection:`재고 관리` 대시보드에서 출고 " "창고와 연결된 :guilabel:`배송 주문` 카드 내의 :guilabel:`진행 대기` 버튼을 찾아 선택합니다. 그런 다음 보충을 위해" " 생성된 배송 주문을 선택합니다. 배송 주문 페이지에서 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`주문 가능 여부 확인` 버튼을 클릭하여 " "지정된 수량의 제품을 배송 예약합니다. 배송이 완료되면 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 클릭하여 배송된 수량을 공식적으로 기록합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " "that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process`" " button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then " "the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the " "quantities received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109 msgid "" "After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in " "the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both " "warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the " ":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114 msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "물류창고 간 보충 자동화" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116 msgid "" "Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of " "replenishing one warehouse from another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119 msgid "" "To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " "Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the " "product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the " "top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to " "configure the form as follows:" msgstr "" "시작하려면 :menuselection:`재고 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하여, 보충할 품목을 선택합니다. 품목 페이지에서 양식의 " "가장 상단에 위치한 :guilabel:`재주문 규칙` 버튼을 누르면 나타나는 다음 페이지에서 :guilabel:`생성` 버튼을 누르면 " "다음과 같은 구성 양식이 표시됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish " "when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming " "warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product" " will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished " "in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be " "replenished in batches of 20" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this " "value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " "length, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "A fully configured reordering rule." msgstr "완벽하게 설정된 재주문 규칙." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139 msgid "" "Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created." " Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be " "created for each reordering rule that has been triggered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144 msgid "" "To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> " "Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the" " pop-up that appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148 msgid "" "After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for " "the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order " "and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" msgstr "창고 및 위치 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "창고" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's " "items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " "can create moves between warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 msgid "" "A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " "sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " "Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " "to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " "be configured as needed under one warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 msgid "There are three types of locations:" msgstr "위치는 세 가지 유형으로 나뉩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " "warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " "areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " "warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " "difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " "anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " "Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " "(**Procurements**)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 msgid "" "In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " "structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " "more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " "organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 msgid "" "To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" "To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " ":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 msgid "" "To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " "Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" "Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " "The short name is five characters maximum." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " "documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " "letters of location]\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " "related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " "created warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 msgid "" "Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " ":guilabel:`Locations` setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 msgid "Create a new location" msgstr "새 위치 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" "To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " "Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" "Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" " and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "재고 가치 평가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" msgstr "제품에 추가 비용 (양륙 비용) 통합하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:7 msgid "" "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:13 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also " "gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed " "costs accounting entries will be recorded." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:22 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "제품에 비용 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" msgstr "공급업체 청구서 받기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:27 msgid "" "After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in " "Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick " "the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice " "line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:35 msgid "" "For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in " "Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor " "bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost " "information every time a vendor bill comes in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 msgid "" "First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " "Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the " ":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must " "always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`" " tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 msgid "" "Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the " ":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost " "product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at " "the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with " "the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product " "lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by " "clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from " "the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "양륙 비용을 공급업체 청구서에 추가한 후 (청구서 항목에서 :guilabel:`양륙 비용` 옵션을 선택하거나 청구서에 양륙 비용 제품을 " "추가하여) 청구서 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`양륙 비용 생성` 버튼을 클릭합니다. Odoo는 :guilabel:`추가 비용` 품목 " "항목에 지정된 양륙 비용이 미리 입력되어 있는 양륙 비용 레코드를 자동으로 생성합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하고 " ":guilabel:`이송` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 피킹 참조 번호를 선택하여 추가 비용이 적용될 피킹을 결정합니다. 프로세스를 완료하려면 " ":guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "" "Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:64 msgid "" "After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost " "record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the " "impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the " "landed cost entry to the accounting journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:68 msgid "" "The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed " "cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:72 msgid "" "The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category " "set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average " "Costing)` method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Landed cost journal entry" msgstr "양륙 비용 전표 항목" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "" "Landed cost records can also be directly created in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not " "necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3 msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" msgstr "재고 가치 평가 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 msgid "" "All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its " "inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting " "records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual " "inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team posts " "journal entries based on the physical inventory of the company, and that " "warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, this method " "is reflected inside each product category, where the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`." msgstr "" "기본적으로 Odoo는 정기 재고 평가 (수동 재고 평가라고도 함)를 사용합니다. 이 방식은 회계 팀이 회사의 실제 재고를 기반으로 분개 " "항목을 게시하고 창고 직원이 시간을 들여 재고 계산을 수행하는 방식입니다. Odoo에서 이 방법은 각 제품 카테고리 내에서 표시되며, " ":guilabel:`원가 계산 방법` 필드의 기본값은 `표준 가격`이고 :guilabel:`재고 평가` 필드의 기본값은 `수동`입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "" "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " "entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a " "company's inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " "Even after the initial setup, the method will need to be periodically " "checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing " "basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "계정의 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " "navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " "only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " "*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" " both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " "product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " "used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 msgid "Costing methods" msgstr "원가계산법" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 msgid "" "Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " "valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 msgid "" "**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " "product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " "compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " "differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 msgid "" "**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " "average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" " on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " "constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 msgid "" "**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " "items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " "valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " "sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " "lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " "valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " "inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " "sensitive to input data and human error." msgstr "" "**선입선출 (FIFO)**: 입출고되는 품목의 비용을 실시간으로 추적하고 제품의 실제 가격을 사용하여 자산 평가를 반영합니다. 해당 " "제품의 전체 로트가 판매될 때까지 가장 오래된 구매 가격이 다음에 판매되는 상품의 원가로 사용됩니다. 다음 재고 로트가 대기열에서 위로 " "이동하면 해당 특정 로트의 평가에 따라 업데이트된 제품 원가가 사용됩니다. 이 방법은 여러 가지 이유로 가장 정확한 재고 평가 방법이지만" " 입력 데이터와 인적 오류에 매우 민감합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 msgid "" "Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" " recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " "here." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" msgstr "Odoo에서 자동 재고 자산 평가 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " "choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " "apply." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " "desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " ":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " "In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " ":guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 msgid "" ":ref:`Using the inventory " "valuation`" msgstr ":ref:`재고 가치 평가 활용 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " "products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " "*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " ":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " "purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " "validated purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " "value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " "from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " "change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " "changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " "*Inventory Valuation* report." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`원가 계산 방법`이 수정되면 이미 재고가 있는 제품 중 :guilabel:`표준` 원가 계산 방법을 사용하던 제품은 " "값이 변경되지 않습니다. 대신 기존 단위는 그 값을 유지하며, 이후의 제품 이동은 평균 원가에 영향을 미쳐 제품 원가가 변동됩니다. 제품" " 양식의 :guilabel:`비용` 필드의 값이 수동으로 변경되면 Odoo는 *재고 평가* 보고서에 해당 레코드를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 msgid "" "On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " "appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " "inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " "valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for " "all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " "valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value" " for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" msgstr "재고 자산 평가로 생성된 보고 데이터 액세스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " ":guilabel:`Today`, and adjust the filtering :guilabel:`Options` to " ":guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all" " at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " "to see an itemized view of all of the journal entries, or by selecting " ":guilabel:`Journal Items` to review all of the individualized journal " "entries that were submitted to the account. As well, annotations to the " ":guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, " "filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Using inventory valuation" msgstr "재고 가치 평가 사용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:7 msgid "" "*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that " "calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory " "valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees " "physically counting the products— or automatically through the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" msgstr "자동 재고 가치 평가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:17 msgid "" "To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " "entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " "going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " "`" msgstr ":ref:`재고 자산 평가 설정 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "제품 수령" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 msgid "" "To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" " the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " "desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" " icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" " link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" " as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " "Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" "간단한 *테이블*와 같이 들어오는 품목의 값을 모니터링하려면 품목에서 직접 카테고리를 구성합니다. 이렇게 하려면 " ":menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하여 원하는 제품을 선택합니다. 품목 양식 내에서 " ":guilabel:`➡️(오른쪽 화살표)` 아이콘을 :guilabel:`품목 카테고리` 필드 옆에 클릭하면 카테고리를 편집할 수 있는 " "내부 링크로 연결됩니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`원가 계산 방법`을 :guilabel:`선입선출 (FIFO)`로 설정하고 " ":guilabel:`재고 평가`를 :guilabel:`자동화`로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " "purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 msgid "" "After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" " :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " "displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " "affected by this purchase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:56 msgid "" ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " ":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "`" " feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " "companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " "product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" " the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "제품 배송" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " "valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "Inventory valuation report" msgstr "재고 가치 평가 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " ":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " "with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" " :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:95 msgid "" ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " ":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "여러 제품을 표시하는 재고 자산 평가 보고서." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:102 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " "the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" "up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " "date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:107 msgid "" "View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" "hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " "right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "품목 단가 업데이트" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " "represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool " "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " ":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:127 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " "Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " ":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " "product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " "reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " "(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" " Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " "recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:138 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" " only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "" "Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being " "inflation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" msgstr "재고 가치 평가 전표 항목" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:148 msgid "" "In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " ":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " "dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " "valuation records are identified by checking values in the " ":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " "value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " "for receipts)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:154 msgid "" "Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " "accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " "of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " "warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:159 msgid "" "To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " "reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " "found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." " Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " "matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " "the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " "stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:176 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " "`_" msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 재고 자산 평가 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "유지보수" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " "track of maintenance requirements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " "`_" msgstr "" "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 장비 유지보수 관리 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 msgid "Equipment management" msgstr "설비 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "새 장비 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, *equipment* refers to any item that is used in everyday operations," " including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece of machinery" " on a production line, a tool that is used in different locations, or a " "computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo can be owned by " "the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third party, such as a " "vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" "오두에서 *장비*는 제품 제조를 포함한 일상 업무에 사용되는 모든 품목을 의미합니다. 여기에는 생산 라인의 기계, 다양한 장소에서 " "사용되는 도구 또는 사무실 공간의 컴퓨터 등이 해당됩니다. Odoo에 등록된 장비는 Odoo 데이터베이스를 사용하는 회사가 소유하거나 " "장비 대여의 경우 공급업체와 같은 제3자가 소유할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:13 msgid "" "Using Odoo *Maintenance*, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " "add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` " "module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, " "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:18 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:19 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " "created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment " "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting " ":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this " "page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " "maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team " "should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as " "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a " "work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "추가 품목 정보 포함" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:48 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "유지보수 세부 정보 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:80 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" " Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated " "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:86 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 msgid "Manufacturing" msgstr "제조" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " "manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" " shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" " maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: MRP `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 바코드 스캐너 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" msgstr ":doc:`IoT 박스 (MES) `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing workflows" msgstr "제조 워크플로우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "자재명세서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " "It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " "needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" " :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "자재명세서(BoM) 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " "managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " "of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" " to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " "product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " "quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " "beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " "Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" "표준 :abbr:`BoM (자재 명세서)`의 경우 :guilabel:`BoM 유형`을 :guilabel:`본 제품 제조`로 설정합니다. " "그런 다음 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 선택하여 최종 제품의 생산을 구성하는 다양한 부품과 각 수량을 지정합니다. abbr:`BoM" " (자재 명세서)`을 통해 새 부품을 효율적으로 생성하거나 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 품목 --> 품목 --> " "생성`으로 이동하여 미리 생성할 수 있습니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 :abbr:`BoM (자재 명세서)` " "생성을 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "자재명세서 설정." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" " :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " "specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " "on Variants` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "자재명세서의 품목 세부사항." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "작업 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" " this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Operations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " "operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " "name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " "components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " "variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" " new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " "Operations` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "기존 작업 복사 기능." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " "the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " "operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " "Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" msgstr "제품 제조 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " "be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " "route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " "steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " "manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:14 msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" msgstr "제조 경로 활성화" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:16 msgid "" "The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." " To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" " --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " "clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:20 msgid "" "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " "tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "자재명세서 (BoM) 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " "product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " "button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " "new |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" " produces." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " ":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " "all components have been added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " ":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " "(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " "be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " ":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " "to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "키트 사용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *kit* is a type of bill of materials (BoM) that can be " "manufactured and sold. Kits are sets of unassembled components sold to " "customers. They may be sold as standalone products, but are also useful " "tools for managing more complex bills of materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "To use, manufacture, and sell kits, both the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and " ":guilabel:`Inventory` apps need to be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Create the kit as a product" msgstr "키트를 제품으로 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16 msgid "" "To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization " "tool, the kit should first be created as a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" "To create a kit product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22 msgid "" "Then, assign a name to the new kit product. Next, under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to " ":guilabel:`Consumable`. Kit products work best as consumables, because the " "stock on-hand for kits is typically not tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Although kits should almost always be set to :guilabel:`Consumable`, " "companies using **Anglo-Saxon** accounting might need to create kits as a " ":guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is because when processing invoices for " "kits, the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) will be posted in accounting journals." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:32 msgid "" "Unlike storable products, the :guilabel:`Routes` designation under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter for kits, since Odoo uses the " "routes of the kit's individual components for replenishment purposes. All " "other parameters for the kit product may be modified according to " "preference. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "The kit's components must also be configured as products via " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. These components " "require no specific configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 msgid "Set up the kit BoM" msgstr "자재명세서 키트 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:43 msgid "" "After fully configuring the kit product and its components, a new :abbr:`BoM" " (bill of materials)` can be created for the kit product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Next to the :guilabel:`Product` " "field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a list of products, and select the" " previously configured kit product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Kit` option." " Finally, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, and add each desired component, and specify their quantities under " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly-created :abbr:`BoM " "(bill of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials." msgstr "자재명세서에서 키트를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60 msgid "" "If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components " "need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring " "manufacturing operations is not necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "" "When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the " "quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of " "the kit is listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs" msgstr "키트를 사용하여 복잡한 BoM 관리하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:70 msgid "" "Kits are also used to manage multi-level :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`. " "These are products that contain **other** :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "products as components, and therefore require *nested* :abbr:`BoMs (bills of" " materials)`. Incorporating pre-configured kits into multi-level :abbr:`BoMs" " (bills of materials)` allows for cleaner organization of bundled products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:75 msgid "" "To configure this type of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` with a kit as a " "component, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" " Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:79 msgid "" "Next to the :guilabel:`Product` field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a " "list of products, and select the desired :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "product. Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture this product` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:83 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " "select a kit as the component. Adding the kit as a component eliminates the " "need to add the kit's components individually. Any :guilabel:`BoM Type` can " "be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:88 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:95 msgid "Structure & cost" msgstr "구조 및 원가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:97 msgid "" "To access a comprehensive overview of the multi-level :abbr:`BoM's (bill of " "material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart " "button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)` can be expanded and " "viewed from this report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:105 msgid "" "When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multi-level " ":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to " "show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (bill of " "materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:111 msgid "" "Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or " "sale. To manage multi-level products that require manufactured sub-" "components, refer to :doc:`this documentation ` on sub-" "assemblies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing backorders" msgstr "이월 주문 제조" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" " immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " "manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " "for the remaining amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 msgid "" "In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " "manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" " tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " "additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 msgid "" "A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " "*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " "manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" " are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 msgid "" "Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " "five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " "manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " "*WH/MO/00175-002*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 msgid "" "Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " "immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " "that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." " Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " "*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" msgstr "제조 이월 주문 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" " to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" " clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 msgid "" "If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " "the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 msgid "" "After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " "that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " "manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." msgstr "제조주문서의 수량 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " "initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " "created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" " into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " "*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "" "The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" " pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 msgid "" "Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " "immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " "yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 msgid "" "Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" " are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " "the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 msgid "" "If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " "another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " "section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" msgstr "태블릿 보기에서 이월 주문 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 msgid "" "Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " "tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 msgid "" "In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " "enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " ":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " "This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " "from which the tablet view can be opened." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 msgid "" "To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" " clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 msgid "" "After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" " tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" " the first work order to enter the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 msgid "" "Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " "the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." msgstr "태블릿 보기의 단위 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 msgid "" "The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " "order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " "multiple work orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 msgid "Single work order" msgstr "단일 작업지시서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 msgid "" "If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " "order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" " MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " "still need to be manufactured is created automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "" "The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 msgid "" "Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" " select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " "reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 msgid "" "On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" " and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" " work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " "will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " "Close MO` after completing the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 msgid "" "If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " "the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " "view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " "backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " "the steps detailed in this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 msgid "Multiple work orders" msgstr "다중 작업 지시서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 msgid "" "If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " "complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." " This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " "*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " "the original order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 msgid "" "The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " "manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " "immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " "button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 msgid "" "To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " "the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " "order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " ":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 msgid "" "Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" " select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " "the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 msgid "" "If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " "click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" " orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 msgid "" "If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " "the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " "view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " "backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " "tag." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 msgid "" "The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " "steps detailed in this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 msgid "" "It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " "order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." " Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " "backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 msgid "" "A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " "orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " "immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " "two of them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 msgid "" "As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " "painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " ":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " "work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " ":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " "Production`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 msgid "" "A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " "the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " ":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " "completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 msgid "" "Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " "remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " "complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "One-step manufacturing" msgstr "1단계 제조 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using one-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a " "manufacturing order (MO), but does not generate transfers for the movement " "of components out of inventory or finished products into stock. Inventory " "counts still update based on the number of components used and products " "manufactured, but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not " "tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:16 msgid "" "The number of steps used in manufacturing is set at the warehouse level, " "allowing for each warehouse to use a different number of steps. To change " "the number of steps used for a specific warehouse, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and then select" " a warehouse from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:21 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, find the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` radio input field, and select one of the three " "options: :guilabel:`Manufacture (1 step)`, :guilabel:`Pick components and " "then manufacture (2 steps)`, or :guilabel:`Pick components, manufacture and " "then store products (3 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:0 msgid "The Manufacture radio input field on a warehouse configuration page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:31 msgid "" "Products must be properly configured before they can be manufactured in " "Odoo. For details on how to do so, see the documentation on how to " ":ref:`configure a product for manufacturing " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:36 msgid "Create manufacturing order" msgstr "제조 주문 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:38 msgid "" "To manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:42 msgid "" "On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field " "auto-populates with the associated bill of materials (BoM)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:45 msgid "" "If a product has more than one |BOM| configured for it, the specific |BOM| " "can be selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and the " ":guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the associated product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:49 msgid "" "After a |BOM| has been selected, the :guilabel:`Components` and " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs auto-populate with the components and " "operations specified on the |BOM|. If additional components or operations " "are required for the |MO| being configured, add them to the " ":guilabel:`Components` and :guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:77 msgid "Process manufacturing order" msgstr "제조 주문 프로세스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:79 msgid "" "An |MO| is processed by completing all of the work orders listed under its " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. This can be done on the |MO| itself, or from " "the work order tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:83 msgid "Basic workflow" msgstr "기본 워크플로우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:85 msgid "" "To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select an |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:91 msgid "" "On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins " "on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the " ":guilabel:`Start` button for that work order. Odoo *Manufacturing* then " "starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to " "complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for an operation on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:96 msgid "" "When the work order is completed, click the :guilabel:`Done` button for that" " work order. Repeat the same process for each work order listed on the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for an operation on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:103 msgid "" "After completing all of the work orders, click :guilabel:`Produce All` at " "the top of the screen to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the" " manufactured product(s) into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:107 msgid "Tablet view workflow" msgstr "태블릿 보기 워크플로우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:112 msgid "" "To complete the work orders for an |MO| using the tablet view, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and then select a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:116 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then select the " ":guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on the line of the first work order to be " "processed. This opens the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:119 msgid "" "After opening the tablet view, Odoo *Manufacturing* automatically starts a " "timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to complete. After " "completing the work order, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in the " "top-right corner of the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` while there is at least one more work " "order left to complete opens a page that lists the next work order. Click on" " that work order to open it in the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:105 msgid "" "Once the final work order for the |MO| has been reached, a :guilabel:`Mark " "as Done and Close MO` button appears on the tablet view in addition to the " ":guilabel:`Mark as Done` button. Click :guilabel:`Mark as Done and Close MO`" " to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done` and register the manufactured " "product(s) into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:110 msgid "" "It is also possible to complete the final operation while keeping the |MO| " "open, by clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. In this case, the |MO| can be " "closed later by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "품목 세부사항에 대한 BoM 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " "the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " "a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" " :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 msgid "Activate product variants" msgstr "품목 세부선택사항 활성화" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " "down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" " the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " "apply the setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " ":doc:`product variants " "<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "재고 관리 앱 설정에서 '품목 세부사항'을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 msgid "Create custom product attributes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 msgid "" "Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " "attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 msgid "" "Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " "attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " "For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " "changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 msgid "" "Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " ":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " "options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " "Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " "new value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 msgid "" "Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " "checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " "which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " "a custom variant of a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 msgid "" "Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " "to save the new attribute." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 msgid "Add product variants on the product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 msgid "" "Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " "products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" " by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " "make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " "a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " "choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " "them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " "added to the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " "manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " "or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "품목 세부사항에 BoM 부품 적용하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" "Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " "one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" " Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " "of Materials` form to configure from scratch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 msgid "" "Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" "down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 msgid "" "Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " ":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " "choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 msgid "" "Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" " Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " "product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " "the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" " field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " "menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" "When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " "assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" " :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " "used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 msgid "" "When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " "materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 msgid "" "For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " "operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " "in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " "additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 msgid "" "To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" " to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" " quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 msgid "" "Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " "the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " "product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " ":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 msgid "" "From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" " correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " ":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " "to sell and manufacture, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " "will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " "available optional products will appear, if they have been created " "previously." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " "and confirm a new sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " "smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 msgid "" "On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " "components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," " different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " ":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 msgid "" "To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " "icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 msgid "" "From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " "progresses to complete the operation steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " "manufacturing order form to complete the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 msgid "" "Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " "the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 msgid "" "Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " ":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 msgid "" "To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " ":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " "invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Scrap during manufacturing" msgstr "제조 과정 중 폐기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:5 msgid "" "During the manufacturing process, the need to scrap manufacturing components" " or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or " "product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "By default, scrapping a component or finished product removes it from " "physical inventory and places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual " "Locations/Scrap*. A virtual location is **not** a physical space, but rather" " a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in " "physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:14 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for both components and finished products to be " "scrapped within a manufacturing order. The specific type of item that can be" " scrapped during a manufacturing order depends on the stage of the " "manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:23 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, then remove the " ":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " "all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual " "Locations/Scrap` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "Scrap manufacturing components" msgstr "제조 부품 폐기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:31 msgid "" "To scrap components during the manufacturing process, begin by navigating to" " :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Manufacturing Orders`, then select a " "manufacturing order or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one. If a" " new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the manufacturing order has been confirmed, a :guilabel:`Scrap` button " "appears at the top of the page. Click the button and a :guilabel:`Scrap` " "pop-up window appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The scrap button on a manufacturing order." msgstr "제조 주문의 폐기 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu on the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up " "window, select the component that is being scrapped, then enter the quantity" " in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap" " the component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Scrap pop-up window." msgstr "폐기 팝업 창." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:52 msgid "" "Before clicking :guilabel:`Mark As Done` on a manufacturing order, only the " "components of the finished product can be scrapped, **not** the finished " "product itself. This is because Odoo recognizes that the finished product " "cannot be scrapped before it has been manufactured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56 msgid "" "After scrapping a component, continue the manufacturing process using the " "required quantity of the component that was scrapped. The on-hand stock " "count for the component that was scrapped updates to reflect both the " "scrapped quantity and the quantity consumed during manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:61 msgid "" "If the manufacturing of a table requires four units of a table leg, and two " "units of the table leg were scrapped during the manufacturing process, the " "total quantity of table legs consumed will be six: four units used to " "manufacture the table plus two units scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66 msgid "Scrap components from tablet view" msgstr "태블릿 보기에서 부품 폐기하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:68 msgid "" "Components can also be scrapped from the manufacturing tablet view. To do " "so, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab on a manufacturing order, then " "click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` icon for a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The tablet view icon for a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:76 msgid "" "With tablet view open, click the :guilabel:`☰ (menu)` button at the top left" " of the screen, then select the :guilabel:`Scrap` button on the " ":guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. The :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window then " "appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "" "The Scrap button on the Menu pop-up window of the manufacturing tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:84 msgid "" "Finally, select a component from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and " "enter the quantity being scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Click " ":guilabel:`Done` to scrap the component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "Scrap finished products" msgstr "완제품 폐기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:90 msgid "" "Odoo also allows for finished products to be scrapped from a manufacturing " "order once the order is completed. After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, " "click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to make the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up " "window appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:94 msgid "" "Since the components have been consumed to create the finished product, they" " will no longer appear in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Instead, " "the finished product will be available as an option. Select the finished " "product and enter the quantity to be scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " "field. Click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the finished product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:99 msgid "" "The on-hand stock count for the product that was scrapped will update to " "reflect both the scrapped quantity and the quantity produced during " "manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:103 msgid "" "If five units of a chair were manufactured, but two units were scrapped " "after manufacturing was completed, then the on-hand inventory of the chair " "will increase by three: five units manufactured minus two units scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:3 msgid "Split and merge manufacturing orders" msgstr "제조 주문 분할 및 병합" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo *Manufacturing*, it is possible to create manufacturing orders for a" " single unit of an item, or multiple units of the same item. In some cases, " "it may be necessary to split a manufacturing order that contains multiple " "units into two or more orders, or to merge two or more orders into a single " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:11 msgid "" "A manufacturing order can only contain one unit of a product, or multiple " "units of a single product that all use the same Bill of Materials (BoM). As " "a result, it is only possible to merge manufacturing orders when every order" " contains the same product being manufactured with the same BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:17 msgid "Split manufacturing orders" msgstr "제조 주문 분할" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:19 msgid "" "To split a manufacturing order into multiple orders, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" " select a manufacturing order. At the top of the page, next to the " ":guilabel:`New` button, the manufacturing order's reference number appears " "with a :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button next to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:24 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button to open the general settings for " "the manufacturing order, then select :guilabel:`Split`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Settings and Split buttons on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:31 msgid "" "After selecting :guilabel:`Split`, a :guilabel:`Split production` pop-up " "window appears. In the :guilabel:`Split #` field, enter the number of " "manufacturing orders that the original order should be split into, then " "click outside of the field. A table appears below, with a line for each new " "manufacturing order that will be created by the split. In the " ":guilabel:`Quantity To Produce` column, enter the number of units that will " "be assigned to each new manufacturing order. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Split` to split the manufacturing order." msgstr "" ":guilabel:'분할'을 선택하면 :guilabel:'생산 분할' 팝업 창이 나타납니다. :guilabel:`분할 #` 필드에 원래 " "주문을 분할할 제조 주문의 수를 입력합니다. 그런 다음 필드 외부를 클릭하면 아래에 표가 나타납니다. 이 표의 각 줄은 분할로 생성된 새" " 제조 주문을 나타냅니다. :guilabel:`생산할 수량` 열에 각 새 제조 주문에 할당할 단위 수를 입력합니다. 마지막으로 " ":guilabel:`분할`을 클릭하여 제조 주문 분할을 실행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Split production pop-up window for a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:42 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Split`, the original manufacturing order is split " "into the number of orders that was specified in the :guilabel:`Split #` " "field. The reference numbers for the new manufacturing orders are the " "reference number for the original order with *-###* tags added to the end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:48 msgid "" "Manufacturing order *WH/MO/00012* is split into three separate orders. The " "reference numbers for the new orders are *WH/MO/00012-001*, " "*WH/MO/00012-002*, and *WH/MO/00012-003*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:52 msgid "Merge manufacturing orders" msgstr "제조 주문 병합" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:54 msgid "" "To merge two or more manufacturing orders into a single order, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`. Select the manufacturing orders that will be merged by activating " "the checkbox to the left of the name of each order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "" "Select manufacturing orders that will be merged by clicking the checkbox for" " each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:62 msgid "" "Once all manufacturing orders have been selected, click the " ":guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the page, then select " ":guilabel:`Merge` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Actions and Merge buttons on the Manufacturing Orders page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:69 msgid "" "The selected manufacturing orders are merged into a single order. The " "reference number for the new manufacturing order is the next sequential " "number that has *not* already been assigned to an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:73 msgid "" "The last reference number used for a manufacturing order was *WH/MO/00012*. " "Two manufacturing orders, *WH/MO/00008* and *WH/MO/00009*, are merged into a" " single order. The reference number for the manufacturing order created by " "the merger is *WH/MO/00013*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:77 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Source` field for the manufacturing order created by the " "merger, the reference numbers of the manufacturing orders that were merged " "are listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:81 msgid "" "Manufacturing orders *WH/MO/00009* and *WH/MO/00010* are merged to create " "*WH/MO/00011*. The source field for *WH/MO/00011* lists both *WH/MO/00009* " "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "반제품 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "" "A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured " "product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials " "(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs " "(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. " "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is " "referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and " "its subassemblies are distinguished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 msgid "Configure semi-finished products" msgstr "반제품 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level " "product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first " "step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of" " Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`" msgstr ":doc:`bill_configuration`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26 msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "최상위 자재명세서 (BoM) 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28 msgid "" "After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, " ":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's " "specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32 msgid "" "Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` " "to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, " "simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " "Materials)`, along with any other necessary components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "" "A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly " "component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42 msgid "Manage production planning" msgstr "생산 계획 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44 msgid "" "There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for " "products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48 msgid "" "Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable " "products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize " "components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits ` is " "the more appropriate option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52 msgid "" "To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products " "after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two " "options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55 msgid "" "**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished " "products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to " "`0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" msgstr ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61 msgid "" "**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the " "semi-finished product's product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64 msgid "" "Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. " "Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore" " allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary." " The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-" "finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the " "confirmed top-level manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70 msgid "" "Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully " "manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product." msgstr "최상위 제품에 대한 제조 주문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" msgstr "제조 하청" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" "Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not " "easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10 msgid "Control incoming goods quality" msgstr "입고 품목 품질 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "Control subcontractors bills" msgstr "하청업체 청구서 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 msgid "" "Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " "produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20 msgid "" "With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25 msgid "" "To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 msgid "" "To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " "(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 msgid "" "To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> " "Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " "subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " "might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " "directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41 msgid "" "Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" " subcontractors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49 msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" msgstr "기본 하청 업무 흐름" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51 msgid "" "To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " "them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a " "new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " "subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 msgid "" "Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " "products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " "received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" "Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on" " the *BoM* and your input (3);" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66 msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" "Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the " "validated receipt (5)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 msgid "" "The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " "subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the " "subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " "materials used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "재고 평가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81 msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83 msgid "**C = A + B + s**" msgstr "**C = A + B + s**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 msgid "With:" msgstr "동반 :" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "subcontractor;" msgstr "외주업체;" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92 msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." msgstr "**s**: 외주 서비스 비용." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94 msgid "" "Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " "inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your " "stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal " "Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99 msgid "" "Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " "paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " "product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" " accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104 msgid "" "Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the " "proposed price coming from the finished products C." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108 msgid "" "If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" " location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " "components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " "receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120 msgid "" "In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record " "Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the " "serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " "tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129 msgid "" "For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " "receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 msgid "" "Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the " "subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option " "will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more " "or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when " "receiving your final product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145 msgid "" "As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can " "either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move " "line hamburger menus." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149 msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" msgstr "하청업체 보충 자동화" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 msgid "" "There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your " "subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends " "on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. " "Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their " "trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the " "subcontracting location, for raw material." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 msgid "" "If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own " "warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as " "shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy " "route should also be activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169 msgid "" "Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you " "must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order " "for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate " "the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, " "this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that " "subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it." msgstr "" "공급업체가 하청업체에서 직접 보충하기를 원하는 경우 '주문 시 하청업체 직배송' 옵션을 선택합니다. 제품 양식에서 이 옵션을 활성화하려면" " 먼저 :menuselection:`구매 --> 환경설정 --> 설정 --> 직배송`으로 이동하여 직배송 옵션을 활성화해야 합니다. " "하청업체에 대한 구매주문 (PO)을 확인한 후 이 경로를 통해 공급업체에서 하청업체로 직송 견적 요청 (RFQ)을 생성합니다. 이후에는 " "직송 RFQ를 검토하고 검증하기만 하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182 msgid "" "Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route " "is a buy route already." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185 msgid "" "Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your " "subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage " "locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189 msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198 msgid "Manual Replenishment" msgstr "수동 보충" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200 msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202 msgid "" "If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own " "convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the " "*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor " "you are delivering to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210 msgid "" "Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your " "subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as" " the delivery address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Three-step manufacturing" msgstr "3단계 제조 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using three-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a pick " "components transfer, a manufacturing order (MO), and a store finished " "products transfer, and updates inventory counts based on the number of " "components removed, and finished products created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:42 msgid "" "On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field " "auto-populates with the associated Bill of Materials (BoM)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:54 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:57 msgid "Process pick components transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:58 msgid "" "After confirming a three-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button " "appears at the top of the page. Click it to be taken to the " ":guilabel:`Transfers` page for the |MO|. The page lists two transfers: " "*WH/PC/XXXXX* (the pick components transfer), and *WH/SFP/XXXXX* (the store " "finished products transfer)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:63 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`WH/PC/XXXXX` to open the pick components transfer for the " "|MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of components from the " "locations where they are stored to the location where they are used to " "manufacture the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:64 msgid "" "After transferring the components out of their storage location, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by " ":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that " "appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates " "inventory counts to reflect the quantity of components transferred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:69 msgid "" "Finally, return to the |MO| by clicking the :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` " "breadcrumb at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The manufacturing order bread crumb on a pick components transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" "To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for an work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:126 msgid "" "Once the final work order for the |MO| has been reached, a :guilabel:`Mark " "as Done and Close MO` button appears on the tablet view in addition to the " ":guilabel:`Mark as Done` button. Click :guilabel:`Mark as Done and Close MO`" " to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the manufactured " "product(s) into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:135 msgid "" "It is also possible to complete the final work order while keeping the |MO| " "open, by clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. In this case, the |MO| can be " "closed at a later time by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the" " |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:140 msgid "Process finished product transfer" msgstr "완제품 이송 프로세스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:142 msgid "" "After completing the |MO|, return to the order's :guilabel:`Transfers` page " "by clicking the :guilabel:`Transfers` button at the top of the order. This " "time, select :guilabel:`WH/SFP/XXXXX` to open the store finished products " "transfer. This transfer is used to track the movement of finished products " "from the location where they were manufactured to the location where they " "are stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:147 msgid "" "After transferring the finished products to their storage location, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by " ":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that " "appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates " "inventory counts to reflect the quantity of finished products transferred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Two-step manufacturing" msgstr "2단계 제조 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using two-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a " "manufacturing order (MO) and a pick components transfer, but does not " "generate a transfer for the movement of finished products into stock. " "Inventory counts still update based on the number of products manufactured, " "but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:59 msgid "" "After confirming a two-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button " "appears at the top of the page. Click it to open the pick components " "transfer for the |MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of " "components from the locations where they are stored to the location where " "they are used to manufacture the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" "On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins " "on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the " ":guilabel:`Start` button for that operation. Odoo *Manufacturing* then " "starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to " "complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for an work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:109 msgid "" "To complete the work orders for an |MO| using the tablet view, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and then select an |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:112 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then select the :guilabel:`📱" " (tablet)` button on the line of the first work order to be processed. This " "opens the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:131 msgid "" "It is also possible to complete the final operation while keeping the |MO| " "open, by clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. In this case, the |MO| can be " "closed at a later time by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the" " order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" msgstr "주 생산 계획 사용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:7 msgid "" "The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " "production based on your demand forecast." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:17 msgid "" "In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " "(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" "Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " "click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the" " stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum " "and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:28 msgid "" "In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display " "by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which" " quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available" " to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan " "to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide " "to hide rows if you like." msgstr "" "MPS 보기에서 *행*을 클릭하여 표시할 정보를 결정할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, *실제 수요*는 지정된 기간 동안 이미 주문된 제품의 " "수량을 표시하고, *약속 가능*은 같은 기간 동안 판매할 수 있는 수량을 표시합니다(계획된 보충 수량에서 이미 판매된 수량을 뺀 값으로 " "계산). 원하는 경우 행을 숨기도록 결정할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38 msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" msgstr "수요를 예측하고 보충을 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:40 msgid "" "The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done " "in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the " "demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand " "forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its " "components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 msgid "" "Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the " "different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are" " supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or " "manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the" " replenishment by clicking on the replenish button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:54 msgid "" "Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " "requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " "easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:61 msgid "" "In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small " "cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go " "back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the " "cross." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67 msgid "Cells color signification" msgstr "셀 색상 표시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:69 msgid "" "The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take " "different colors depending on the situation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72 msgid "" "**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " "expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " "demand forecast." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74 msgid "" "**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "still matches current data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76 msgid "" "**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "was too high considering current data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78 msgid "" "**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" " was too low considering current data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:80 msgid "" "The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " "stock will be negative during the period in question." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84 msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" msgstr "수요를 과소평가한 경우에는 어떻게 해야 하나요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:86 msgid "" "You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " "replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " "replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91 msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" msgstr "수요를 과대평가한 경우에는 어떻게 하나요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:93 msgid "" "You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" " that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " "can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98 msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 msgid "" "You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " "the right of its name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3 msgid "Manage work orders using work centers" msgstr "작업장을 사용하여 작업 지시 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work" " centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work " "orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of " "materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the " "specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->" " Work Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11 msgid "" "In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first" " be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next " "to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by " "selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17 msgid "Create a work center" msgstr "작업장 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:19 msgid "" "Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center " "form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that " "describes the type of operations it will be used for" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for " "operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center " "can be in use each week" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37 msgid "Set standards for work center productivity" msgstr "작업장 생산성을 위한 표준 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:39 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for " "productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a " "work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes " "one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 " "minutes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the " "work center simultaneously" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work " "is finished" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one " "hour" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center " "should be recorded" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The general information tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58 msgid "Assign equipment to a work center" msgstr "작업장에 장비 할당하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:60 msgid "" "Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of " "equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be" " displayed for each piece of equipment added:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the " "equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the " "piece of equipment will operate before failing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the " "equipment to become fully operational again" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment " "failure will occur" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are " "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "IoT 기기 통합" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr ":guilabel:`키`: 디바이스의 보안 키" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr ":guilabel:`작업`: 트리거된 IoT 장치 동작" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "사용 사례: 대체 작업장 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " "to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be " "carried out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:103 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" " ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. " "Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the " ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:108 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " "the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the " "manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the " "top left of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:117 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "대체 작업장이 자동으로 선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "작업장 성과 모니터링" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " "center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed " "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:135 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:3 msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off" msgstr "휴가 앱을 사용하여 작업장을 사용할 수 없도록 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, *work centers* are used to carry out manufacturing operations at " "specific locations. However, if a work center cannot be used for some " "reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is " "operational again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:9 msgid "" "As a result, it is necessary to make the work center unavailable in Odoo so " "that the platform routes new work orders to alternative work centers that " "are operational. Using Odoo *Time Off*, it is possible to designate a work " "center as being unavailable for a set period of time. Doing so ensures that " "manufacturing operations can continue until the impacted work center is " "available again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:17 msgid "" "Before a work center can be designated as unavailable, the Odoo platform " "must be properly configured. First, it is necessary to enable " ":ref:`developer mode `. This allows the :guilabel:`Time Off`" " smart button to appear on each work center's :guilabel:`Working Hours` pop-" "up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:22 msgid "" "Enable developer mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings`, scrolling to " "the bottom of the page, and clicking :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`" " under the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Activate the developer mode\" button." msgstr "\"개발자 모드 활성화\" 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, install the *Time Off* app. This is the app used for assigning time " "off to all resources within Odoo, including employees and work centers. " "Navigate to :menuselection:`Apps`, then type `Time Off` in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The card for the :guilabel:`Time Off` module " "should be the only one that appears on the page. Click the green " ":guilabel:`Install` button on the card to install the app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Time Off module installation card." msgstr "휴가 모듈 설치 카드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:39 msgid "" "The last step is to properly configure work centers. For this workflow, it " "is necessary to have at least two work centers: one that is made unavailable" " and a second that receives the work orders that the other cannot accept. If" " no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route work orders away " "from the unavailable work center and they will pile up in its queue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:44 msgid "" "To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:47 msgid "" "Make sure that both work centers have the same equipment listed under the " ":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures that operations carried out at one " "work center can also be performed at the other." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The equipment tab on a work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:54 msgid "" "For the work center that will be made unavailable, select the second work " "center on the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo " "knows to send work orders to the second work center when the first is " "unavailable for any reason." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:63 msgid "Add time off for a work center" msgstr "작업장에 휴가 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:65 msgid "" "With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to the work " "center that will be made unavailable. Begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Work Centers` and " "selecting the affected work center. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then the " ":guilabel:`↗ (external link)` button next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:74 msgid "" "A pop-up appears, titled :guilabel:`Open: Working Hours`. The standard " "working hours for the work center are listed here, along with various other " "details about it. Since developer mode was enabled, there is a " ":guilabel:`Time Off` button in the top right of the pop-up. Click it to be " "taken to the :guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Time Off button on the Working Hours pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:83 msgid "" "On this page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new time-off entry. On" " the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure " "(broken, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center as the " ":guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End" " Date` to specify the period during which the work center will be " "unavailable. Click :guilabel:`Save` and the time off for the work center is " "logged in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form." msgstr "\"자원 휴가\" 양식." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:94 msgid "Route orders to an alternative work center" msgstr "주문을 대체 작업장으로 라우팅하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Once a work center is within its specified time-off period, work orders sent" " to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the " ":guilabel:`Plan` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:99 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new manufacturing order by selecting " ":menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders --> Create`. On the " "manufacturing order form, specify a :guilabel:`Product` that uses the " "unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`" " to confirm the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:104 msgid "" "On the confirmed work order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. By " "default, the unavailable work center is specified in the :guilabel:`Work " "Center` column. There is also a green :guilabel:`Plan` button on the top " "left of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Plan button on a manufacturing order." msgstr "제조 주문의 계획 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:112 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Plan` and the work center listed under the :guilabel:`Work " "Orders` tab is automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "The selected work center updates automatically after clicking the Plan " "button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:119 msgid "" "Once the time-off period for the unavailable work center ends, Odoo " "recognizes that the work center is available again. At this point, clicking " "the :guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative " "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:3 msgid "Work order dependencies" msgstr "작업 지시 종속성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:7 msgid "" "When manufacturing certain products, specific operations may need to be " "completed before others can begin. In order to ensure operations are carried" " out in the correct order, Odoo *Manufacturing* features a *work order " "dependencies* setting. Enabling this setting allows for operations on a Bill" " of Materials (BoM) to be *blocked* by other operations that should occur " "first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:15 msgid "" "The *work order dependencies* setting is not enabled by default. To enable " "it, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, if it is " "not already active." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:19 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, the :guilabel:`Work " "Order Dependencies` setting appears below it. Enable :guilabel:`Work Order " "Dependencies`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:24 msgid "Add dependencies to BoM" msgstr "BoM에 종속성 추가하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:26 msgid "" "Work order dependencies are configured on a product's |BOM|. To do so, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials`, then select a |BOM|, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " "documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Operation Dependencies` checkbox. This makes a new " ":guilabel:`Blocked By` option available in the settings of the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The Operation Dependencies checkbox on the Miscellaneous tab of a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:43 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. On the top-right of the tab, " "click on the tab's :guilabel:`settings` button, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Blocked By` checkbox. This makes a :guilabel:`Blocked By` field " "appear for each operation on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The settings for the Operations tab on a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:51 msgid "" "In the line of the operation that should be blocked by another operation, " "click the :guilabel:`Blocked By` field, and an :guilabel:`Open: Operations` " "pop-up window appears. In the :guilabel:`Blocked By` drop-down field on the " "pop-up window, select the blocking operation that must be completed *before*" " the operation that is blocked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The Blocked By drop-down field for an operation on a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:60 msgid "Finally, save the |BOM| by clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:63 msgid "Plan work orders using dependencies" msgstr "종속성을 사용하여 작업 지시 계획" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:65 msgid "" "Once work order dependencies have been configured on a |BOM|, Odoo " "*Manufacturing* is able to plan when work orders are scheduled, based on " "their dependencies. To plan the work orders for a manufacturing order, begin" " by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> " "Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:70 msgid "" "Next, select a manufacturing order for a product with work order " "dependencies set on its |BOM|, or create a new manufacturing order by " "clicking :guilabel:`New`. If a new manufacturing order is created, select a " "|BOM| configured with work order dependencies from the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Material` drop-down field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:75 msgid "" "After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" " tab to view the work orders required to complete it. Any work orders that " "are *not* blocked by a different work order display a `Ready` tag in the " ":guilabel:`Status` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:79 msgid "" "Work orders that are blocked by one or more work orders display a `Waiting " "for another WO` tag instead. Once the blocking work order(s) are completed, " "the tag updates to `Ready`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The status tags for work orders on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:86 msgid "" "To schedule the manufacturing order's work orders, click the " ":guilabel:`Plan` button at the top of the page. After doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Start Date` field for each work order on the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab auto-fills with the scheduled start date and " "time. A blocked work order is scheduled at the end of the time period " "specified in the :guilabel:`Expected Duration` field of the work order that " "precedes it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "" "The Scheduled Start Date field for work orders on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:97 msgid "" "A manufacturing order is created for Product A. The manufacturing order has " "two operations: Cut and Assemble. Each operation has an expected duration of" " 60 minutes, and the Assemble operation is blocked by the Cut operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Plan` button for the manufacturing order is clicked at 1:30 " "pm, and the Cut operation is scheduled to begin immediately. Since the Cut " "operation has an expected duration of 60 minutes, the Assemble operation is " "scheduled to begin at 2:30 pm." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:106 msgid "Planning by workcenter" msgstr "작업장별 계획" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:108 msgid "" "To see a visual representation of how work orders are planned, navigate to " "the :guilabel:`Work Orders Planning` page by going to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Planning --> Planning by Workcenter`. This" " page shows a timeline of all the work orders scheduled for each operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:112 msgid "" "If one work order is blocked by the completion of another, the work order " "that is blocked is shown as scheduled to start after the work order blocking" " it. In addition, an arrow connects the two work orders, leading from the " "blocking operation to the blocked operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "" "The arrow connecting a blocked work order to the work order blocking it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor.rst:5 msgid "Shop Floor" msgstr "작업 현장" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:3 msgid "Shop Floor overview" msgstr "작업장 현황" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:9 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module is a companion module to the *Manufacturing* app. " "*Shop Floor* provides a visual interface for processing manufacturing orders" " (MOs) and work orders. It also allows manufacturing employees to track the " "amount of time spent working on manufacturing and work orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:13 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module is installed alongside the *Manufacturing* app. It " "cannot be installed by itself. To install the *Manufacturing* app, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Apps`, search for `manufacturing` in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar, and then click :guilabel:`Install` on the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` app card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:19 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module replaces the tablet view functionality of the " "*Manufacturing* app, and is only available in Odoo versions 16.4 and later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:22 msgid "" "To check the version number of an Odoo database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`About` section " "at the bottom of the page. The version number is displayed there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:26 msgid "" "To switch to a newer version of Odoo, see the documentation on " ":ref:`upgrading a database `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:30 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "탐색" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:32 msgid "" "*Shop Floor* is broken down into three main views, which can be selected " "from the navigation bar at the top of the module:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:35 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`All` page serves as the main dashboard for the module, and " "displays information cards for |MOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:37 msgid "" "Each work center also has a dedicated page, which shows information cards " "for work orders assigned to that work center. Work center pages can be " "toggled on or off by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button in the " "navigation bar, selecting or deselecting them on the pop-up window that " "appears, and then clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:41 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My` page shows information cards for all work orders assigned" " to the employee whose profile is currently active in the operator panel on " "the left side of the module. Other than only showing work orders assigned to" " the active employee, this page functions the same as the pages for each " "work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:47 msgid "" "To isolate an |MO| or work order, so that no other orders appear, simply " "search the reference number of the |MO| in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at " "the top of the module. This search filter remains active while switching " "between the different module views." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:51 msgid "" "On the left side of the module is the operator panel, which shows all of the" " employees currently signed in to *Shop Floor*, and allows new employees to " "sign in. The operator panel is always available in the module, regardless of" " which view is selected. It can be toggled on or off by clicking the " ":guilabel:`sidebar` button at the extreme left of the navigation bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"sidebar\" button, which is used to toggle the operator panel on or " "off." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:61 msgid "All page" msgstr "전체 페이지" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:63 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`All` page shows an information card for every " "|MO| that is *ready to start*. An |MO| is considered ready to start once it " "has been confirmed, and all required components are available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:67 msgid "" "To view every confirmed |MO| regardless of readiness, click the " ":guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` filter to remove it " "from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:71 msgid "MO information card" msgstr "MO 정보 카드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:73 msgid "" "An |MO| information card on the :guilabel:`All` page shows all of the " "relevant details of the associated |MO|, and also provides employees with " "options for processing the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:76 msgid "" "The header for an |MO| card shows the |MO| number, the product and number of" " units being produced, and the status of the |MO|. If work has not yet begun" " on the |MO|, the status appears as :guilabel:`Confirmed`. Once work has " "begun, the status updates to :guilabel:`In Progress`. If all work orders for" " an |MO| have been completed and the |MO| is ready to close, the status " "updates to :guilabel:`To Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:82 msgid "" "The main body of an |MO| card shows a line for each completed work order, if" " any, followed by the current work order that needs to be completed. " "Completed work orders are indicated by a green check mark to the right of " "title of the work order. The current work order is indicated by a button " "that opens the page for the work center to which the order is assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:87 msgid "" "Below the current work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register " "Production`, which is used to record the number of product units produced. " "To manually enter the number of units produced, click on the " ":guilabel:`Register Production` line, enter a value in the :guilabel:`Units`" " field of the resulting pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:92 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the" " line, which automatically records the number of units the |MO| was created " "for as the number of units produced. For example, if an |MO| is created for " "10 units of a dining table, clicking the :guilabel:`10 units` button records" " that 10 units were produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:97 msgid "" "The footer of the |MO| card displays a :guilabel:`Close Production` button. " "This is used to close the |MO| once production is completed. However, if " "there are any quality checks required for the |MO| as a whole (not the work " "orders within it), a :guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears instead. " "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Checks` opens a pop-up window, from which any " "required quality checks can be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:103 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production`, the |MO| card begins to fade " "away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears on the footer. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Undo` causes the |MO| to remain open. Once the |MO| card " "disappears completely, the work order is closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:107 msgid "" "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which " "opens a pop-up window with additional options for the |MO|:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scrap` is used to send components to a scrap location when they " "are found to be defective." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Work Order` is used to add an additional work order to the " "|MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:173 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Component` is used to add an additional component to the " "|MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`Open Backend MO` opens the |MO| in the Manufacturing app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "An information card for an MO on the \"All\" page of the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:121 msgid "Work center pages" msgstr "작업장 페이지" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:123 msgid "" "By default, the page for each work center shows an information card for " "every work order assigned to it that is *ready to start*. A work order is " "considered ready to start once the |MO| it is a part of is ready to start, " "and any preceding work orders have been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:127 msgid "" "To view every confirmed work order assigned to a work center regardless of " "readiness, click the :guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` " "filter to remove it from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:132 msgid "Work order information card" msgstr "작업지시서 정보 카드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:134 msgid "" "A work order information card on a work center's page shows all of the " "relevant details of the associated work order, and also provides employees " "with options for processing the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:137 msgid "" "The header for a work order card shows the reference number of the |MO| that" " the work order is a part of, the product and number of units being " "produced, and the status of the work order. If work has not yet begun on the" " work order, the status appears as :guilabel:`To Do`. Once work has begun, " "the status updates to display a timer showing the total time the work order " "has been worked on." msgstr "" "작업 주문 카드의 헤더에는 연결된 |제조 주문|의 참조 번호, 생산 중인 제품 및 단위 수, 작업 지시 상태가 표시됩니다. 주문에 대한 " "작업이 시작되지 않은 경우 상태는 :guilabel:`할 일`로 표시됩니다. 작업이 시작되면 작업 주문이 진행 중인 총 시간을 반영하는 " "타이머가 표시되도록 상태가 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:142 msgid "" "The main body of a work order card shows a line for each step required to " "complete the work order. Work order steps can be completed by clicking on " "the line, then following the instructions on the pop-up window that appears." " Alternatively, clicking the checkbox on the right side of each line " "automatically marks the step as completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:147 msgid "" "Below the final step of the work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register " "Production`, which functions the same as the :guilabel:`Register Production`" " line on an |MO| card. Registering the number of units produced using the " ":guilabel:`Register Production` line on a work order card also completes the" " step for the associated |MO| card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:152 msgid "" "If the work order being processed is the final work order for the |MO|, a " ":guilabel:`Close Production` button appears on the footer of the work order " "card. Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` closes both the work order and " "the |MO|, unless a quality check is required for the |MO|. In this case, the" " quality check must be completed from the |MO| card before the |MO| can be " "closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:158 msgid "" "Alternatively, if the |MO| requires the completion of additional work " "orders, a :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button appears instead. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Mark as Done` marks the current work order as completed, and " "causes the next work order to appear on the page for the work center it is " "assigned to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:163 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` or :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, the" " work order card begins to fade away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears" " on the footer. Clicking :guilabel:`Undo` causes the work order to remain " "open. Once the work order card disappears completely, the work order is " "marked as :guilabel:`Finished` on the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:168 msgid "" "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which " "opens a pop-up window with additional options for the work order:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Move to work center` is used to transfer the work order to a " "different work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Suggest a Worksheet improvement` allows the user to propose a " "change to the work order's instructions or steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:177 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form that can be " "filled out to alert a quality team about a potential issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "An information card for a work order in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:185 msgid "Operator panel" msgstr "작업자 패널" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:187 msgid "" "The operator panel is used to manage the employees that are signed in to the" " *Shop Floor* module. The panel shows the name and profile picture of every " "employee that is currently signed in across all instances of the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:191 msgid "" "To interact with *Shop Floor* as a specific employee, click the employee's " "name to activate their profile. Profiles that are not active appear with " "their names and profile pictures greyed-out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:194 msgid "" "When an employee is selected in the operator panel, they can begin working " "on a work order by clicking the work order's heading. If an employee is " "working on one or more work orders, the work order title(s) appear under " "their name, along with a timer showing how long they've been working on each" " order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:199 msgid "" "To add a new employee to the operator panel, click the :guilabel:`+ Add " "Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Then, select an employee from " "the :guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:202 msgid "" "To remove an employee from the operator panel, simply click the " ":guilabel:`x` button next to their name in the panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "The operator panel of the Shop Floor module, showing three employees signed " "in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:8 msgid "Product lifecycle management" msgstr "제품 수명 주기 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo *Product Lifecycle Management* (*PLM*) offers a systematic approach for" " testing, collaboration, and iteration of products across concept " "development, design, manufacturing, marketing, and post-launch support " "stages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:14 msgid "" "With approvals, key stakeholders can review changes before implementation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes.rst:3 msgid "Change management" msgstr "변경 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:10 msgid "ECO type" msgstr "ECO 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:12 msgid "" "An *ECO type* is assigned to *engineering change orders* (ECOs) to organize " "and track changes to products and bills of materials (BoMs). Each |ECO| type" " separates |ECOs| into a project in Gantt view, ensuring collaborators and " "stakeholders **only** view and assist with relevant |BOM| improvements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:17 msgid "" "For example, an electronic chip manufacturer might use 'New Product " "Introduction', 'Product Improvement', 'Component Change', and 'Firmware " "Update' |ECO| types. Then, designers and engineers can focus on |ECOs| in " "the 'New Product Introduction' and 'Product Improvement' projects, avoiding " "unrelated supplier change or firmware update |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:23 msgid "Create ECO type" msgstr "ECO 유형 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:25 msgid "" "To access and manage ECO types, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> " "Configuration --> ECO Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:28 msgid "" "Create a new ECO type by clicking :guilabel:`New`. On the new :guilabel:`ECO" " Types` form, fill in the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the |ECO| type, which will organize all of the" " |ECOs| of this *type* in a project." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Alias`: if this optional field is filled, emails submitted " "to this email address automatically generate |ECOs| in the left-most stage " "of this |ECO| type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:37 msgid "" "The `Formulation change` |ECO| type is used to organize and track related " "|ECOs| in a single project. Configuring the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field " "generates |ECOs| in the `Formulation change` project sent to the email " "address, `pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Example of an ECO type." msgstr "ECO 유형의 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:46 msgid "Edit ECO type" msgstr "ECO 유형 편집" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:48 msgid "" "Modify existing |ECO| type names and email aliases by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Configuration --> ECO Types` page. There, click " "on the desired |ECO| type from the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:51 msgid "" "On the form for each |ECO| type, proceed to edit the :guilabel:`Name` and " ":guilabel:`Email Alias` fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:57 msgid "Stages" msgstr "단계" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:59 msgid "" "Within an |ECO| type project, *stages* are like milestones and are used to " "identify the progress of the |ECO| before the changes are ready to be " "applied. (e.g. 'Feedback', 'In Progress', 'Approved', 'Complete')" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:63 msgid "" "Additionally, required approvers can be added to each stage, ensuring that " "changes to the production |BOM| cannot proceed until the approver reviews " "and approves the |ECO|. Doing so prevents errors on the production |BOM| by " "enforcing at least one review of suggested changes before they're applied on" " a production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:68 msgid "" "For best practice, there should be at least one *verification* stage, which " "is a stage with a required approver, and one *closing* stage, which stores " "|ECOs| that have been either canceled or approved for use as the next " "production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:73 msgid "Create stage" msgstr "단계 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:75 msgid "" "To add a stage, go to the :menuselection:`PLM` app and select the intended " "project for an |ECO| type from the :guilabel:`PLM Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:78 msgid "" "Then, on the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` project pipeline for the " "|ECO| type, click the :guilabel:`+ Stage` button. Doing so reveals a text " "box to fill in the name of the stage. After filling it in, click the " ":guilabel:`Add` button to finish adding the stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:83 msgid "" "A new `Assigned` stage separates assigned |ECOs| from the unassigned ones in" " the `New` stage. Adding another stage helps the product manager track " "unassigned tasks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Create a new stage in a project for an ECO type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:91 msgid "Verification stage" msgstr "확인 단계" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:93 msgid "" "Click an ECO type from :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview` to open a " "kanban view of |ECOs| of this type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:96 msgid "" "To configure a verification stage, hover over the intended stage, and select" " the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-" "up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:99 msgid "" "Configure the verification stage in the edit stage pop-up window, by " "checking the box for :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:102 msgid "" "Then, add an approver in the :guilabel:`Approvers` section, by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and specifying the :guilabel:`Role` of the reviewer," " their :guilabel:`User`, and :guilabel:`Approval Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:106 msgid "" "Make sure at least one approver is configured with the :guilabel:`Approval " "Type`: :guilabel:`Is required to approve`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:109 msgid "" "The approver listed is automatically notified when |ECOs| are dropped in the" " stage specified in the pop-up window. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save " "& Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:113 msgid "" "In the |ECO| type `New Product Introduction`, the verification stage " "`Validated` is configured by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon, and " "selecting :guilabel:`Edit`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Edit: Validated` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:117 msgid "" "By adding the `Engineering manager` as an approver, only |ECOs| approved by " "this user can proceed to the next stage, and have the changes applied on the" " production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:120 msgid "" "Additionally, check the :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` option to ensure " "proper behavior." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Show \"Allow to apply changes\" option is checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:127 msgid "Closing stage" msgstr "마감 단계" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:129 msgid "" "Configure a closing stage by opening the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up " "window. To do so, hover over the intended stage and click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " "(gear)` icon that appears in the top-right corner. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:133 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up window, select the check boxes for " ":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` and " ":guilabel:`Final Stage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:137 msgid "" "The closing stage, `Effective` is configured by checking the " ":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`, and " ":guilabel:`Final Stage` options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst-1 msgid "Show configurations of the closing stage." msgstr "종료 단계의 구성을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:3 msgid "Engineering change orders" msgstr "엔지니어링 변경 주문" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" " change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:" msgstr "엔지니어링 변경 주문을 생성할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:17 msgid ":ref:`directly in the ECO type `." msgstr ":ref:`ECO 유형에서 직접 `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:18 msgid "" "by an operator in the :ref:`tablet view ` of an " "operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "automatically from feedback submitted to the :ref:`ECO type's email alias " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:24 msgid "Create ECO" msgstr "ECO 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:26 msgid "" "To create a new |ECO|, begin by navigating to the *PLM* app. Then, select " "the |ECO| type card that will be used to track the progress of the change. " "On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, click the :guilabel:`New`" " button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:31 msgid "" "Learn how to create new :ref:`ECO types ` to categorize " "and organize change orders. Doing so ensures employees only view the |ECOs| " "related to their responsibilities, whether it involves new product " "introductions, targeted product line updates, or regulatory compliance " "fulfillment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:36 msgid "On the |ECO| form, fill in the following fields accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Description` is a brief summary of the improvement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: specifies the |ECO| type project for organizing the " "|ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply on` determines if the |ECO| changes the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` or the :guilabel:`Product Only`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:42 msgid ":guilabel:`Product` indicates the product being improved." msgstr ":guilabel:`품목`은 개선 중인 제품을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` specifies the changed |BOM|. It auto-populates" " if the product in :guilabel:`Product` field has an existing |BOM|. If " "multiple |BOMs| exist, select the intended radio options from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company` field is used in multi-company databases. Specify if the" " change applies to products in a specific company, or leave blank if the " "change applies to all companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible` represents the assignee in charge of this |ECO|. " "(Optional)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective` specifies when the |ECO| becomes live. Choosing " ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` means the |ECO| applies to the production " "|BOM| as soon as an authorized user :ref:`applies the changes " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:53 msgid "" "On the other hand, choosing :guilabel:`At Date`, and setting a specific " "date, leaves a date that makes it easier to track the version history of the" " |BOM|, and the specific date |BOMs|, used for production." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags` are assigned to |ECOs| for prioritization and organization." " Create a new tag by typing the name in the field and selecting " ":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down menu. (Optional)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:59 msgid "" "After filling out the |ECO| form, click the :guilabel:`Start Revision` " "button to begin implementing the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:62 msgid "By pressing :guilabel:`Start Revision`, three actions occur:" msgstr "guilabel:`변경 시작`을 누르면 세 가지 작업이 실행됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:64 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Documents` smart button appears, storing relevant files of " "the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:65 msgid "" "A copy of the production |BOM| is stored in the newly-appeared " ":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|. The next available version " "number (e.g., `V2`, `V3`, ...) is also assigned to keep track of all |BOM| " "versions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:68 msgid "" "The stages of the |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` are displayed in the top-right " "corner of the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Revision` smart button is available **only** when the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` radio button is selected in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on` field, and the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button has " "been pressed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "ECO with overview of stages in the top-right corner, and *Revision* smart " "button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:80 msgid "Change components" msgstr "부품 변경" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:82 msgid "" "To modify the components in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button on an |ECO| to access the new version of the |BOM|. Odoo " "distinguishes the non-production version of the |BOM| from the current " "version, by flagging the test |BOM| with a large :guilabel:`Archived` tag." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:87 msgid "" "After clicking the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button for an |ECO| for the " "product, `[D_0045 Stool]`, make changes to the product's |BOM| by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button. Doing so opens the archived |BOM|, " "marked with a large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show the archived Bill of Materials." msgstr "보관된 자재명세서를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:95 msgid "" "On the new |BOM|, in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, proceed to modify the " "components list, by changing the :guilabel:`Quantity` of existing " "components, adding new components using the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, " "and removing components with the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:102 msgid "" "In version two of the |BOM| for a keyboard, the component quantities are " "reduced, and an additional component, `Stabilizers`, is added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Make changes to components by going to the new BoM with the *Revision* smart" " button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:153 msgid "Compare changes" msgstr "변경 사항 비교" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:112 msgid "" "Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking " "`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner. On the |ECO| " "form, a new :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab displays the differences between the" " current |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:116 msgid "" "Blue text indicates new components added to the revised |BOM| that are not " "in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by both " "|BOMs|, while red text indicates components removed in the revised |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:120 msgid "" "Changes and tests are encapsulated in the revised |BOM|, and do **not** " "affect the |BOM| currently used in production. That is, until the " ":ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:124 msgid "" "View the summary of the differences between the current and revised keyboard" " |BOMs| in the :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab of the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View summary of component changes in the *BoM Changes* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:132 msgid "Change operations" msgstr "작업 변경" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:134 msgid "" "To modify the operations in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button on an |ECO| to access the archived, new version of the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:137 msgid "" "In the new |BOM| version, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab to view " "and edit |BOM| operations. To make changes, select each operation, which " "opens the corresponding :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:142 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab is *not* available by default. To enable it, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and check the :guilabel:`Work Orders` box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:146 msgid "" "Make changes to any of the fields in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up" " window, then click :guilabel:`Save` once completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:149 msgid "" "Create new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, and " "remove new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Archive Operation` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:155 msgid "" "Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking " "`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:158 msgid "" "On the |ECO| form, a new :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab displays the " "differences between the current production |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:161 msgid "" "Blue text indicates new operations added to the revised |BOM| that do not " "yet exist in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by " "both |BOMs|, while red text indicates operations removed in the revised " "|BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:165 msgid "" "Modifications to the |BOM| in an |ECO| will **not** affect the |BOM| used in" " production. That is, until the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:168 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab, each row of details, beneath the " "columns in the table, reflect the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: Name of the operation that was modified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Step`: specifies the quality control point, visible when the " "operation includes detailed instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:176 msgid "" "To check for instructions, click the operation line item in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of a |BOM|. Then, in the :guilabel:`Open: " "Operations` pop-up window, look for the :guilabel:`Instructions` smart " "button displayed at the top." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:181 msgid "" "The `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` includes `10` detailed " ":guilabel:`Instructions` to complete it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Show *Instructions* smart button to check whether an operation has additional\n" "instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Step Type` details the type of quality control for further " "instructions in the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type` corresponds with the colored text to specify how the " "revised |BOM| differs from the production |BOM|. Operation change types can " "be :guilabel:`Add`, :guilabel:`Remove`, or :guilabel:`Update`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:194 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center` specifies the work center at which the operation is " "performed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change` refers to the change in the " ":guilabel:`Default Duration` field in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-" "up window, which specifies the expected time for completing the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:200 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab compares the production |BOM| with the" " revised |BOM| in the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:203 msgid "" "In the revised |BOM|, a new `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` at the " ":guilabel:`Work Center` `Assembly Line 1` is added. In addition, the " "expected duration of the operation is `20.00` minutes, as specified by the " ":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:207 msgid "" "To supplement the `Assembly` operation, two quality control point " "instructions are added:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:209 msgid "" "The first is the :guilabel:`Step` `QCP00039`, a :guilabel:`Step Type` to " ":guilabel:`Register Production` of components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:211 msgid "" "The second :guilabel:`Step` is `QCP00034`, an `Instructions` :guilabel:`Step" " Type` that provides additional assembly details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show *Operation Changes* tab in an |ECO|." msgstr "|ECO|에 *작업 변경 사항* 탭을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:221 msgid "Apply changes" msgstr "변경 사항 적용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:223 msgid "" "After verifying the changes, move the |ECO| to a :ref:`verification stage " "`, which are stages that require approval before the " "revised changes can be applied to the production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:227 msgid "" "Once the approvers accept the changes, the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button " "becomes available. Click this button, and the |ECO| is automatically moved " "to a closing stage. The changes are applied, which archives the original " "production |BOM|, and the revised |BOM| becomes the new production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:232 msgid "Verify changes" msgstr "변경 사항 확인" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:234 msgid "" "To ensure the changes are live, from the |ECO| where the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button was just pressed, return to the revised |BOM| by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:237 msgid "" "On the revised |BOM|, the large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag is removed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:239 msgid "" "To further verify the changes, check the production |BOM| by going to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products` and select the " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:242 msgid "" "Then, on the product form, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " "button, and select the |BOM| from the list. In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" " tab of the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Version` field is updated to match the " "version number shown on the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the latest " "|ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:248 msgid "" "After applying the changes of the |ECO| for the :ref:`keyboard " "`, view the version of the current keyboard |BOM| " "in the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Here, the :guilabel:`Version` number " "has been updated to `2`, matching the `V2` that appears in the " ":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View current *BOM* version in the Miscellaneous tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:260 msgid "Create ECO from tablet view" msgstr "태블릿 보기에서 ECO 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:262 msgid "" "Operators can directly suggest clearer operation instructions, while " "performing manufacturing orders (MOs) in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:265 msgid "" "To create |ECOs| in this manner, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Then, select the desired :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` and switch to the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Then, click the :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` " "icon for the desired work order to open the *tablet view* of the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:271 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` icon is **only** available for :abbr:`MOs " "(Manufacturing Orders)` with a :guilabel:`Confirmed` or :guilabel:`In " "Progress` status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "Find the tablet icon for each operation, second from the far right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:278 msgid "" "Next, add an instructional step, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ (three " "horizontal lines)` icon in the tablet view of an operation. Doing so opens " "the :guilabel:`Menu` of action items for a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`." " Then, click the :guilabel:`Add a step` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "Open the *Add a Step* pop-up by clicking the three horizontal lines icon in " "tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:286 msgid "" "Clicking the button reveals an :guilabel:`Add a step` pop-up window, where " "the proposed changes are submitted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:289 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Title` field, enter a short step description. Next, in the" " :guilabel:`Instruction` text field, type the instructions of the step in " "greater detail. Optionally, add an image to the :guilabel:`Document` field. " "Once completed, finish by clicking the :guilabel:`Propose Change` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:295 msgid "" "To propose an additional check for broken components, enter the details in " "the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window. Doing so creates an instructional " "quality control point that will be reviewed in the following section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Fill out the *Add a Step* form to suggest an additional quality control " "point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:303 msgid "" "Based on the inputs from the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window, an |ECO| " "is created with the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:306 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` is the name of the operation, followed by the " ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` number for reference." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:308 msgid "The |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` is automatically assigned to `BOM Changes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` fields are " "automatically populated, based on the |BOM| used in the :abbr:`MO " "(Manufacturing Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:311 msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible` is the operator who submitted the feedback." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:314 msgid "View ECO" msgstr "ECO 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:316 msgid "" "To review the proposed changes, navigate to the :menuselection:`PLM app --> " "Overview`. In the `BOM Updates` |ECO| type card, the :guilabel:`X " "Engineering Changes` button represents the amount of operational changes " "created from the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:320 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`X Engineering Changes` button to open the kanban " "view of the |ECO| type. To view the suggestion, select an |ECO| in the `New`" " stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:323 msgid "" "On the |ECO|, view a summary of the proposed changes in the " ":guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab. Click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button to navigate to the revised |BOM| and look into the proposed changes " "in greater detail." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:328 msgid "" "An operator suggested another check for broken components by adding a step " "from the tablet view, while performing the `Assemble switches` operation for" " the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` `WH/MO/00010` for the product, " "`Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:332 msgid "" "Then, this created |ECO| can be viewed by navigating to the `BOM Changes` " "ECO type found in :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview`. By default, |ECOs| " "created from tablet view are set to spawn in the `New` stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:336 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is assigned to the operator who made the " "suggestion, allowing the employee revising the |BOM| to seek further " "clarification from the person who proposed the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Find the new ECO in the \"BOM Changes\" ECO type, in the *New* stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:344 msgid "" "On the revised |BOM|, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and select " "the :guilabel:`☰ (three horizontal lines)` icon. Doing so opens a list of " ":guilabel:`Steps` to perform the operation, with the newest instruction " "titled `New Step Suggestion:`, followed by the user-entered title. Click the" " line item to view the suggested changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "\"Show Instructions\" icon in the *Operations* tab of a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:353 msgid "" "On the :ref:`quality control point ` form, ensure the following form fields are accurately " "filled out to give detailed instructions for operators:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title`: rename to give a concise description of the new " "instruction." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:357 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Control per`: using the drop-down menu, determine whether this " "instruction applies broadly for the :guilabel:`Product`, specifically for " "this :guilabel:`Operation` *only*, or a particular :guilabel:`Quantity` of " "the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: categorizes the control point type. From the drop-down " "menu, select :guilabel:`Instructions` to detail an instruction for the " "worker. To receive input from the workers, select the :guilabel:`Take a " "Picture`, :guilabel:`Register Consumed Materials`, :guilabel:`Print Label`, " "or other :ref:`quality check options `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:367 msgid "" ":ref:`Configure quality control points `" msgstr ":ref:`품질 관리 점 구성`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:369 msgid "" "Once the quality control point is configured, return to the " ":guilabel:`Steps` list using the breadcrumbs. Finally, drag the last quality" " control line item to its intended order of instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:373 msgid "" "Drag and reorder the `Check for broken switches` instruction, by clicking " "and dragging its \"6 dots\" icon to move it from the bottom to the second " "position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Drag and reorder instructions by selecting the \"6 dots\" icon on the far " "left." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:3 msgid "Version control" msgstr "버전 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:10 msgid "" "Use Odoo's *Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)* to manage previous versions " "of bills of materials (BoMs). Store former assembly instructions, component " "details, and past product design files while keeping the past details out of" " the production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:14 msgid "" "Easily revert to previous |BOM| versions, when needed. Additionally, use " "*PLM* to trace which |BOM| version was active on specific dates for recalls " "or customer complaints." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:17 msgid "" "Every |BOM| version is stored in an *engineering change order* (ECO) for " "organized testing and improvements without disrupting normal manufacturing " "operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:21 msgid ":ref:`Engineering change order `" msgstr ":ref:`엔지니어링 변경 주문 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:24 msgid "Current BoM version" msgstr "현재 자재명세서 버전" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:26 msgid "" "To see the current version of the |BOM| used in production, go to " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials`, and select " "the desired |BOM| from the list. Then, switch to the " ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, where the currently live :guilabel:`Version` " "of the |BOM| is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:32 msgid "" "|BOMs| can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Products --> Bill of Materials`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show the current version BOM in the Misc tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:40 msgid "Version history" msgstr "버전 기록" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:42 msgid "" "To manage all former, current, and future versions of a |BOM|, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials` and click the desired |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:45 msgid "" "From the |BOM| page, click the :guilabel:`ECO` smart button, and switch to " "list view by selecting the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon on the" " top right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`ECO` smart button is visible on the |BOM| **only** if the " "*PLM* app is installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show ECO smart button on a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:55 msgid "" "In the list of |ECOs| for the product, navigate to the search bar at the " "top, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon on the right to access a " "drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:58 msgid "" "Next, filter by :guilabel:`Done` |ECOs| to view: the revision history of the" " |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Responsible` user who applied the change, and the " ":guilabel:`Effective Date` of the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:62 msgid "" "Click each |ECO| to view the past components, operations, and design files " "associated with the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Display ECO revision history for a BoM for a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:70 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Effective Date` field is empty, the :guilabel:`Effective` " "date of the |ECO| is automatically set to :guilabel:`As soon as possible` " "and no dates are recorded in the revision history of the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "List of BOM effective dates." msgstr "자재명세서 유효 날짜 목록" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:79 msgid "" "A workaround for checking when the |BOM| went live is by navigating to the " "chatter, and hovering over the time the |ECO| was moved to the :ref:`closing" " stage `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:83 msgid "Design files" msgstr "디자인 파일" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:85 msgid "" "Attach computer-aided design (CAD) files, PDFs, images, or other design " "material to the |BOM| itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:88 msgid "" "To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of " "Materials`, and select the desired |BOM|. On the |BOM|, navigate to the " "*chatter*, and click the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:92 msgid "" "The files associated with the |BOM| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Files` " "section. To add more design files, select the :guilabel:`Attach files` " "button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show paperclip icon in the chatter to attach files to a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:100 msgid "Manage design files in an ECO" msgstr "ECO에서 설계 파일 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:102 msgid "" "Add, modify, and remove files in an |ECO|. Once the |ECO| is approved and " "applied, the new files are automatically linked to the production |BOM|. " "Archived files are removed from the |BOM|, but are still accessible in the " "|ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:106 msgid "" "To manage the design files in the |ECO|, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Changes` and choose the desired |ECO|. Next, " "open the :guilabel:`Attachments` page by clicking the :guilabel:`Documents` " "smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:110 msgid "" "Hover over each attachment to reveal the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)`" " icon. From there, choose whether to :guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Remove`, " "or :guilabel:`Download` the file. Any changes made to these files are " "contained within the |ECO|, and will only apply to the production |BOM| once" " the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:116 msgid "" "In the `Create 60% keyboard` |ECO|, the design files are from the original " "`100% keyboard` |BOM|. To replace the keyboard PDF, begin by selecting the " ":guilabel:`Documents` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Show *Documents* smart button from an active ECO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:123 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Attachments` page, hover over the `100% keyboard " "manual.pdf` design file, and click the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)` " "icon. Then, click the :guilabel:`Remove` option to archive the file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:127 msgid "" "Next, on the same :guilabel:`Attachments` page, click the :guilabel:`Upload`" " button to upload the new design file, named `60% keyboard manual`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "" "View of *Attachments* page from the *Documents* smart button. Displays one archived and\n" "one newly added attachment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:136 msgid "" "Archived files are **not** permanently deleted — they can still be accessed " "in the previous |ECO|, or as an archived file in the latest |ECO|, where the" " archival occurred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:140 msgid "Apply rebase" msgstr "리베이스 적용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:142 msgid "" "Odoo simplifies merge conflict resolution for concurrent |ECOs| on the same " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:144 msgid "" "Conflicts can occur when the production |BOM| is updated while other |ECOs| " "are modifying the previous version. Differences between the new and previous" " production |BOMs| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes`" " tab, visible only in this scenario." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:148 msgid "" "To resolve conflicts and retain |ECO| changes, click the :guilabel:`Apply " "Rebase` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:151 msgid "" "Two |ECOs|, `ECO0011` and `ECO0012`, are created when the current |BOM| " "version is `5`. In `ECO0011`, a new component, `Space stabilizer`, is added," " and the changes are applied. This means the current |BOM| version has " "become `6`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Apply changes to an ECO to update the production BOM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:159 msgid "" "This means `ECO0012` is modifying an outdated |BOM|. As shown in the " ":guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` tab, the |BOM| is missing the `Space " "stabilizer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:162 msgid "" "To ensure the changes applied by `ECO0011` are kept when the changes occur " "in `ECO0012`, click the :guilabel:`Apply Rebase` button to apply the " "previous |ECO| changes, without affecting the changes already made to " "`ECO0012`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "" "Click the *Apply Rebase* button to update the BOM to match the production " "BOM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management.rst:3 msgid "Project management" msgstr "프로젝트 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:3 msgid "Approvals" msgstr "전자결재 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:10 msgid "" "Notify stakeholders and managers automatically by assigning approvers to " "stages of :ref:`engineering change orders ` (ECOs) under review. " "Changes can only be applied after the assigned approver accepts them. " "Approvals ensure reviews by team members, which prevents mistakes and " "premature actions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`Stage configuration `" msgstr ":ref:`단계 구성 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:19 msgid "Add approver" msgstr "결재권자 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:21 msgid "" "To add an approver, first go to the :menuselection:`PLM app`, and click on " "the project card of an ECO type to open the Gantt view of the |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:24 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, hover over the intended " "stage, and select the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:28 msgid "" "Approvers can be added to any stage, but it's strongly recommended to assign" " them to the *verification* stage, which comes before the *closing* stage, " "where |ECOs| are applied, and the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` version is" " updated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:32 msgid "" "See the documentation about :ref:`stage types ` for " "more information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:36 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Edit` stage pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Add a " "line` button, located under :guilabel:`Approvals`. Then, type in the " "approver's position (or title) under :guilabel:`Role` (e.g. `Engineering " "Manager`, `Quality Team`, etc.), and select the relevant :guilabel:`User` " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:41 msgid "" "Next, set the :guilabel:`Approval Type` to :guilabel:`Is required to " "approve`, :guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional`, or " ":guilabel:`Comments only`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:45 msgid "" "Assign the `CTO`, \"Mitchell Admin,\" as a required approver for |ECOs| in " "the `Validated` stage in the `New Product Introduction` ECO type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:48 msgid "" "Approvals from the quality and marketing teams are **not** required to apply" " changes to the |ECO| because their :guilabel:`Approval Type` is set to " ":guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional` and :guilabel:`Comments " "only`, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "" "Set an approver that \"Is required to approve\" ECOs in the \"Validated\" " "stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:57 msgid "Manage approvals" msgstr "승인 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:59 msgid "" "Approvers can easily track their to-do approvals by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`PLM app`, and looking at the card for an ECO type, which " "shows the count of open tasks assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:62 msgid "Here's what each button on an ECO project card does:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:64 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`# Engineering Changes` button displays a count of in-progress" " |ECOs| of this ECO type. Clicking the button opens the Gantt view of the " ":guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`My Validations` displays a count of |ECOs| the approver must " "accept or reject. Clicking on this button displays |ECOs| pending approval " "or rejected (marked with the red :guilabel:`Blocked` state)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:69 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`All Validations` button shows the count of |ECOs| awaiting " "approval or rejected by any approver. Clicking it reveals these pending " "|ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`To Apply` displays a count of |ECOs| to which the user needs to " "apply changes. Clicking on the button displays all the |ECOs| to approve, " "and apply changes to, in the verification stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:75 msgid "" "|ECOs| marked with the green :guilabel:`Done` stage have already been " "approved, and the user just needs to click on the |ECO| to enter the form " "view, and click the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "" "Display count of validations to-do and buttons to open filtered list of " "ECOs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:84 msgid "Approve ECOs" msgstr "ECO 승인" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:86 msgid "" "Navigate to an |ECO| in a verification stage, while logged in as the " "assigned approver, to see the :guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Reject`, and " ":guilabel:`Apply Changes` buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:89 msgid "" "To approve the |ECO|, and apply the changes onto the production :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`, click :guilabel:`Approve`, and then :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button will **not** work unless the " ":guilabel:`Approve` button was clicked first. Additionally, the chatter logs" " the history of the clicked buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:96 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Approval Type` is **not** set to :guilabel:`Is required " "to approve`, approval from the associated user is not needed before applying" " changes with the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. Thus, the " ":guilabel:`Apply Changes` button **will work** without requiring the " ":guilabel:`Approve` button to be clicked first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:102 msgid "Automated activities" msgstr "자동화된 작업" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:104 msgid "" "When an |ECO| is moved to a verification stage, a planned activity is " "automatically created for assigned approvers to review the |ECO|. Approvers " "receive a notification in their activities inbox, accessible through the " ":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:108 msgid "" "In the to-do task list, the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Order (ECO)` " "notification displays the number of activities marked :guilabel:`Late`, " ":guilabel:`Today`, and :guilabel:`Future`. Clicking on each of these buttons" " shows a filtered Gantt view of the respective |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:113 msgid "" "Scheduled activities are shown as a number on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " "icon, with `5` |ECOs| pending approval :guilabel:`Today`. Currently, there " "are `0` :guilabel:`Late` or :guilabel:`Future` |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Show scheduled approvals notifications for the user." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:121 msgid "" "By clicking a pending |ECO|, a *planned activity* for :guilabel:`ECO " "Approval` is recorded in the chatter. Click on the :guilabel:`i (Info)` icon" " to view additional information, including the approval's " ":guilabel:`Created` date, the approver :guilabel:`Assigned to` it, and the " "due date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "Show additional details of the planned ECO approval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:130 msgid "Follow-up activities" msgstr "후속 조치 작업" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:132 msgid "" "When |ECOs| are rejected, tasks need to be assigned to project members for " "required modifications before |ECO| approval. To create tasks with " "deadlines, navigate to the rejected |ECO| form, and go to the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:136 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Mark Done` button in the :guilabel:`Planned " "Activities` section of the chatter to close the activity, and open a pop-up " "window for creating tasks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "" "Show *Mark Done* window to show *Done & Schedule Next*, *Done*, and *Discard* buttons to\n" "close the planned activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:144 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mark Done` window, click :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` " "to open a new :guilabel:`Schedule an Activity` window. Next, set the " ":guilabel:`Assigned to` team member and the :guilabel:`Due Date` for " "completing the changes. Provide task details in the :guilabel:`Summary` " "field and the text box. Click the :guilabel:`Schedule` button to close the " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:149 msgid "" "After closing the window, on the |ECO| form, move the |ECO| back one stage. " "Doing so ensures that when the team member completes the changes, and " "returns the |ECO| to the verification stage, a new :guilabel:`ECO Approval` " "task is created for the approver." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:154 msgid "" "The approver creates an activity for the :guilabel:`Responsible` of the " "|ECO|, `Laurie Poiret`, that details the changes required for the approver " "to :guilabel:`Accept` the |ECO|. Clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule` button " "creates a planned activity for Laurie due on `08/15/2023`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Create a scheduled activity for follow-up changes to a rejected ECO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "매입" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " "purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " "replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase `_" msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 구매 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "고급" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" msgstr "구매 실적 분석" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" "If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " "track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " "better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " "your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " "negotiate discounts on prices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 msgid "Generate customized reports" msgstr "맞춤 보고서 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " "reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " "performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " "presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," " key metrics and a pivot table." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Odoo 구매 대시보드 보고" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "" "While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " "features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 msgid "" "Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " "*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " "orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " "the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " "filters are:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" msgstr "모든 *견적 요청 *" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" msgstr "취소된 주문을 제외한 모든 *구매 주문 *" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 msgid "" "*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " "previous year, canceled purchase orders included" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 msgid "" "*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " "orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 msgid "" "*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " "depending on their date of confirmation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 msgid "" "When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " "least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 msgid "" "If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" " feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" " filtered with the previous one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Odoo 구매의 보고서 필터" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 msgid "Add custom filters" msgstr "맞춤 필터 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 msgid "" "Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" " customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " ":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " "filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " "click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " "simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " "filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " "click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " "filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" "31가지의 다양한 필터링 옵션을 활용하여 데이터 집합을 맞춤 설정할 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`필터 --> 사용자 지정 " "필터 추가`로 이동하여 필터링 옵션이 충족해야 하는 조건(예: *같음*, *포함* 등)을 지정한 다음 *적용*을 클릭합니다. 여러 조건에" " 일치하는 주문을 동시에 선택하려면 (*그리고* 연산자)가 있는 사용자 지정 필터를 추가합니다. *또는* 연산자를 사용하려면 *적용*을 " "클릭하는 대신 *조건 추가*를 선택합니다. 원하는 필터를 모두 추가했으면 *적용*을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Odoo 구매의 맞춤형 보고 필터" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" "To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" " on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " "customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " "can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 msgid "Measure exactly what you need" msgstr "필요한 것을 정확하게 측정하세요" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" "Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " "prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " "presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " "both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " "the top right of the dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Odoo 구매에서 보고서 보기 전환" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 msgid "Visualize your data" msgstr "데이터 시각화" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 msgid "" "You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " "three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " "but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" " one or several of the 19 *Groups*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Odoo 구매의 보고 그래프 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "" "For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " "group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " "additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " "bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " "displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 msgid "Explore your data" msgstr "데이터 탐색하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 msgid "" "The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " "Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " "at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " "*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " "column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " "*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" " so on." msgstr "" "피벗 테이블 보기는 데이터를 자세히 탐색할 수 있어 그래프 보기에 비해 장점이 있습니다. 그래프 보기와 달리 피벗 테이블에서는 여러 " "측정값을 동시에 포함할 수 있습니다. *측정값* 또는 *총계* 열의 **+** 기호를 클릭하면 각각 새 열에 할당된 여러 측정값을 추가할" " 수 있습니다. 마찬가지로 *총계* 행에서 **+** 기호를 클릭하면 *그룹*을 추가할 수 있습니다. 또한 그룹의 **+** 기호를 " "클릭하면 하위 그룹을 포함하는 등의 작업을 수행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Odoo 구매에서 피벗 테이블 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "" "You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "거래 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3 msgid "Use blanket orders to create purchase agreements with vendors" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:5 msgid "" "Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a " "vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. " "Using blanket orders are useful when products are always purchased from the " "same vendor, but in different quantities at different times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:9 msgid "" "By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they" " also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk " "pricing with vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" msgstr ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16 msgid "Create a new blanket order" msgstr "새 포괄 주문 계약 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:18 msgid "" "To create blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to " "be enabled in the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the " ":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase " "Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as " "well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purshase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:28 msgid "" "To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> " "blanket orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This creates (and navigates to) " "a new blanket order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31 msgid "" "From this new blanket order form, different fields and settings can be " "configured, so there are pre-determined rules that the recurring long-term " "agreement must follow:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: is the user assigned to this specific " "blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the " "user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: is the type of purchase agreement this blanket " "order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official " "purchase agreement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor`: is the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either " "once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the " "drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency`: is the agreed-upon currency that will be used for this" " exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the " "currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: is the date that this purchase agreement " "will be set to expire on (if desired). If this blanket order should not " "expire, leave this field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: is the date that this blanket order should be " "placed on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order " "form. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate " "the *Order Deadline* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: is the expected delivery date that the products " "included in an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` created directly from the" " blanket order form will be expected to arrive. If a new quotation is " "created, this value will automatically populate the *Expected Arrival* field" " on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Source Document`: is the source purchase order (PO) that this " "blanket order will be tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to " "any existing :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)`, leave this field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: is the company assigned to this specific blanket order." " By default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is" " listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field " "can not be changed, and will default to the only company listed in the " "database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:66 msgid "" "Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, change the " "quantity of each product in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column (if desired), " "and set a price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:71 msgid "" "When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of " "products will not be added automatically to the product lines. The prices " "must be manually assigned by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Unit " "Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed vendor. Otherwise, the" " price will remain **0**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:76 msgid "" "To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket " "orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`internal " "link (arrow icon)` next to the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field where " ":guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed. This navigates to the blanket order " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:81 msgid "" "From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the " ":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement " "Type` can be changed (if desired), and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection " "Type` can be changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated " "for the type of selection:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select only one RFQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " "confirmed, the remaining purchase orders will be canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " "confirmed, remaining purchase orders will ***not** be canceled. Instead, " "multiple purchase orders are allowed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:91 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the settings for how " "product lines and quantities will be populated on new quotations using this " "purchase agreeement can be changed next to the :guilabel:`Lines` and " ":guilabel:`Quantities` fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99 msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " "product lines will pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket" " order, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new " "quotation and selecting an existing blanket order, the settings will carry " "over to the new quotation, but the product lines will not populate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:108 msgid "" "And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " "product quantities listed on the blanket order will pre-populate on the " "product lines, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation and " "selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines will pre-populate, " "but all quantities will be set to **0**. The quantities will need to be " "manually set by the user." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:117 msgid "" "Once the desired changes have been made (if any), click :guilabel:`New` (via" " the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket " "order form, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase " "agreement. Once confirmed, the blanket order changes from *Draft* to " "*Ongoing*, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new" " :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124 msgid "" "After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and " "prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128 msgid "" "Create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` from the blanket order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:130 msgid "" "After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly " "from the blanket order form that will use the rules set on the form and pre-" "populate the new quotation with the correct information. Additionally, this " "new quotation will be automatically linked to this blanket order form via " "the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:135 msgid "" "To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click :guilabel:`New " "Quotation`. This creates (and navigates to) a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)`, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending " "on the settings configured on the blanket order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:139 msgid "" "From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send" " by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click " ":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once" " ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` has been confirmed, click back to the " "blanket order form (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the " "blanket order form, there is now one :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` " "listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the " "form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the purchase " "order that was just created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:157 msgid "Create a new blanket order from an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:148 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:162 msgid "" "Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a" " vendor from the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and " "click :guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu " "in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the " ":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:168 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " "additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to" " add as many additional options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` " "(Units of Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected " "Arrival` date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:173 msgid "" "Before confirming the new quotation and creating a purchase order, click the" " drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field, and type a new " "name for the new blanket order. This creates a brand new purchase agreement," " and saves the information entered in the fields of the purchase order form," " as well as the product information entered on the product lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:178 msgid "" "From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send" " by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click " ":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once" " ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`PO (purchase " "order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New blanket order created directly from quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:188 msgid "" "To see the newly-created blanket order purchase agreement, go to " ":menuselection:`Orders --> Blanket Orders`, and click into the new blanket " "order. From here, settings and rules can be changed, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:193 msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" msgstr "포괄 주문 계약 및 보충" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:195 msgid "" "Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of of the products included in the :abbr:`BO " "(Blanket Order)`. This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated " "replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information " "about the :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the " ":guilabel:`Agreement` are referenced on the vendor line. This information is" " used to determine where, when, and for what price this product could be " "replenished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3 msgid "Create alternative requests for quotation for multiple vendors" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:5 msgid "" "Sometimes, companies might want to request offers from multiple vendors at " "the same time, by inviting those vendors to submit offers for similar goods " "or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest (and " "fastest) vendors, depending on their specific business needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo, this can be done by adding alternative requests for quotation " "(RFQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, " "the product lines from each :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` can be " "compared, and a decision can be made for which products to purchase from " "which vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:14 msgid "" "Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used" " by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when" " making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` to spend money efficiently, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`" msgstr ":doc:`blanket_orders`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:23 msgid "Configure purchase agreement settings" msgstr "구매 계약 설정 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:25 msgid "" "To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` directly from a " "quotation, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to be enabled in " "the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the " ":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase " "Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, as well as the ability to create " "*blanket orders*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:37 msgid "" "To save time on a *call for tender*, custom vendors, prices, and delivery " "lead times can be set in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form. To " "do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products`, and " "select a product to edit. From the product form, click the " ":guilabel:`Purchase tab`, then click :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the drop-" "down menu, choose a vendor to set under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and " "set a :guilabel:`Price` and :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` if desired. " "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " "additional visibility options to add to the line item." msgstr "" "*입찰 요청*에 소요되는 시간을 절약하기 위해 제품 양식의 :guilabel:`구매` 탭에서 미리 정의된 공급업체, 가격 및 배송 리드 " "타임을 설정할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`구매 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하여 편집할 제품을 " "선택합니다. 품목 양식 내에서 :guilabel:`구매 탭`에 액세스하고 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 클릭합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서" " 공급업체를 선택하여 :guilabel:`공급업체` 열에 설정하고 필요에 따라 :guilabel:`가격` 및 :guilabel:`배송 " "리드 타임`을 지정합니다. :guilabel:`추가 옵션 (점 2개)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 해당 품목에 대한 추가 표시 옵션이 제공됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47 msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" msgstr ":abbr:`RFQ(견적 요청)`를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151 msgid "" "Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a" " vendor from the drop-down next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu in the" " :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the " ":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " "additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to" " add as many options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of " "Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " "date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:63 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a " ":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to " "the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`. This turns" " the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` into a purchase order (PO), and " "sends an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up." msgstr "견적 이메일 작성 및 전송 팝업이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:73 msgid "" "Sending emails to each vendor can be useful when creating alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, because vendors can confirm if their " "past prices still hold today, which can help companies choose the best " "offers for them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78 msgid "Create alternatives to an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80 msgid "" "Once a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` is created and sent by email to a vendor," " alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can be created and sent " "to additional, alternate vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and " "other factors to make a decision from which vendors to order which products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85 msgid "" "To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, click the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab from the purchase order form, then click " ":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " "alternative` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93 msgid "" "From this window, select a new/different vendor from the drop-down menu next" " to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to assign this alternative quotation to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:96 msgid "" "Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected" " by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original :abbr:`PO" " (Purchase Order)` are copied to the alternative. For this first alternative" " quotation, leave the checkbox checked. Once finished, click " ":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This creates (and navigates to) a new " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:101 msgid "" "Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, this new" " purchase order form is already populated with the same products, " "quantities, and other details as the previous, original :abbr:`PO (Purchase " "Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:106 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an " "alternative quotation, additional products do not need to be added on the " "purchase order form unless desired. However, if a chosen vendor is listed in" " the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " "product form included in the purchase order, the values set on the product " "form carry over to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, and have to be changed " "manually, if desired." msgstr "" "대체 견적서 작성 시 :guilabel:`제품 복사` 확인란을 선택하면 특별히 원하지 않는 한 구매 주문서 양식에 추가 제품을 수동으로 " "추가할 필요가 없습니다. 그러나 구매 주문서에 포함된 제품 양식의 :guilabel:`구매` 탭 아래 :guilabel:`공급업체` 열에" " 지정된 공급업체가 있는 경우 제품 양식에 구성된 값이 자동으로 :abbr:`PO(구매 주문서)`로 전송됩니다. 공급업체 변경 등 조정이" " 필요한 경우에는 수동으로 수정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:112 msgid "" "Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, and once again, click :guilabel:`Create " "Alternative`. This causes the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window " "to appear again. This time, choose a different vendor from the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Vendor`, and this time, *uncheck* the " ":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " "Alternative`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:119 msgid "" "If an alternative quotation needs to be removed from the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking " "on the :guilabel:`Remove (X)` icon at the end of their row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:122 msgid "" "This creates a third, new purchase order. But, since the product quantities " "of the original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` were *not* copied over, the " "product lines are empty, and new products need to be added by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and selecting the desired products from the drop-" "down menu. Once the desired number of products are added, click " ":guilabel:`Send by Email`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:131 msgid "" "This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the" " message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`" " to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135 msgid "" "From this newest purchase order form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` " "tab. Under this tab, all three purchase orders can be seen in the " ":guilabel:`Reference` column. Additionally, the vendors are listed under the" " :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and the order :guilabel:`Total` and " ":guilabel:`Status` of the orders are in the rows, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:141 msgid "Link a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` to existing quotations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143 msgid "" "Creating alternative quotations directly from a purchase order form under " "the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab is the easiest way to create and link " "quotations. However, separate :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can also" " be linked *after* the fact, even if they are created completely separately " "at first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:157 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a " ":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to " "the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an " "email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:161 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab once more. Since this new " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` was created separately, there are no other " "orders linked yet. To link this order with the alternatives created " "previously, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170 msgid "" "This causes an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear. " "Select the three purchase orders created previously, and click " ":guilabel:`Select`. All of these orders are now copied to this :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175 msgid "" "If a large number of purchase orders are being processed and the previous " ":abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)` can't be located, try clicking " ":menuselection:`Group By --> Vendor` under the search bar at the top of the " "pop-up window to group by the vendors selected on the previous orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181 msgid "Compare product lines" msgstr "제품군 비교" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:183 msgid "" "When there are multiple :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` linked as " "alternatives, they can be compared side-by-side in order to determine which " "vendors offer the best deals on which products. To compare each quotation, " "go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and select one of the quotations " "created previously." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all the linked " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. Next, under the :guilabel:`Create " "Alternative` tab, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to" " a Compare Order Lines page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:196 msgid "" "The Compare Order Lines page, by default, groups by :guilabel:`Product`. " "Each product included in any of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` is" " displayed in its own drop-down, along with all of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " "Order)` numbers in the :guilabel:`Reference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:200 msgid "" "Additional columns on this page include the :guilabel:`Vendor` from which " "products were ordered, the :guilabel:`Status` of the quotation (i.e., RFQ, " "RFQ Sent); the :guilabel:`Quantity` of products ordered from each vendor; " "the :guilabel:`Unit Price` per product and :guilabel:`Total` price of the " "order, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:206 msgid "" "To remove product lines from the Compare Order Lines page, click " ":guilabel:`Clear` at the far right end of that product line's row. This " "removes this product as a chooseable option from the page, and changes the " ":guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to **0**. On the " "purchase order form in which that product was included, its ordered quantity" " is changed to **0**, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212 msgid "" "Once the best offers have been identified, at the end of each row, " "individual products can be selected by clicking :guilabel:`Choose`. Once all" " the desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for " "Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to " "an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218 msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives" msgstr "대체 품목 취소 (또는 유지)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:220 msgid "" "Now that the desired products have been chosen, based on which vendors " "provided the best offer, the other :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` " "(from which no products were chosen) can be canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:223 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Total` column, at the far right of each row, the orders" " from which no products were chosen have automatically had their total cost " "set to **0**. Although they haven't been canceled yet, this means that they " "can ultimately be canceled without repercussions, *after* the desired " "purchase orders have been confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:232 msgid "" "To confirm a quotation that contains the chosen product quantities, click " "into one. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes an " ":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear. From there, either " ":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` or :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` can be " "clicked. If this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` should *not* be confirmed, " "click :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:237 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the alternative " "purchase orders. :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the alternative " "purchase orders open, so they can still be accessed if any additional " "product quantities need to be ordered. Once all products are ordered, " ":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be selected from whichever :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` is open." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242 msgid "" "To view a detailed form of one of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` " "listed, click the line item for that quotation. This causes an " ":guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear, from which all " "details of that particular quotation can be viewed. Click :guilabel:`Close` " "when finished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window, click " ":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` to keep all alternative quotations open for " "now. Then, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at " "the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs " "(Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256 msgid "" "Click into the remaining quotation(s) that contain products that need to be " "ordered, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes the " ":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear again. This time, " "click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all other alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs` linked with this quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:261 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at " "the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs " "(Requests for Quotation)`. The canceled orders can be seen greyed out and " "listed with a :guilabel:`Cancelled` status under the :guilabel:`Status` " "column at the far right of their rows." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:266 msgid "" "Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can " "be followed, and continued to completion, until the products are received " "into the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:15 msgid "Bill control policies" msgstr "청구서 관리 정책" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *bill control* policy determines the quantities billed by " "vendors on every purchase order, for ordered or received quantities. The " "policy selected in the settings will act as the default value and will be " "applied to any new product created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:12 msgid "" "To view the default bill control policy and make changes, go to " ":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to" " the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Here, there are the two :guilabel:`Bill " "Control` policy options: :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and " ":guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28 msgid "" "The policy selected will be the default for any new product created. The " "definition of each policy is as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase " "order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are " "used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the " "total order has been received. The products and quantities *received* are " "used to generate a draft bill. An error message will appear if creation of a" " vendor bill is attempted without receiving anything." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:31 msgid "" "If one or two products need a different control policy, the default bill " "control setting can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab " "in a product's template and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 msgid "Example flow: Ordered quantities" msgstr "플로우 예시: 주문 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 msgid "" "To complete an example workflow using the *ordered quantities* bill control " "policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select " ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:42 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to" " the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill`. Since the policy is set to *ordered quantities*, " "the draft bill can be confirmed as soon as it is created, without any " "products actually being received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48 msgid "Example flow: Received quantities" msgstr "플로우 예시: 입고 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50 msgid "" "To complete an example workflow using the *received quantities* bill control" " policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select " ":guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:54 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to" " the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt smart button`. Set the quantities in the :guilabel:`Done`" " column to match the quantities in the :guilabel:`Demand` column, and " ":guilabel:`Validate` the changes. Then, in the purchase order, click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` and :guilabel:`Confirm`. Since the policy is set to " "*received quantities*, the draft bill can be confirmed *only* when at least " "some of the quantities are received." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`구매` 앱에서 새로운 :abbr:`견적 요청 (RFQ)`을 생성합니다. 견적 양식에 세부 정보를 입력하고 청구서 " "항목에 제품을 추가한 다음 :guilabel:`주문 확인`을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`입고 스마트 버튼`을 클릭합니다." " :guilabel:`완료` 열의 수량을 :guilabel:`수요` 열의 수량과 일치하도록 설정하고 :guilabel:`변경 사항 " "승인`을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 구매 주문으로 돌아와서 :guilabel:`청구서 생성`을 실행할 수 있도록 :guilabel:`확인`을" " 클릭합니다. 정책이 *수령된 수량*으로 설정되어 있으므로 청구서 초안 확인은 수량의 일부가 수령된 *경우에만* 허용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46 msgid "3-way matching" msgstr "3단계 매칭" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:65 msgid "" "Activating :guilabel:`3-way matching` ensures that vendor bills are only " "paid once some or all of the products included in the purchase order have " "actually been received. To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section. Then, click :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " "bills`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 msgid "" "3-way matching is *only* intended to work when the bill control policy is " "set to *received quantities*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:76 msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching" msgstr "3자 매칭으로 공급업체 청구서 결제하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:78 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`3-way matching` is activated, vendor bills will display the " ":guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When " "a new vendor bill is created, the field will be set to :guilabel:`Yes`, " "since a bill can't be created until at least some of the products included " "in a purchase order have been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Draft bill should be paid field status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88 msgid "" "If the total quantity of products from a purchase order has not been " "received, Odoo only includes the products that *have* been received in the " "draft vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:91 msgid "" "Draft bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the price " "of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill. If " "this is done, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be set to " ":guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices the discrepancy, but " "doesn't block the changes or display an error message, since there might be " "a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill." msgstr "" "청구서 초안을 수정하여 청구 수량을 늘리거나 청구서의 품목 가격을 변경하고 추가 제품을 포함할 수 있습니다. 이러한 조정이 이루어지면 " ":guilabel:`지불해야 함` 필드의 상태가 :guilabel:`예외`로 표시됩니다. 이는 청구서 초안을 수정해야 하는 타당한 이유가" " 있을 수 있음을 인식하여 Odoo가 불일치를 인정하지만 변경을 방해하거나 오류 메시지를 표시하지 않음을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 msgid "" "Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill and displays the green " ":guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be" " set to :guilabel:`No`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is set automatically by Odoo." " However, the status can be changed manually by clicking the field's drop-" "down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:106 msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" msgstr "구매발주서에 대한 청구 상태 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:108 msgid "" "When a purchase order is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be " "viewed under the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the purchase order " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order billing status." msgstr "발주서에 대한 청구 상태." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:115 msgid "" "Below is a list of the different statuses that a :guilabel:`Billing Status` " "could appear as and when they are displayed, depending on the bill control " "policy used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119 msgid ":guilabel:`Billing Status`" msgstr ":guilabel:`청구 상태`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119 msgid "**Conditions**" msgstr "**관련 내용**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121 msgid "*On received quantities*" msgstr "*입고 수량*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121 msgid "*On ordered quantities*" msgstr "*주문 수량*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid ":guilabel:`Nothing to Bill`" msgstr ":guilabel:`청구할 항목 없음`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" msgstr "PO 승인 완료; 미수령" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid "*Not applicable*" msgstr "*해당 없음*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid ":guilabel:`Waiting Bills`" msgstr ":guilabel:`대기 중인 청구서`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" msgstr "전부/일부 수령; 청구서 미생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid "PO confirmed" msgstr "발주서 확인됨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Fully Billed`" msgstr ":guilabel:`전액 청구됨`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" msgstr "전부/일부 수령; 청구서 초안 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 msgid "Draft bill created" msgstr "청구서 초안 작성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage vendor bills" msgstr "공급업체 청구서 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:7 msgid "" "A *vendor bill* is an invoice received for products and/or services that a " "company purchases from a vendor. Vendor bills record payables as they arrive" " from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or services " "purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, a vendor bill can be created at different points in the purchasing " "process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* app" " settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "To view and edit the default bill control policy and make changes to it, go " "to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " "down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Here, there are two :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy options: " ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`. After a " "policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** part of " "the total order has been received. The products and quantities **received** " "are used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "If a product needs a different control policy, the default bill control " "policy can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab in a " "product's template, and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Control policy field on product form." msgstr "제품 양식의 정책 필드를 제어합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:48 msgid "" "*3-way matching* ensures vendor bills are only paid once some (or all) of " "the products included in the purchase order have actually been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" " the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " "bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`3-way matching` is **only** intended to work with the " ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " "create a vendor bill directly from the warehouse receipt form. Depending on " "the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill creation is " "completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section, and select :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill " "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," " add additional products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " "received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`). Then, click :menuselection:`Confirm --> " "Register Payment`. Doing so causes a pop-up to appear, wherein a payment " ":guilabel:`Journal` can be chosen; a :guilabel:`Payment Method` selected; " "and a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` can be selected from a drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the " ":guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so causes a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " "banner to display on the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " "vendor or supplier of goods get some quantity of products back from the " "customer to whom they were sold, while *debit notes* are reserved for goods " "returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " "policy), an error message appears, and settings must be changed before " "proceeding." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section, and select :guilabel:`Received quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill " "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " "blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" " cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " "Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " "included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase Order` (via the breadcrumbs), and click the " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " ":guilabel:`Bill Date`. If needed, add additional products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " "received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the vendor " "bill. Doing so causes a green **In Payment** banner to display on the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click " ":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " "(under the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "line`. Then, add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, and any " "other necessary information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " "the bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " "on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " "number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " "order)` from the menu. The bill will auto-populate with the information from" " the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "일괄 청구" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" " :guilabel:`Number` column, under the :guilabel:`Create` button. This " "selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Posted` or " ":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " "or bills; or click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process " "payments for multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " "field, choose a payment date in the :guilabel:`Payment Date` field, and " "choose a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. There is also the option to " ":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" " all tied to their appropriate vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." msgstr "일괄 청구 등록 결제 팝업입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " ":guilabel:`Posted`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" msgstr "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" msgstr "품목" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 msgid "Configure reordering rules" msgstr "재주문 규칙 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" "For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a " "minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering " "rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that" " a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls" " below a set threshold." msgstr "" "특정 품목의 경우, 해당 기간 내에 항상 최소한의 수량을 구비해야만 하는 경우가 있습니다. 재주문 규칙을 품목에 추가해놓으면 재주문 " "프로세스를 자동화하여, 해당 품목 보유 수량이 특정 값 이하가 되면 자동으로 구매발주서를 생성하게 됩니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11 msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules." msgstr "재주문 규칙 기능을 사용하려면 *재고* 모듈이 설치되어 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 msgid "Configure products for reordering" msgstr "재주문을 위한 품목 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16 msgid "" "Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can " "be added to them." msgstr "재주문 규칙을 품목에 추가하려면 해당 품목에 특정한 구성 내용을 적용해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18 msgid "" "Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or " ":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> " "Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. " "Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click " "into it's product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23 msgid "" "Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can " "be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. " "Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" "다음 단계로, :guilabel:`품목명` 필드 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`구매 가능` 옵션에 표시하여 재주문 기능을 활성화합니다." " 마지막으로, :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭에서 :guilabel:`품목 유형`을 `재고 품목`으로 설정합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32 msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product" msgstr "품목 정보에 재주문 규칙 추가하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34 msgid "" "After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it " "by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of " "that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard." msgstr "" "적절하게 품목을 설정한 후, 해당 품목 양식의 맨 위에 표시되는 :guilabel:`재주문 규칙` 탭에서 확인할 수 있는 " ":guilabel:`재주문 규칙` 대시보드에서 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하여 재주문 규칙을 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42 msgid "" "Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase " "orders automatically by defining the following fields:" msgstr "생성이 완료되면, 구매발주서를 자동으로 생성하기 위해 다음의 필드를 입력하여 재주문 규칙을 구성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored" " once they are received and entered into stock." msgstr ":guilabel:`Location` 필드로 주문한 수량이 입고되어 재고로 입력 처리된 후 보관되어야 할 위치를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule " "while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on " "hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created " "to replenish it up to the maximum quantity." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`최소 수량`에는 재주문 규칙에 적용할 최소한의 하한 수량을 기재하고 :guilabel:`최대 수량`은 최대 수량을 " "입력합니다. 보유한 재고량이 최소 수량 이하로 떨어지면 최대 수량까지 보충하기 위해 새로운 구매발주서가 만들어집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is " "set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be " "created for 21 units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only " "ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, " "this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the " "resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max " "Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple " "Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order " "will be created for 200 units of the product." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`최대 수량`이 `100`으로 설정되어 있으나 :guilabel:`중복 수량` 항목이 `200` 단위로 상품을 " "주문하도록 설정되어 있는 경우에는, 구매발주서는 200개 단위를 기준으로 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will" " be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, " "it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for " "non-discrete products like water or bricks." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`UoM`는 주문 수량에 대한 측정 단위를 지정합니다. 개별 품목의 경우, `단위`로 설정되어야 합니다. 다만, 물이나" " 벽돌과 같이 개별 품목으로 보기 어려운 경우에는 `부피` 또는 `무게`와 같은 단위로도 설정하실 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo에서 재주문 규칙을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74 msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler" msgstr "스케줄러를 이용하여 재주문 규칙을 수동으로 작동시킵니다" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76 msgid "" "Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which " "runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-" "up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" "기본적으로 스케줄러가 하루에 한번씩 실행되어 재주문 규칙이 자동으로 동작하고 있습니다. 재주문 규칙을 직접 동작시키려면, " ":menuselection:`재고 --> 운영 --> 스케줄러 실행`으로 이동합니다. 팝업창에서 :guilabel:`스케줄러 실행`을 " "클릭하면 수동으로 작업할 수 있게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 msgid "" "Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled " "actions." msgstr "수동으로 재주문 규칙을 작동시키면 예약되어 있는 다른 작업들도 같이 작동됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85 msgid "Manage reordering rules" msgstr "재주문 규칙 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87 msgid "" "To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that " "product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the " "top of the form." msgstr "" "단일 품목에 대한 재주문 규칙을 관리하려면, 관련 품목 페이지의 양식으로 이동하여 양식 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`재주문 규칙` " "탭을 선택하십시오. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90 msgid "" "To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this" " dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting " "data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the " ":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form " "are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired." msgstr "" "전체 품목에 대한 재주문 규칙을 관리하려면, :menuselection:`재고 --> 구성 --> 재주문 규칙`으로 이동합니다. 불필요한" " 데이터 내보내기나 보관하기 규칙과 같이, Odoo에서 보통 사용하고 있는 대량 작업을 해당 현황판에서 진행하실 수 있습니다. 또한 " ":guilabel:`필터`나 :guilabel:`그룹화`, 또는 양식에서 점 세 개로 표시되어 있는 메뉴를 통해 원하는대로 재주문 규칙을" " 검색 및/또는 구성할 수 있습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" msgstr "판매 단위와 다른 매입 단위 사용하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" " unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " "between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " "convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " "product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" "어떤 품목을 매입할 때, 해당 품목을 판매할 때의 측정 단위와 다른 단위를 업체에서 사용하는 경우가 생길 수 있습니다. 이 때문에 판매 " "담당자와 구매 담당자 간에 업무 혼선이 발생하는 경우도 생깁니다. 단위값을 매번 수기로 변환하기에도 시간이 너무 많이 걸립니다. " "Odoo를 사용하면, 품목에 대해서 한 번 구성을 해두기만 하면 변환 관련 작업은 Odoo에서 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 msgid "Consider the following examples:" msgstr "다음의 예와 같은 상황을 고려해보십시오:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 msgid "" "You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." " However, your customers are European and use **liters**." msgstr "" "미국 업체로부터 오렌지주스를 매입하였으며 해당 업체는 **갤런**을 단위로 사용합니다. 그러나, 귀하의 고객은 유럽인이며 **리터** " "단위를 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 msgid "" "You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " "of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." msgstr "" "업체로부터 커튼을 구매할 때는 **롤** 형식으로 매입을 진행하고, 고객에게 판매할 때는 롤을 나누어 **평방미터** 단위로 판매합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 msgid "Enable units of measure" msgstr "측정 단위 활성화하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 msgid "" "Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " "Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "" "영업 앱을 열어서 :menuselection:`구성 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. 품목 카탈로그에서 *측정 단위*를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "특정 판매 및 구매 단위 지정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "Standard units of measure" msgstr "표준 측정 단위" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " "Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " "*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." msgstr "" "데이터베이스에서 기본 설정으로 다양한 측정 단위를 사용할 수 있습니다. *길이 / 거리*, *단위*, *부피*, *무게* 및 *작업 " "시간* 5가지의 사전 구성되어 있는 측정 단위 카테고리 중 하나로 전체 단위가 분류됩니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 msgid "" "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " "(see next section)." msgstr "새로운 측정 단위 및 단위 카테고리를 만들 수 있습니다 (다음 섹션 참조)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 msgid "" "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " "Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " "product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" " tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " "for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " "Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" "판매와 구매에 대해서 다른 측정 단위를 적용시키려면, 매입 앱에서 :menuselection:`품목 --> 품목` 메뉴로 이동합니다. " "품목을 생성하거나 기존 항목을 선택합니다. 품목 정보의 *일반 정보* 탭에서 먼저 판매 시 (또는 재고와 같은 다른 앱에서) 사용할 " "*측정 단위*를 선택합니다. 그 다음 구매할 경우에 사용할 *매입 측정 단위*를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " "**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " "(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" " Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" "위의 첫번째 예와 같이, 업체로부터 **갤런** 단위로 오렌지주스를 매입하여 고객에게 **리터** 단위로 판매하는 경우에 먼저 *L* " "(리터)를 *측정 단위*로 선택한 후 *gal (US)* (갤런)을 *매입 측정 단위*로 선택하고 *저장*을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "새로운 측정 단위 및 단위 카테고리 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "" "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " "the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" " with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." msgstr "" "Odoo에서 측정 항목이 사전에 구성되어 있지 않거나 관련이 없는 단위인 경우 (예를 들어 킬로그램과 센티미터), 사용할 단위와 " "카테고리를 직접 생성해야 하는 경우도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "" "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " "form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " "you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" " units of measure." msgstr "" "두번째 예였던 업체로부터 커튼을 매입할 때는 **롤** 형태로 구매하고 판매할 때는 **평방미터**로 롤을 잘라서 파는 경우에는, 측정 " "단위 양쪽을 연계시키기 위해 새로운 *측정 단위 카테고리*를 생성해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " "Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "" "진행하려면, :menuselection:`구성 --> 측정 단위 카테고리`로 이동하십시오. *생성*을 클릭한 후 카테고리 이름을 " "지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." msgstr "" "다음 단계로는 두 가지의 측정 단위를 생성해냅니다. 이를 위해 :menuselection:`구성 --> 측정 단위`로 이동하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" " to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" " the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" " *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " "the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " "Odoo is always a multiple of this value." msgstr "" "먼저, *생성*을 클릭하여, 카테고리 내에서 다른 측정 단위로 변화시킬 기준점으로 삼을 측정 단위를 생성합니다. 방금 생성한 항목의 단위" " 이름을 지정하고 측정 단위 카테고리를 선택합니다. *유형*의 경우, *이 카테고리 유형에 사용할 참조용 측정 단위*를 선택합니다. " "사용하려는 *반올림 기준*을 입력합니다. Odoo에서 계산되는 수량은 언제나 이 값의 배수에 해당하는 값이 됩니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "" "이 예시에서는 롤을 1개 미만으로 구매할 수 없고 측정 단위에서도 롤을 분수로 입력하지 않을 것이므로, 1을 입력할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " "might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" " than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then " "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> " "Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* " "accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of " "0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" "*반올림 기준*을 0.01 보다 낮게 설정할 경우, *소수점 정확도* 수치보다 높으므로 결과와 일치하지 않을 수 있다는 경고 메시지가 " "나타나게 됩니다. *반올림 기준*을 0.01 보다 낮게 하고자 하시는 경우에는 먼저 :ref:`개발자 모드 `를 활성화한 후, :menuselection:`설정 --> 기술 --> 데이터베이스 구조 --> 소수점 정확도` 로 이동하여 " "*품목의 측정 단위* 를 선택, *자릿수* 항목을 필요에 따라 편집하십시오. 예를 들어, 0.00001를 반올림 기준으로 사용하시려면 " "*자릿수*를 5로 설정합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" "다음으로, 두번째 측정 단위를 생성하고 이름 지정 후 같은 측정 단위 카테고리를 선택하여 참조 단위로 사용할 수 있도록 하십시오. " "*유형*으로 상황에 맞도록 *참조용 측정 단위보다 작게* 또는*참조용 측정 단위보다 크게*를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "커튼 롤 크기가 100 평방미터이므로, *작게*를 선택해야 합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" "그 다음으로는 참조용으로 입력한 단위와 두번째 단위 간의 *비율*을 입력합니다. 두번째 단위가 더 작은 경우, *비율*은 1보다는 커야 " "합니다. 두번째 단위가 더 큰 경우에는, 비율이 1보다 작아야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "커튼 롤의 경우에는, 비율을 100으로 설정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." msgstr "이제 Odoo의 표준 측정 단위를 사용하는 것처럼 품목을 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 msgid "Quality" msgstr "품질 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " "processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " "inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " "`_" msgstr "" "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 품질 검사 관리`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types.rst:5 msgid "Quality check types" msgstr "품질 검사 유형" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:3 msgid "Instructions quality check" msgstr "품질 검사 지침" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, an *Instructions* check is one of the quality check types" " that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control " "point (QCP). *Instructions* checks consist of a text entry field that allows" " the creator to provide instructions for how to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:11 msgid "" "For a full overview of how to configure a quality check or a |QCP|, see the " "documentation on :ref:`quality checks ` and :ref:`quality control points " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:16 msgid "Process an Instructions quality check" msgstr "품질 검사 지침 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:18 msgid "" "There are multiple ways that *Instructions* quality checks can be processed." " If a quality check is assigned to a specific manufacturing, inventory, or " "work order, the check can be processed on the order itself. Alternatively, a" " check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:23 msgid "Process from the quality check's page" msgstr "품질 검사 페이지에서 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:25 msgid "" "To process an *Instructions* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:29 msgid "" "If the product passes the check, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button above the" " quality check form. If the product does not pass the check, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:33 msgid "Process quality check on an order" msgstr "주문 품질 검사 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:35 msgid "" "To process an *Instructions* quality check on an order, select a " "manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.) for" " which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:42 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears above the order. Click the button " "to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, from which any quality " "checks created for the order can be processed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1 msgid "The Quality Check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:50 msgid "" "To complete an *Instructions* quality check, follow the instructions " "detailed in the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the check has been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:54 msgid "" "If an issue or defect is found during the quality check, a quality alert may" " need to be created to notify a quality team. To do so, click the " ":guilabel:`Quality Alert` button that appears at the top of the " "manufacturing or inventory order after the check is validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:58 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form on a new page." " For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the " "documentation on :ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:63 msgid "Process work order quality check" msgstr "작업 지시 품질 검사 프로세스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:65 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered by a manufacturing order, a " "specific work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order " "Operation` field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, an " "*Instructions* quality check is created for that specific work order, rather" " than the manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:70 msgid "" "Quality checks configured for work orders must be completed from the tablet " "view. To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Select a manufacturing order that " "includes a work order for which a quality check is required. Open the tablet" " view for that work order by clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on " "the order's line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:75 msgid "" "With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " "screen until the *Instructions* quality check step is reached. Upon reaching" " the check, the instructions for how to complete it will appear at the top " "of the screen. Follow the instructions, then click :guilabel:`Next` to move " "on to the next step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1 msgid "An Instructions check for a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:84 msgid "" "If an issue or defect is found during the quality check, a quality alert may" " need to be created to notify a quality team. To do so, click the " ":guilabel:`☰ (menu)` button in the tablet view, and then select " ":guilabel:`Quality Alert` from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up" " window, from which a quality alert can be created. For a complete guide to " "quality alert creation, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:3 msgid "Measure quality check" msgstr "품질 검사 측정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Measure* check is one of the quality check types that " "can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control point " "(QCP). *Measure* checks prompt users to measure a certain aspect of a " "product and record the measurement in Odoo. For the quality check to pass, " "the recorded measurement must be within a certain *tolerance* of a *norm* " "value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:14 msgid "Create a Measure quality check" msgstr "품질 검사 측정 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:16 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Measure* quality checks can be created. A " "single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can be " "configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:20 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Measure* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:26 msgid "Quality check" msgstr "품질 검사" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:29 msgid "" "To create a single *Measure* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:32 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` " "quality check type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:33 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible" " for managing the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:35 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " "enter instructions for how the picture should be taken." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Measure quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:43 msgid "Quality control point (QCP)" msgstr "품질 관리점 (QCP)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:45 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that generates *Measure* quality checks automatically, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control Points`," " and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:49 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` " "quality check type. Doing so causes two new fields to appear: " ":guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:52 msgid "" "Use the first text-entry field of the :guilabel:`Norm` field to record the " "ideal measurement that the product should conform to. Use the second text-" "entry field to specify the unit of measurement that should be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:55 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tolerance` field features two sub-fields: :guilabel:`from` " "and :guilabel:`to`. Use the :guilabel:`from` field to specify the minimum " "acceptable measurement, and the :guilabel:`to` field to specify the maximum " "acceptable measurement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:54 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible" " for managing the checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:61 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the " "measurement should be taken." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A QCP form configured to create Measure quality checks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:69 msgid "Process a Measure quality check" msgstr "품질 검사 측정 프로세스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:63 msgid "" "Once created, there are multiple ways that *Measure* quality checks can be " "processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, " "manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order " "itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:71 msgid "From the check's page" msgstr "검사 페이지에서" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:78 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to take the measurement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:82 msgid "" "After taking the measurement, record the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` " "field on the quality check form. To manually pass or fail the check, click " ":guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the top-left corner of the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:86 msgid "" "Alternatively, if the quality check is assigned to a |QCP| for which *norm* " "and *tolerance* values have been specified, click :guilabel:`Measure` at the" " top-left corner of the check instead. Doing so automatically marks the " "check as *Passed* if the recorded value is within the specified *tolerance*," " or *Failed* if the value is outside of it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:87 msgid "On an order" msgstr "주문 시" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:94 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing " "order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a " "check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:96 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the page. Click the " "button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all " "of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:105 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check, measure the product as instructed, " "then enter the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field on the pop-up window. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the recorded value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Measure quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:113 msgid "" "If the value entered is within the range specified in the " ":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes and the" " pop-up window closes. The rest of the manufacturing or inventory order can " "then be processed as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:117 msgid "" "However, if the value entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-" "up window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`. The body of the " "pop-up shows a warning message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units " "and it should be between # units and # units.`, as well as the instructions " "entered in the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the " "bottom of the pop-up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and " ":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`." msgstr "" "하지만 입력한 값이 지정된 범위를 벗어나면 :guilabel:`품질 검사 실패`라는 제목의 새 팝업 창이 나타납니다. 팝업의 본문에는 " ":guilabel:`#단위를 측정했으며 #단위에서 #단위 사이여야 합니다.`라는 경고 메시지와 |QCP|의 :guilabel:`실패 시 " "메시지` 탭에 입력한 지침이 함께 표시됩니다. 팝업의 맨 아래에는 다음과 같은 두 개의 버튼이 표시됩니다: :guilabel:`정확한 " "측정` 및 :guilabel:`측정 확인`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check Failed\" pop-up window." msgstr "\"품질 검사 실패\" 팝업 창이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:127 msgid "" "If the measurement was not entered correctly and should be changed, select " ":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so re-opens the :guilabel:`Quality Check`" " pop-up window. Enter the corrected measurement in the :guilabel:`Measure` " "field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:185 msgid "" "If the measurement was entered correctly, click :guilabel:`Confirm Measure` " "instead, and the quality check fails. Follow any instructions that were " "listed on the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:136 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after" " the check fails. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert " "form on a new page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:193 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to fill out the quality alert form, view the " "documentation on :ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:120 msgid "On a work order" msgstr "작업 지시서에" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:146 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Measure* quality " "check is created for that specific work order, rather than the manufacturing" " order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:151 msgid "" "*Measure* quality checks created for work orders must be processed from the " "tablet view. To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " "--> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Select a manufacturing order that " "includes a work order for which a quality check is required. Open the tablet" " view for that work order by selecting the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and " "then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on the order's line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:157 msgid "" "With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " "screen until the *Measure* quality check step is reached. Upon reaching the " "check, the instructions for how to take the measurement appear at the top of" " the screen. Enter the measured value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field above" " the instructions, and then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A Measure quality check in the Manufacturing tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:166 msgid "" "If the measurement entered is within the range specified in the " ":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes and the" " tablet view moves on to the next step of the work order. However, if the " "measurement entered is outside of the specified range, a pop-up window " "appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:171 msgid "" "The body of the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window shows a " "warning message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units and it should " "be between # units and # units.`, as well as the instructions entered in the" " :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the bottom of the pop-" "up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and :guilabel:`Confirm " "Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:180 msgid "" "If the measurement was not entered correctly, and should be changed, select " ":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so opens a new pop-up window, titled " ":guilabel:`Quality Check`. Enter the corrected measurement in the " ":guilabel:`Measure` field, then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the " "check, and move on to the next step of the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:189 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, do so by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ " "(three horizontal lines)` button, and selecting :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. A :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up" " window appears, from which a quality alert can be created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:3 msgid "Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "품질 검사 합격 - 불합격" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Pass - Fail* check is one of the quality check types " "that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control " "point (QCP). *Pass - Fail* checks consist of a text field that allows the " "creator to specify a certain criteria that a product must meet to pass the " "check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:14 msgid "Create a Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:16 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Pass - Fail* quality checks can be " "created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can " "be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:20 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Pass - Fail* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:29 msgid "" "To create a single *Pass - Fail* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:50 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Pass - Fail` " "quality check type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:36 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " "enter instructions for how to complete the quality check and the criteria " "that must be met for the check to pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Pass - Fail quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:43 msgid "Quality Control Point (QCP)" msgstr "품질 관리점 (QCP)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:46 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that generates *Pass - Fail* quality checks automatically," " begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> " "Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:53 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how to " "complete the quality check and the criteria that must be met for the check " "to pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Pass - Fail " "quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:61 msgid "Process a Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:70 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:74 msgid "" "If the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at " "the top-left corner of the page. If the criteria is not met, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:80 msgid "" "To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing" " order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a " "check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:87 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" " button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" " of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:91 msgid "" "To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check, follow the instructions shown on " "the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. If the criteria for the check " "is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the window. If " "the criteria is not met, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Pass - Fail quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:99 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after" " the check fails. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert " "form on a new page. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert " "forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:108 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Pass - Fail* " "quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the " "manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:113 msgid "" "*Pass - Fail* quality checks configured for work orders must be processed " "from the tablet view. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select a manufacturing order that includes a work order for which a quality " "check is required. Open the tablet view for that work order by selecting the" " :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` " "button on the order's line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:119 msgid "" "With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " "screen until the *Pass - Fail* quality check step is reached. Upon reaching " "the check, follow the instructions that appear at the top of the screen. If " "the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the " "top-right of the screen. If the criteria is not met, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "A Pass - Fail check for a manufacturing work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:128 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, do so by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ " "(menu)` button in the tablet view, and selecting :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. A :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up" " window appears, from which a quality alert can be created. For a complete " "guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the documentation on " ":ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:3 msgid "Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "품질 검사 사진 촬영" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Take a Picture* check is one of the quality check " "types that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality " "control point (QCP). *Take a Picture* checks require a picture to be " "attached to the check, which can then be reviewed by a quality team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:13 msgid "Create a Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:15 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks can be " "created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can " "be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:19 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Take a Picture* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:28 msgid "" "To create a single *Take a Picture* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:49 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Take a " "Picture` quality check type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:45 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that will generate *Take a Picture* quality checks " "automatically, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> " "Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:50 msgid "" "If the *Maintenance* app is installed, a :guilabel:`Device` field appears " "after selecting the *Take a Picture* check type. Use this field to specify a" " device that should be used to take quality check pictures. For information " "about managing devices in the *Maintenance* app, see the documentation on " ":ref:`adding new equipment " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:56 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the " "picture should be taken." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Take a Picture " "quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:64 msgid "Process a Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:66 msgid "" "Once created, there are multiple ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks " "can be processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, " "manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order " "itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:73 msgid "" "To process a *Take a Picture* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and then select a quality check. Follow the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` for how to take the picture." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:77 msgid "" "After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to" " process the quality check (computer, tablet, etc.). Then, click the " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button in the :guilabel:`Picture` section to open " "the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the picture, " "select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "The edit button (pencil) on a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:89 msgid "" "To process a *Take a Picture* quality check on an order, select a " "manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), " "for which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:100 msgid "" "Follow the instructions detailing how to take the picture, which are shown " "on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. After taking the picture, " "make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check" " (computer, tablet, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:104 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button in the :guilabel:`Picture`" " section to open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to" " the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Validate` on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window to" " complete the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Take a Picture quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory" " order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:113 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after" " the check is validated. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality " "alert form on a new page. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality " "alert forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:122 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Take a Picture* " "quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the " "manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:127 msgid "" "*Take a Picture* quality checks created for work orders must be completed " "from the tablet view. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select a manufacturing order that includes a work order for which a quality " "check is required. Open the tablet view for that work order by selecting the" " :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` " "button on the order's line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:133 msgid "" "With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " "screen until the *Take a Picture* quality check step is reached. Upon " "reaching the check, follow the instructions for how to take the picture, " "which appear at the top of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:137 msgid "" "After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to" " process the work order (computer, tablet, etc.). Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` button to open the device's file manager. In the " "file manager, navigate to the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open`" " to attach it. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the quality " "check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A Take a Picture check for a manufacturing work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:146 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, do so by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ " "(three horizontal lines)` button in the tablet view, and selecting " ":guilabel:`Quality Alert` from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. A " ":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up window appears, from which a quality alert" " can be created. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert " "forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:153 msgid "Review a picture attached to a check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:155 msgid "" "After a picture has been attached to a check, it can then be reviewed by " "quality team members or other users. To do so, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and select " "a quality check to review." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:159 msgid "" "The attached picture appears in the :guilabel:`Picture` section of the " "quality check form. After reviewing the picture, click the :guilabel:`Pass` " "button if the check passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check " "fails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A Take a Picture check with a picture attached." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 msgid "Quality control basics" msgstr "품질 관리 기본 사항" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 msgid "Create quality alerts" msgstr "품질 알림 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:7 msgid "" "Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " "checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " "quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " "Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " "detected by automated processes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points `" msgstr ":doc:`품질 관리점 추가 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:18 msgid "" "In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" " the *Quality* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:21 msgid "" "A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" " create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " "quality team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:24 msgid "" "To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " "module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " "Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " "alert" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " "created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " "the quality issue, if applicable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " "originated" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " "alert" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" " alert" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " "ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 msgid "" "The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " "information to quality teams:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " "occurring in the future" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " "that produces the product, and the date assigned" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:58 msgid "" "Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " "order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " "view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " "and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "Access the work order menu." msgstr "작업 지시 메뉴에 접속합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:66 msgid "" "The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " "section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " ":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" msgstr "기존 품질 경고 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:73 msgid "" "By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " "of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " "stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " "Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " "calendar, and pivot table views." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:79 msgid "" "Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " "Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " "found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 msgid "Quality checks" msgstr "품질 검사" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:8 msgid "" "Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " "to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" " for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " "operation or manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:12 msgid "" "Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" " automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " "|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" " processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " "explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" " :ref:`quality control points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:18 msgid "" "While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " "is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" " manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " "will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " "unprompted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:24 msgid "Manual quality check" msgstr "수동 품질 검사" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:26 msgid "" "To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " "from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" " order) and all products within it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " "part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " "is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " "delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" " a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " "for." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:39 msgid "" "Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " "menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" "down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " "the quality check is being conducted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:43 msgid "" "If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " "the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " "check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" " to a specific |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:47 msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " "the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " "before the check can be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " "certain criteria to pass the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:54 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " "appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " "completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:56 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" "down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " "filled out to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:59 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " "for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " "that owns the product being inspected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:62 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " "instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " "picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" " relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " "created, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:67 msgid "" "Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " ":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " "or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:75 msgid "Process quality check" msgstr "품질 검사 프로세스 " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:77 msgid "" "Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " "from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " "Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " "operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:82 msgid "" "It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " "assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " "operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " ":ref:`Quality Control Points ` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " "quality checks for a specific work order operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:89 msgid "Quality check page" msgstr "품질 검사 페이지" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:91 msgid "" "To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" " the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " "check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" " tab at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:96 msgid "" "If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" " the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:100 msgid "Quality check on order" msgstr "주문 시 품질 검사" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:102 msgid "" "To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " "order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " "Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:108 msgid "" "On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" " button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" " of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:112 msgid "" "Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " "window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " "clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " "window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " "appears instead. Click it to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:122 msgid "Quality check on work order" msgstr "작업지시서 품질 검사" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:124 msgid "" "To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" " select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " "click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " "requires the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:129 msgid "" "With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " "screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" " at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " "complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " "top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " "button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " "next step of the work order." msgstr "" "태블릿 보기를 연 상태에서 품질 확인 단계에 도달할 때까지 화면 왼쪽에 나열된 단계를 완료한 다음 화면 상단의 지침을 따릅니다. 합격-" "불합격 검사를 처리하는 경우 화면 상단의 :guilabel:`합격` 또는 :guilabel:`불합격`을 클릭하여 검사를 완료합니다. " "합격-불합격 이외의 품질 검사 유형의 경우 :guilabel:`다음` 버튼이 표시됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하여 검사를 완료하고 작업 주문의" " 다음 단계로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "A quality check for a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 msgid "Add quality controls" msgstr "품질 관리 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 msgid "" "Use Odoo *Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " "registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " "warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " "manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " "specific points during production." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 msgid "Configure quality control points" msgstr "품질 관리 지점 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 msgid "" "To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" " --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " "accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " "title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " "specific quality control point" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " "the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " "Orders`, etc.)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " "drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " "point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " ":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" " point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " "However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " "cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " ":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" " to determine how often the control point should executed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " ":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " "Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " "the quality control point check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " "evolution of the quality control point over time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " "fails" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 msgid "" "An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 msgid "" "Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " "automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " "order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 msgid "" "To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " ":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," " and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 msgid "" "To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " ":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " ":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " ":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " "fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " "will pass the check:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " "the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " "conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " "while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" " 60.5 mm)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 msgid "" "An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " "check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 msgid "" "When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " "Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " "specified on the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 msgid "" "When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" " a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " "prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " "products that measure within the values indicated in the " ":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" " measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " "worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " "view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " "team." msgstr "" "특정 제품에 대한 품질 검사가 필요한 생산 작업에 도달하면 담당 생산 직원에게 태블릿 보기에서 측정값을 기록하고 검증하라는 메시지가 " "표시됩니다. 측정값이 :guilabel:`오차` 필드에 지정된 범위 내에 있으면 테스트가 통과됩니다. 반대로 측정값이 정의된 값을 " "초과하면 테스트가 실패합니다. 테스트에 실패한 경우 담당 작업자는 태블릿 보기에서 직접 품질 경고를 생성할 수 있습니다. 그 후 품질 " "관리 팀이 품질 경고를 해결하고 관리할 수 있습니다."